^:Z- SDMS Document 115550 DRAFT Rl WORK PLAN - VOLUME I (HLA 8/94) to o tn Draft Remedial Investigation Work Plan Island Chemical Company, Inc. St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Prepared for Island Chernical Company, Inc. HLA Project No. 24231 2.C.1 Jason M. Schindler Senior Geologist Edward A. Nemecek, R.G., C.P.G. Principal Hydrogeologist August 5, 1994 Harding Lawson Associates : = : =r /^ Engineering and Environmental Services 131 North Tnird Street Philadelphia. PA 19105 - (215)627-4505 301766 a^s^ CONTENTS 1.0 BACKGROUND - 1 1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 Objectives 1 2.0 SITE BACKGROUND 3 2.1 Site Description 3 2.1.1 Site Location 3 2.1.2 Site Structures 3 2.2 Site Setting 4 2.2.1 Topography and Drainage 4 2.2.2 Climate and Air Quality 4 2.2.3 Soil 5 2.2.4 Geology and Hydrogeology 5 2.2.4.1 Regional Geology 5 2.2.4.2 Site Geology- .'.-. . . . 6 2.2.4.3 Regional Hydrogeology 7 2.2.4.4 Site Hydrogeology 8 2.2.4.5 Regional Groundwater Quality 8 2.3 Potential Receptors ••...• 8 2.3.1 Surrounding Facihties 8 2.3.2 Exposure 9 2.3.3 Sensitive Populations ^'.^ 9 2.4 Water Supply , 9 2;5 Site History ' 9 2.5.1 Owners and Operators 9 2.5.2 . Chemical Processes 10 2.5.3 History and Nature of Waste Handling 10 2.5.3.1 Sanitary Wastes 10 2.5.3.2 Process Wastes 11 2.5.3.3 Waste Removal 11 2.6 Description of Known Contaminants 12 2.7 Contaminant iVhgration Pathways 12 2.8 Human Health and Environmental Assessments . . . 12 3.0 EXISTING DATA 13 3.1 Area A - Laboratory and \Varehouse Buildings 13 3.2 Area B - Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm 14 3.2.1 Description 14 3.2.2 Previous Investigations 15 3.2.3 Previous Remediation Activities 15 3.3 Area C - Former Process Pil 16 3.4 Area D - Loading Dock and Former Lab Pit Area .". 16 3.4.1 Description 16 3.4.2 Previous Investigations and Remediation /\clivities 17 Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \vyOR.<\2423i\02\WORKPLAN.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES ( 301767 CONTENTS JSXHS 3.5 Area E - Soil Beneath Concrete Pad Near ASTs 3.6 Area F - Concrete Storage Pad . . .- 3.7 Other Areas 3.7.1 Storm Drains and River Gut 3.7.2 Sump 3.7.3 Septic Tanks 3.7.4 Dryer Building 3.7.5 4,000-Gallon AST Area 3.7.6 Former Location of Paint Cans and Drums 3.7.7 Groundwater 3.8 Results of Previous Removal Actions 3.8.1 Remedial Preliminary Assessment 3.8.1.1 Laboratory 3.8.1.2 Drum Storage Warehouse 3.8.2 USEPA Phase I Removal Activities 3.8.3 First Fuming Drum Emergency Response Action . . 3.8.4 Phase IT Removal Acti\aties 3.8.5 Second Fuming Drum Emergency Response Action 3.8.6 Phase IH Removal Activities 3.8.7 Response to Vandahsm < . , -. 3.8.8 Final Phase Removal 3.9 Nationed Priorities List 18 18 18 18 21 21 21 21 21 21 22 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 24 4.0 WORK PL.AJN R A T I 0 N . \ L E • 4.1 Data Needs 4.2 Work Plan Approach 4.3 Data'Quality Objectives 4.4 Preliminary Identification of ARARs 4.4.1 Definition of AR.ARs ; . . . 4.4.2 ARAR Categories 4.4.3 ARARs Associated With State-Authorized Programs 4.4.4 Prelirrdnarv Lists of ARARs 25 25' 25 27 27 28 29 30 30 5.0 REMEDIAL INVESTIGATION TASKS 5.1 Project Planning and Management 5.1.1 Meetings wi\h USEPA 5.1.2 Monthly Progress Reports 5.2 Background Investigation 5.2.1 Obtain and Review Well Records 5.2.2 Obtain and Review Historic .Aerial Photographs 5.2.3 Obtain and Evaluate Additional Existing Data 5.2.4 Obtain Information on Potential Offsite Source Areas 5.3 Acquire Access and Permits 5.3.1 Access Agreements 5.3.2 Well Drilling Permits 32 32 32 32 33 33 33 33 33 34 34 35 Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\2423i\02\WORKPLAN.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 3 0 1 7 6 8 • CONTENTS 5.3.3 Customs Permits for Samples 35 5.3.4 USEPA Disposal Permission. 35 5.4 Site Clearing and Reconnaissance 35 5.5 Field Sampling Program 35 5.5.1 Soil Sampling Program -. . 36 5.5.1.1 Soil Boring Locations and Rationale 36 5.5.1.2 Drilling and Soil Sampling Procedures 37 5.5.2 Ground^vater Monitoring Well Installation 38 5.5.2.1 Monitoring Well Locations '. . . 38 5.2.2.2 Drilling and Completion ofMonitoring Wells 39 5.5.3 Rehabihtate Existing Wells 39 5.5.4 Survey 39 5.5.5 Groundwater Monitoring and Sampling 40 5.5.5.1 First Round of Groundwater Sampling 40 5.5.5.2 Water Level Monitoring 40 5.5.5.3 Quarterly Groundwater Sampling 41 5.6 Data Validation 41 5.7 Data Evaluation 41 5.8 Development of ARARs 41 5.9 Remedial Investigation Report 42 5.10 Management of Investigation Derived Wastes 43 6.0 BASELINE RISK ASSESSMENT AND FEASIBILITY TASKS ^'. 44 6.1 Baseline Risk Assessrnent 44 6.1.1 Baseline Ecological Assessment .44 6.1.1.1 Phase I-Problem Formulation 45 •/• 6.1.1.1.1 Identification Potential Stressors . 45 6.1.1.1.2 IdenLincation of Potential Exposure Pathways 45 6.1.1.1.3 Ecological Assessment Area 45 6.1.1.1.4 Environmental Resources Inventory 45 6.1.1.1.5 Identification and Characterization of Potential Stressors and Exposure Pathways . 46 6.1.1.1.6 Identification of Potential Ecological Receptors 46 6.1.1.1.7 Field Verification 46 6.1.1.1.8 Ecological Assessment Technical Memorandum 46 6-1.1-2 Phase II-Analysis 47 6.1.1.2.1 Potentially Impacted Environmental Media . 47 6.1.1.2.2 Identification and Assessment of Potential Contaminants of Concern 47 6.1.1.3 Phase III Risk Characterization 47 6.1.2 Baseline Human Health Risk Assessment 48 6.2 Development, Screening and Analysis of Remedial Alternatives 48 Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\WORKPLAN.RVi HARDING L A W S O N A S S O C I A T E S ;.•; 301769 ?.x CONTENTS 6.3 Feasibility study 49 7.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION 50 8.0 ANTICIPATED SCHEDULE 51 9.0 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVLATIONS 52 10.0 REFERENCES 54 T A B L E S 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 -6 -7 -8 •9 1 4-2 4-3 Wells Within One Mile of Site Summary of Events Summary of ICC Disposal Activities Summary of Substances Reported Areas of Potential Env-ironxnental Concern Summary of Environmental Sampling - Area B - Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm Summary of Environmental Sampling - Soils in Dryer Sunmiary of Environmental Sampling - iArea C - Former Process Pit Summary of Environmental Sampling - Area D - Loading Dock and Lab Pit Area Summary of Environmental Sampling - Area E - Soil Beneath Concrete Pad Summary of Environmental Sampling - Background, River Gut and Drains Summary of Environmental Sampling - Water Samples Summary of Environmental Sampling - Chemical Abbreviations Potential Chemical-Specific ARARs and TBCs Potential Action-Specific AR.ARs Potential Location-Specific ARARs FIGURES 2-1 Site Location Map 2-2 Site Map 2-3 Soils Map 2-4 Generalized Geologic Map of St. Croix 2-5 Approximate Locations of Nearby Wells 3-1 Areas of Concern 7-1 Project Organization 8-1 Work Plan Implementation Schedule A P P E N D I X E S A Sampling and Analysis Plan B Health and Safety Plan C Quality Assurance Project Plan D Rainfall Summaiy Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\VVORKPLAN.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301770 CONTENTS E Clean Air Act Correspondence F Cooper Laboratories Geotechnical Investigations G Report Concerning Small Quantity Generator Status of Island Chernical H May 17, 1983 RCRA Inspection Form I Waste Classification Analyses and Disposal Profiles ] Disposal Manifests K ESI February 7, 1986 Letter to USEPA Regarding Waste Disposal L USEPA Pollution Reports M Laboratory Results N Figures Showing Previous SampLing Locations O Compendium of Groundwater Data DISTRIBUTION Last Page of Document Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301771 1.0 BACKGROUND 1.1 Introduction This Remedial Investigation Work Plan (RIWP) has been prepared by Harding Lawson Associates (HLA) to address environmental conditions at the former Island Chemical Company, Inc. (ICC) facihty located on Route 65 (Melvin Evans Highway) near the intersection with Route 64 in St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. This document has been prepared to be consistent with the requirements of the National Contingency Plan (NCP). This RIWP discusses the site, summarizes work performed to date and describes the scope of work intended to document current condifions at the site. Pursuant to discussions with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Region n (USEPA), supporting documents have been included as appendices to this RTV'VP. The project Seunpling and Analysis Plan [SAP] is included as Appendix A, the project Hecdth and Safety Plan (HASP) is included as Appendix B, and the project Quality/Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) is included as Appendix C. 1,2 Objectives The objectives of this Remedial Lnvesfigation are: • To evaluate whether onsite condifions currently pose a cause for environmental concern; • To evaluate whether potential source areas not previously identified are present onsite; • ' Toidentify potential contaminant pathways; • To assess the possible presence of a shallow clay layer reported by others; • To determine the horizontal direction of shallow groundwater flow; and • To generate data of sufficient quality (1) to be compared to ARARs idenfified; (2) to be used in development of a basehne human health and/or ecological risk assessment, if necessary; and (3) to be used to develop a feasibility study, if necessary. The Remedial Investigation tasks described in Secfion 5 of this RIWP are designed to achieve these objectives. A report will be prepared following completion of the Remedial Investigation tasks. The report wZll include recommendations for further actions, if any. Should evidence of affected soil and'or groundwater be identified during the RIWP, supplemental Remedial Investigation tasks may be implemented to the extent necessary for SS. 3iSE?. .-vised per EPA August 5. 1994 ,vVORi>CV24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 4 301775 monthly rainfall for the area are summarized in Appendix D. According to Forman (1974), long term average rainfall has nol changed over fhe past 112 years. On April 5, 1979, ICC submitted im"ormation regarding air emissions to the USEPA. Because the potential hydrocarbon emissions were calculated to be less than 100 tons per day, the USEPA determined that the facility was not subject to Federal Prevention of Significant Air Quality Deterioration. A copy of the USEPA correspondence is included in Appendix E. 2.2.3 Soil Soil type was determined from a soil map constructed by the Cartographic Division of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) Soil Conservation Service (SCS) using 1962 and 1963 aerial photographs. The map was taken from the 1970 SCS Soil Survey of the U.S. Virgin Islands. Figure 2-3 shows the soil types in the vicinity of the site. The entire site lies on Coamo clay loana with slopes of 2 to 5 percent. The Coamo series consists of gently sloping, deep, well-drained soils over volcanic and limestone rocks. These soils formed sediments derived from fhe rocks they overlay, and therefore occur as alluvial fans and terraces. These soils range in texture from sand to clay. A tjrpical profile has an approximately eight-inch thick surface layer consisting of very dark grayish-bro-wn clay loam, containing rock fragments. The subsoil is a very dark grayish- to yellowsh-bro^.vn clay, also containing rock fragments. The substratum begins at a depth of approximately 2 feet and consists of a yeUowish- to dark yellowish-brown, friable, calcareous clay loam stratified with sand and gravel. According to the SCS, since the field work for fhe 1970 survey was performed almost 30 years ago, the inforfnation in the report may be out of date. However, this is the only existing soil survey of St. Croix, and a new sur\-ey will not be published for at least two years. The new survey will be more detailed and reflect changes in taxonomy, wetlands, and land use. 2.2.4 Geology and Hydrogeology 2.2.4.1 Regional Geology Sl. Croix is an island composed primarily of limestone and volcaniclastic sediments. Il is located at the juncture of the Greater Antilles and Lesser Antilles Geologic Provinces in the northeastern corner of the Caribbean Sea. The island lies upon a submarine platform that is separated from Puerto Rico and the A'irgin Islands Platform by the Virgin Islands Basin and the Anegada Passage (Gill, 1989). The ICC sile is located in the central basin of Sl. Croi:<. The central basin is a graben structure containing primarily late Cretaceous Age and younger calcareous sediments. Figure 2-4 is a generalized geologic map of the island. A brief discussion of the major Reolosic formations of the central basin follows. Revised per EPA AugusI 5. 1994 \WORK\2423:\02\WORKP1J\N.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING L A W S O N A S S O C I A T E S 5 3 0 1 7 7 6 Mt. Eagle Group The deepest formations reached through soil borings in the central basin consist of tuffaceous and volcaniclastic sediments of the Ml. Eagle Group. These sediments are believed to have eroded from nearby islands during the Cretaceous. Jealousy Formation The Jealousy Formation is believed lo unconformably overlie the Mt. Eagle Group in the central basin. According to Gill (1989), "the Jealousy Formation is remarkably uniform, consisting of blue grey foramniferal marls." Gill reports that in the central basin, the bottom of the Jealousy Formation has never been reached. However, based on gravity survevs, Shurbet et al. (1956) estimated a total thickness greater than 6,000 feet. Gill (1989) noted that the Jealousy Formation is entirely subsurface. Areas mapped by previous researchers as outcrops of the Jealousy Formation (Figure 2-4) are believed to be the overlying Kingshill Limestone. Kingshill Limestone The Kingshill Limestone includes a variety of sedimentary facies. It includes beds of sandy, limy clay and siltstone and beds of nearly pure to clayey limestone (Robinson, 1972). Il conformably overlies the Jealous}- Formation and ranges up to 600 feet in thickness. The contact between the Kingshill Limestone and the Jealousy Formation is reportedly readily visible in soil borings. The upper Kingshill Limestone is exposed less than one mile nortJi of the sile (Gill, 1989) Allu vium The site is situated'dn alluvial deposits which have filled many of the valleys on the island. A minimum thickness of 50 to 100 feel of alluvium is believed to be present in the axial parts of the valleys (Cederstrom, 1941). A maximum thickness of approximately 100 feel reportedly occurs at the lower reach of River Gut (Geraghty & Miller, 1983). The alluvium is composed primarily of montmorillinitic clay. It is similar in appearance to the Kingshill formation, because both contain soft sandy, silly buff to white material (Robinson, 1972). The alluvium, however, lacks limestone beds and has more sand and gravel deposits than the Kingshill. 2.2.4.2 Site Geology Geotechnical soil borings were completed al the sile by Caribbean Drilling Services, Inc. (CDS) on April 18, 1979 and July 21, 1930 prior lo expansion of the laboratory facility and construction of the fire water storage tank. Three soil borings were completed in each area. The borings in the laboratory expansion area were 20 to 25 feel deep. The borings in the fire waler tank area were drilled 10 to 15 feel below grade. Copies of the soil boring reports are included in Appendix F. Revised per EPA AugusI 5, 1994 \\VORK\2 423l\02\WORCT'tA.N'.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 6 3 0 1 7 7 7 • ^ • B Borings in the vicinity of the laboratory expansion encountered 0 to 2.5 feet of silty clay. The silty clay was underlain by 3.5 to 7 feet of sandy silt and silty sand with gravel and rock fragments which extended from approximately 12 to 14.5 feel below grade. A 1.5 \o 3 fool thick layer of tough sandy clay was encountered beneath the sandy silt/silly sand in two of the soil borings identified as B-2 and B-3 In this area (CDS, 1979). Although the sandy clay was not reported in the thfrd boring, B-1, a soil sample was not collected at the bottom of the sandy silt/silty sand layer, ll is therefore possible that the sandy clay is present in this location at a depth not sampled, possibly between 10 and 13 feet below grade. Four to nine feet of silty sand and gravel \vas encountered at the bottom of all three soil borings in this area. -"o- The fire water tank area is underlain by at least 10 to 13 feet of sandy silts and clay3. A layer of silty sand and gravel was encountered m. two borings at 12 and 13 feet below grade. The third boring did not extend to fhis depth. 2,2.4.3 Regional Hydrogeology Geraghty & ^filler performed an aquifer pumping test in the nearby Fairplain well field between March 9 and 11, 1982. Based on results of the pumping tests, the alluvial aquifer appears to be under semi-confined conditions. Estimated specific capacities for fhe five wells monitored ranged from 1.5 to 3.4 gahons per minute per foot of drawdown (gpm/ft) (Geraghty & MQler, 1983). Results of previous testing performed by Cederstrom (1950) on two wells, possibly located in the Old Golden Grove well field, indicated specific capacities of 4.5 to 5.6 gpm/ft- Insufficient data are available to determine the exact location of the wells tested by Cederstrom. Geraghty & iVfiUer postulated that the wells may be existing Golden Grove wells, abandoned •wells or fhey may have been damaged and covered during... consfruction in the area. The alluvium is predominantly lov.- permeability, montmorillinitic clay with relatively higher permeability layers of sand and gravel, ranging from one to eight feel in thickness. The interconnection between fhe higher permeabihty layers is unknowm. Geraghty and Miller (1983) noted that during fhe pumpiag test, ponded water in the River Gut exhibited no change. They suggested that -i\-ater in the gut may be perched above groundwater. According to Geraghty & Miller (1983) fhe Fafrplain and Golden Grove well fields "apparently derive all of their water from the sand and gravel layers present in the alluvium." Most groundwater appears to be under partially confined conditions- Robinson (1972) reported that il is possible to construct wells which yield a few hundred gallons per minute (gpm) in one area of the Kingshill aquifer. However, more often yields are closer to 5 lo 40 gpm for other areas in the Kingshill and the alluvium. Reporied yields for wells identified wilhin one mile of the sile range from less than 2 gpm lo 62 gpm. Information on wells wilhin one mile of the site is summarized on Table 2-1 and is further discussed in Section 2.4. It is estimated that groundwater recharge is approximately 3% of rainfall, or 1.75 million gallons per day (Robinson, 1972). The remainder of the rainfall is lost to evaporation and Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\2423l\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 7 301778 transpiration. Robinson estimated that fhe Kingshill Formation and overlying alluvium contain 130 billion gallons of water. However, very little of the ground water is potable because most of it is too high in dissolved solids, due to mixing with the underlying sea waler. 2.2.4.4 Site Hydrogeology There are two pumping well fields located near fhe ICC site: the Fairplain and Adventure fields. Both pump from alluvial deposits and the underlying Kingshill formation. Bofh had declining weU yields as of 1972 (Robinson, 1972). Groundwater was encountered in fhe borings that were drilled in the laboratory expansion area (see Section 2.2.4.2). The water table was reported at approximately 20 feet below grade, (approximately 10 to 20 feet above MSL). 2.2.4.5 Regional Groundwater Quality During the pumping test in the Fairplain weU field, Geraghty & Miller detected sewage odors in some of the wells. They noted that groundwater contamination from sewage is a primary concern at the Fairplain well field and that "weU construction and operational practices in Sl. Croix's public-supply well fields are not fully adequate to insure the quality and quantity of the groundwater source," (1983). Geraghiy & Miller indicated that lubricating ods from the well pumps have accumulated in the wells and distribution system. \As much as eight feet of black oil was detected floating on top of the waler [in weUs in fhe Fairplain and Barren Spot well fields] in 1982." The oil also reportedly coaled the inside df many of the vvater storage tanks in fhe well fields. High concentrations' of chloride, from salt water intrusion, have been detected in much of the groundwater oh the island- Geraghty & iVtiller (1983) reported lhat "almost all of the groundwater in the Kingshill Limestone contains chloride concentrations in excess of 250 mg/L and total dissolved solids (TDS) in excess of 500 mg/L, the maximum levels set in fhe USEPA secondary drinking waler standards." It is possible that the high chloride and TDS concentrations reported may affect analyses of inorganic substances. The effect of these conditions on groundwater quality has not been determined. 2.3 Potential Receptors 2.3.1 Surrounding Facilities The location of the three nearest ^veU fields are shown in Figure 2-5. The closest residences are approximately 0.1 miles east of fhe sile. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORXPL/\N.R£P 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 3 0 1 7 7 9 ^ ^ ^ . i i ' " 2.3.2 Exposure The facftity is currently abandoned. A chain Hnk fence surrounds the site, however there is no security, the front gate is damaged and trespassing has been documented in fhe past. Actual and potential exposure pafh\vays onsite will be evaluated during this investigation. 2.3.3 Sensitive Populations No sensitive populations were identified during previous work at this site. 2.4 Water Supply Potable water is supplied from bofh municipal weU water and desalinization plants. However, roof-catchments and cisterns are required for all houses (Multer, 1974). Most private dwellings have their own cistern systems for water supplies (ESI, 1987d). There are 37 potable water wefls located in eight major well fields on St. Croix. Approximate locafions and available information on wefls identified within one mile of fhe site are summarized on Table 2-1 and Figure 2-5. The quality of water obtained from fhe well fields is generally poor due to mineralization and oil contamination frpm pump lubrication. These contaminants are often pumped into the supply system (ESI, 1987d). Two onsile wells were used to supply process water and fhe fhe fighting system. Both wefls were installed by Schuster Services, St. Croix. Well logs, construction, and operations information is not available. HLA ^vas able to locate one of the production wells (P-1) during the sile inspection on July ,2, 1993. Heavy vegetation obscured the location of fhe second well (P-2). The current condition of the onsite supply wells is unknown. ;'".' Water cisterns are located beneath fhe cafeteria in the main building, beneath the warehouse and near the maintenance shop. Afl ivater is coflected from roof drains. 2.5 Site History Facility ownership and significant environmental activities are summarized on Table 2-2. 2.5.1 Owners and Operators , The sile is currently unoccupied. It is OT-vned by CHS Holding Corporation (CHS). On May 1, 1969, CHS leased the site to Houston Chemical Industries, Inc (Houston). Caribe Chemical Co. Inc. (Caribe), a whoUy-owned subsidiary of Houston operated the facility. In March 1972, Pierrel International S..A. acquired all of the shares of Caribe. Caribe's name was subsequently changed to Pierrel America, Inc. Information regarding the use of the facility by Houston and Caribe is currently unavailable. Information regarding Pierrel operations has recently become available. It wifl be discussed in the proposed report al the end of this investigation. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pra HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 9 3 0 1 7 8 0 On June 30, 1978, Pierrel assigned fhe ground lease to Cooper Laboratories (Cooper). ICC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cooper incorporated in Delaware on July 21, 1978, operated the facility. In 1979, Cooper assigned the lease to its subsidiary, ICC. On November 1, 1979, Cooper sold ils slock in ICC to Berlex Laboratories, Inc. (Berlex). On September 14, 1984, ICC sold its assets to Virgin Island Chemical Company (VICHEM). In January 1989 the USEPA conducted a Preliminary Assessment and Removal Evaluation at the site. At that time fhe site was operated by St. Croix Security Kennels and VIAG Fuels, Inc. (VIAG). The operator of the kermel, Kate Wesp, was evidenUy living onsite. VIAG used some office space in fhe main building and stored ethanol in four of fhe aboveground tanks. Activities performed by the USEPA are discussed in Section 3.8. 2.5.2 Chemical Processes ESI reported that prior to acquisition by Cooper, il is believed the facility was used to manufacture phenacetin and efho.xyquin. Before Berlex acquired ICC, the facihty w-as being used by Cooper to perfect a process to convert quinine to quinidine. Cooper's process used both toluene and pyridine. For approximately one year during Berlex's ownership of ICC, ICC attempted to develop a quinidine processing operation al the facility. The process that ICC sought to develop during fhe period of Berlex's ownership used toluene, but did not use pyridine. (A detailed discussion of the process and substances generated, is presented in Appendix G.) However, this operation never got beyond the developmental stage. From 1980 untfl the " end of 1982, ICC experienced problems related lo the purity and yield of the product. Early in 1982 ICC abandoned plans to use fhe site and fhe plant was permanently closed by the end of 1982. In 1982, ICC sent msterials from the facility for disposal. During an inspection in May 1983, Robert P. van Eepoel of the Government of the Vhgin Islands (GOVI). stated fhat no hazardous waste was onsite. A copy of fhe inspection form is included in Appendix H. 2.5.3 History and Nature of Waste Handling Information on waste handling procedures of operators other than ICC under Berlex was nol available at the time this document w^as prepared. 2.5.3.1 Sanitary Wastes Septic tanks were used for all sanitary wastes. According to available information, no process or laboratory drains were connected to the septic system. Reported septic tank locations are shown in Figure 2-2. Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231:\02\WORKPLAN.R£P 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 10 3 0 1 7 8 1 2.5.3.2 Process Wastes • Wastes drained from the laboratories to a cobble-filled lank or pit located beneath a concrete pad west of the warehouse (Figure 2-2). This pit was connected via a 4-inch diameter PVC pipe to a second cobble-filled pit near the fence. However, during excavation activities in the area, in June 1985, ESI reported fhat no lank was present beneath the loading dock (ESI site description document, page 9, item 2). Spills in the process area were channefled to an 8,000-gallon underground concrete pit (Process Pit). The spilled liquids were collected in the pit and reportedly reprocessed or recycled. The Process Pit was connected to a storm drain by a 4-inch PVC Pipe. The storm drain was constructed of 55-gaflon steel drums fhat had been welded end to end. Surface runoff from the concrete pad between the Maintenance Building and the Laboratory was channelled to this drain through three inlets. *!B 2.5,3.3 Waste Removal During the period from 1980 through 1982, when ICC operated under Berlex, the onlv wastes regularly generated were those stemming from the process and analytical laboratories. Waste volumes reported exceeded no more than a few gallons per quarter (ESI, 1985b). When Berlex acquired the facflity, ICC discovered hazardous materials had been left onsite by the previous occupant. ICC anal}':zed the material and removed it from fhe site in 1982 and 1983. Waste removal actions performed by ICC are summarized on Table 2-3. B he facility was permanently closed in fhe end of 1982. Between November 27, 1982 and -• February 1, 1983, ICC removed 26,748 gaflons of toluene and 6,946 gallons of xylenes from the facility for offsite disposal. These w^aste hquids were shipped via eight bulk tanker loads to Inland Chemical on Puerto Rico. Copies of waste classification analyses are included in Appendix I. Copies of waste manifests are included in Appendix J. Following closure of the facflity, the GOVI inspected the site on May 17, 1983. According to the inspection report, no hazardous waste was present onsite at lhat lime. A copy of the inspection report is included in Appendix H. During limited investigation and remediation activities performed by ESI, various wastes were generated. 192 drums containing various wastes were shipped offsite to Chem-Waste Management, Inc. (CWM) on December 2, 1985. A variety of \v'astes were apparently generated by subsequent operators of the facility between 1986 and 1989. Surficial hazardous wasle was removed from the sile by the USEPA in 1989 and 1990. Copies of USEPA reports documenting removal activities are included in Appendix L. is:?. R evised per EPA August 5. 1994 VORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301782 2.6 Description of Known Contaminants Based on previous work at this site, toluene and pyridine represent the largest volume releases at the site. These compounds were used by many of the occupants and were delected in soil samples collected by ESI. After the waste removal, wasle likely remairung onsite consists of impacted soils and groundwater. The current conditions of soil and groundwater have not been fully characterized. Substances reported at the site during waste inventory activities performed by ESI and OHM as wefl as environmental testing performed by ESI and Halliburton NUS Corporation (NUS) are summarized on Table 2-4. Available information regarding the toxic effects of these substances is included in Appendix BA (see HASP). Most, if not all, of these substances were removed from the site. Therefore, current conditions at the site would likely consist of affected soil, if any, impacted by the residual wasle. The only suspected groundw-ater contaminant identified at the site is chloroform. This substance was detected in samples coUected from the two onsite wefls and from other wefls near the site. The source of fhe chloroform has not been identified. Areas of potential envfronmental concern are summarized in Section 3 of this RIWT". The summary includes descriptions of the areas, results of previous environmental testing and other activities performed. i HLA observed no obvious evidence of hazardous waste onsite during the sile visil on July 2, 1993.., 2.7 Contaminant Migration Pathways Information regarding contaminant migration pathways, if any, is not available at fhis time. Potential migration pathways wifl be evaluated preliminarily during the site investigation. 2.8 Human Health and Environmental Assessments Information regarding human health and enviromnental assessment of site related contamination, if any, is not avaflable at this time. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pra HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 12 301783 z^ 3.0 EXISTING DATA In September and October 1984, ESI began investigation activities. Results of this work were documented in a Progress Report, including a preliminary cleanup plan, submitted to USEPA in December 1984 (ESI, 1984b). Through March 1986, ESI performed a number of supplemental investigations, culminating in the Remedial Investigation Work Plan (ESI, 1987c). The work plan prepared by ESI generated a number of comments by USEPA. Where appropriate, the USEPA comments have been incorporated into fhis RR-VP. A summary of activities performed between September 1984 and March 1986 was prepared by ESI. NUS investigated the site on February 28, 1991. Results of work performed by NUS are described in the Final Draft Site Inspection Report - Island Chemical CompanylVI Chemical, SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands [NUS, 1991). Six areas of potential environmental concern were identified through the work pen'ormed by ESI and NUS. These areas are identified as: Area A Laboratory and Warehouse Buflding Area B Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm Area C Former Process Pit Area D Loading Dock and Former Lab Pil Area Area E Soif Beneath Concrete Pad Near ASTs Area F Concrete Storage Pad Locations of the areas of concern are shown on Figure 3-1. Descriptions of these areas are summarized on Table 3-1 Results of work performed and data generated are described in the following sections. Analytical results for samples collected from each area are summarized on Tables 3-2 fhrough 3-8. Chemical abbreviations used in fhe tables are defined on Table 3-9. Copies of original lab reports and/or results reported by other parties are included in Appendix M. 3.1 Area A - Laboratory and Warehouse Buildings Based on the inspection report generated by GOVI on May 17, 1983 (Appendix H), no hazardous wasle was present in this area v/hen ICC ceased operations. On January 31, 1989 the USEPA responded lo a complaint and found approximately 400 drums containing various materials and wastes in fhe laboratory and warehouse. Between March 1989 and April 1991, USEPA contractors removed the drums and waste. Activities associated \vith the removal action are further discussed in Section 3.8. Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pra HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 3 0 1 7 8 4 ^ i f ^ t Based on available information, fhe only samples collected from this area were used for waste classification. No envirortmental samples were coflected. 3.2 Area B - Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm Between October 25 and November 2, 1982, ICC analyzed samples from four ASTs (Identified as Tanks 7, 8, 9 and 13) to identify their contents. Contents identified were toluene, xylene, para-phenetidine and 9-fluorenone. Copies of the analytical reports are included in Appendix I. 3.2.1 Description The tank farm is located along fhe northwestern site boundary. According to available information, twenty 8,500-gallon ASTs were originally located here. Six tanks were reportedly sold locally in the 1980s. At the time ICC acquired the site, the following substances were present in fhe ASTs. • Approximately 6,900 gaflons of xylene mixed with p-phenetidine left by a previous operator. After fhe plant shutdown, this material was shipped to Philip Brothers Chemicals, Inc. in New York for sale. Because the sale was not completed and no other purchaser was foimd, the material was manifested as a hazardous waste and shipped to Inland Chemical, Puerto Rico, for buriiing. • Xylenes from the tank farm from previous ownership were shipped to Phfllip Bros. '-J- Chemical Co. • According to the February 7, 1983 ICC in-house memorandum regarding wasle - disposition, all benzophenone/loluene solutions were shipped to Inland Chemical Co. in Puerto Rico for burning. Based on liquid samples coflected from nine of the ASTs by ESI on March 12, 1986 (see Table 3-2), the tanks contained fhe foflowing hquids: • Tank 4 contained a solution of benzoquinone and fluorenone • Tanks 7, 8 and 14 contained solutions of benzophenone and fluorenone with fraces of volatile organic compounds • Tanks 9 and 13 contained p-phenetidine (the solution in Tank 9 included 10.9% aromatics) • Tanks 10 and 11 contained hydroxyfuranocoumarin • Tank 12 contained a miature of hydroxyiuranocoumarin and p-phenetidine Al the lime of the USEPA investigation Qanuary 1989), 14 ASTs were present. Four of the tanks were filled with elhanol. The other ten were empty. Revised per EPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCLATES 14 301785 yHi.., % %h According to USEPA Pollution Report No. 2, dated June 7, 1989 (Appendix L), on May 25, 1989 the USEPA visited the site. At that time the "first four tanks contain[ed] ethanol and the fifth tank contain [ed] diesel fuel." Four tanks were apparently removed and one was relocated sometime between 1990 and the present. Ten tanks remain onsile in the Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm. 3.2.2 Previous Investigations Between September 11 and October 28, 1984, ESI completed twelve test pit trenches at the site. Locations of fhe frenches are shown on Figure 1 in fhe ESI Progress Report (1984b). A copy of fhe figure is included in Appendix N. Three of the trenches, identified as Trenches 1, 2 and 3 were located near fhe tank farm. Sofl samples from the trenches were screened in the field for volatfle organic compounds (VOC) using a portable flame-ionization detector (FID). Based on these results, ESI concluded that "the entire area between and in front of Tanks 8 and 9 was contaminated wiih toluene which escaped from Tank 8 during cleanincj. (ESI i987c). One sample of sofl, identified as T8-1, was analyzed for toluene, pyridine, quinidine gluconate (QG), and quinine sulfate (QS). Three of these compounds were detected in the sample: toluene at 694 parts per miflion (ppm), QG (274 ppm) and QS (101 ppm). A hard clay layer was reported beneath the excavated material. ESI collected one sample, identified as T8-2 from the clay. The sample was analyzed for the four parameters previously noted. Toluene, pjoidine and QS were not detected, however, ESI did not report the method detection limit. QG was reported in the clay sample at 47 ppm. Sofl and liquid samples coflected from this area are summarized on Table 3-2. '"' 3.2.3 Previous Remediation Activities ESI excavated the affected soil between Tanks 8 and 9 to a depth of approximately one foot. According io ESI, fhe excavated sofl and fhe contents of Tank 8 were placed in 55-gaflon drums and placed in the warehouse. Between June 6 and July 3, 1985, ESI placed fhe contents of eight drums containing toluene'contaminated soil on drying frays. The trays were placed in the dryer building at 42°c. ESI collected samples of the sofl in the dryer roughly every two weeks between June 14 and August 7, 1985. Reported results of samples from the soils in the dryer are summarized on Table 3-3. Reported results indicate fhat toluene concentrations in the soil declined from a maximum of 1,500 ppm in June to 0.66 ppm in August. The USEPA collected two composite samples from, the dryer on September 9, 1985. The two composite samples were analyzed for "purgeable and non-volalile organic priority poflutants," (USEPA, 1985). Toluene was detected at 0.46 to 0.56 ppm. Other semi-volalfle compounds were detected al higher concentrations, including benzophenone at 15,000 ppm. The USEPA report noted that "confirmation of on-site treatment of soil by Berlex (ICC) for toluene and pyridine was made" (USEPA, 1935). Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING L A W S O N A S S O C I A T E S 1 5 301786 Two 20 gallon drums containing sofl and water were placed in the dryer in an attempt to evaporate fhe water before putting the soil on the trays for drying. 3,3 Area C - Former Process Pit M 2 The Former Process Pit consisted of an 8,000-gaflon (ESI, 1987d) or 17,000-gallon (USEPA, 1985) underground concrete pit located in the central portion of the site (Figure 3-1). The pit received waste water from spills (ESI, 1987d) and coohng water (USEPA, 1985) from production operations. Duriag plant operations, the contents of the pit were sampled to determine whether any product had been released. The water was then reused in fhe system (ESI, 1987d) or, if the sample results were negative, fhe waste water was discharged through the central storm sewer (USEPA, 1985). The central and southern storm sewers exited the site via a drain line constructed of drums which had the tops and bottoms removed and were welded end to end. Waste generated from the pit, including water and sludge, as well as drums and sofl used to construct the two storm sewers, ^vere removed from the site on December 2, 1985. This waste was included in the shipment of 192 drums previously discussed in Section 2.5.3.3 and summarized on Table 3-4. "One line (presumably the central storm sewer] was replaced wi\h 10-inch PVC pipe" (ESI, 1987a) ESI collected samples from the Process Pit on June 14 and July 19, 1985. The Process Pil was then abandoned and sealed with concrete later in 1985 (USEPA, 1989a). On February 28, 1991, NUS collected a sediment sample from fhe cenfral storm drain. Based on Figure 3 from fhe NUS report (1991), the sample was located at the connection between the Former h^rocess Pit and the storm sewer. NTJS sample locations are shown on Figure 3 of the NUS leport (1991). A copy of the figure is included in Appendix N. Results of samples coflected by ESI and NUS are sumrnarized on Table 3-4. 3.4 Area D - Loading Dock and Former Lab Pit Area 3.4.1 Description Area D is located to the north of fhe warehouse (Figure 3-1). It consists of the loading dock area and drains leading toward fhe River Gut. The Former Lab Pit was located beneath the loading dock. It consisted of a cobble-fifled pit that received wastes drained from fhe laboratory (ESI, 1987d). The cobble-fifled pit beneath the loading dock was connected to a second pit near the fence line by a 4-inch PVC pipe. A diagram showing the layout of the Laboratory pit area was included as Figure 9 in the ESI Progress Report (ESI, 1987d). A copy of the diagram is included in Appendbc N. According to ESI, former facility personnel reported that, prior to construction of the loading dock, the Lab Pit was open. During the rainy season, the pit occasionally overflowed and discharged to the River Gut. The pit was later filled and the area covered by the loading dock (ESI, 1987d). • ^ ^ ^ ?I^*5-?it: B jed per EPA AugusI 5, 1994 K\2 4231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES i 6 301787 ESI reported that a clay underhes fhe stone fflled pil and the soil in the loading dock area. ESI did not state the depth to, or the thickness of, the clay layer. However, because fhe sofl borings drilled by ESI were reportedly 4 lo 8 feet deep, it is presumed that fhe clay is less than 8 feet below grade in this area. ESI noted lhat "the underlying clay material has probably prevented downward percolation since the FID reading [sic] for clay samples [were] low. Also the materials are highly volatile," (ESI, 1987d). 3.4.2 Previous Investigations and Remediation Activities On or about September 17, 1984, ESI excavated a trench, identified as Trench No. 9, in this area. During excavation, the PVC pipe was ruptured and a release of p3a-idine was reported. They noted that "a sfrong pyridine odor was prevalent during the excavation and samphng period," (ESI, 1987d). Surface samples, identified as D-1 through D-5 were coflected and analyzed for toluene, pyridine, QG and QS. Pyridine and QG were detected in three of the samples. QS was detected in one of the samples. Sample locations are showm on Figure 9 of the ESI progress report (1987d), which is included in Appendix N. Analytical resiflts are summarized on Table 3-5. On September 18 and 19, 1984, ESI completed 22 soil borings through the Loading Dock area, in an effort fo locate and investigate the Lab Drain. The borings were drflled to field selected depths ranging from 4 to 8 feet below grade. Soil samples were screened in fhe field for VOCs using an FID. ESI coUected four soil sanaples for analysis of VOCs by Industrial Corrosion Management Incorporated (ICMI) of Randolph, New Jersey. In October 1984, ESI returned to fhe site and completed 18 additional sofl borings in the area. ESI collected two soil samples for analysis of toluene and pyridine and ninfe additional samples for analysis of toluene, pyridine, VOCs and ofl and grease. Soil boring locations are shown on the previously referenced figure. Analytical results for the samples collected from this area are summarized on Table 3-5. ESI also reportedly performed further excavation activities in this area in October 1984. They stated that at that time "fhe pyridine odor was no longer noticeable." In June 1985, ESI returned to the site to remediate the affected sofls. The method used to treat the soils appears to have been a form of biodegradation. During the treatment program, pyridine concentrations were monitored fhrough sample collection and analysis on June 14, July 1, July 17, and August 7, 1985. Samphng locations for these dates are not available. Reported pyridine concentrations fluctuated throughout this period. In September 9, 1985, the USEPA coflected samples from the site. USEPA collected four composite samples from the area for analysis of "purgeable and non-volalile organic priority pollutants." Results indicated that several phthalates and toluene were present in fhe soil samples. On March 13, 1986, USEPA returned to the sile to collect additional samples. ESI obtained splits of the USEPA samples for independent analysis. One sample, identified as 085252, • was collected from the River Gul sediments al the discharge point of the Lab Drain. The other two samples, identified as 085284 and 085285, were collected from the loading dock Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \VVORK\2423l\02\WORKPIAN.REP 08/05/94 03.-02 pm HARDING L A W S O N A S S O C I A T E S ; ?" 3 0 1 7 8 8 t area. Sample locations are shown on Figure 3 of the USEPA report (1986). Several metals and di-n-oclyl phthalate were detected in fhe samples. On February 28, 1991, NUS collected two samples from this area. Sample SED 2 (and duplicate sample SED 4) was coUecled from the River Gut al the Lab Drain discharge point. Sample Sl was collected from fhe Lab Pit area near the center of the loading dock. Results were generally consistent with fhe data coUecled by USEPA in 1986, discussed above, i\ith the exception that several pesticides were detected at estimated concentrations. 3.5 Area E • Soil Beneath Concrete Pad Near ASTs A concrete pad, constructed of seven slabs is located in fhe norfhem comer of the site. During the investigation in late September 1984, ESI completed three trenches, identified as Trench 4, 6 and 7, along the edge of fhe concrete pad near the ASTs. ESI noted e\idence of affected soil in Trench 4, adjacent to and beneafh the third slab. ESI coUected five sofl samples from the area and submitted them to for analysis of toluene. Analytical results are summarized on Table 3-6. Although toluene was not detected, ESI noted that the samples were held for three weeks prior to analysis. This period exceeded analytical holding times. The conditions under which fhe samples were held are unknown. ESI noted that "the time lag....may account for the difference t^etween field readings and laboratory analytical results." (ESI 1984b). ESI excavated approximately 4 cubic yards of sofl from this area. The excavation was backfilled with clean soil. 3.6 Area F - Concrete Storage Pad A concrete slorage''pad is located north of the Laboratory and Warehouse buflding. The pad was used for storage of drums of raw materials when the facility was operating. MisceUaneous debris were obsen-ed on the pad during HLA's July 1993 inspection. 3.7 Other Areas 3.7,1 Storm Drains and River Gut Two storm drains are located on the site (Figure 3-1). The central storm drain runs beneath the paved area between the laboratory and maintenance buildings. The southem storm drain, where observed, is a concrete lined depression along the southern wall of the Maintenance Building and the edge of the Reactor Area. Both slorm drains discharge to the River Gut along the eastern side of the sile. o According to ESI, the two slorm drain lines were excavated and replaced between June 6 and 15, 1986 (ESI, 1987d). The old fines were constructed of 55-gallon drums thai were welded together. According to ESI, fhe drums from one line contained an oily sludge, however ESI did nol specify which fine. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVOR!O2423l\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES •;i 301789 B The drums fhat formed the drain lines were placed in containers for later disposal. One line was reportedly replaced wifh a 10 inch PVC pipe by ESI. The River Gut borders the northeastern and southeastern sides of the site. Several drain lines reportedly discharged from the sile lo the River Gut. Samples were collected from the drain lines and from the gut by ESI, USEPA and NUS. Analytical results for these samples, as well as results for a background soil sample coflected by NUS, are summarized on Table 3-7 and are discussed below. On June 7, 1985, ESI coUected two sofl samples identified as "Drain Line # 1 " and "Drain Line #2." Although information regarding fhe actual sample locations is not avaflable, it is presumed fhat these samples were coUected from drain hnes that discharged to the River Gul. The two samples were spht and submitted to ICMI and YWC, Inc. York Laboratories Division (York) of Monroe, Connecticut for laboratory analysis. Based on available information, ICMI analyzed sample Drain Line #1 for benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes (BTEX) and analyzed sample Drain Line -#2 for VOCs. York apparently only analyzed the samples for toluene. Toluene was delected in afl of fhe samples al concentrations ranging from 140 mg/kg lo 5,600 mg'^g. Chloroform and methylene chloride were reported in sample Drain Line #2 at 68 mg/kg and 1,260 mg/kg, respectively; these VOCs were not analyzed in sample Drain Line # 1 . Ofher VOCs including benzene, carbon tetrachloride, ethylbenzene and xylenes were detected at concentrations 0.1 to 10 mg/kg. On February 19, 1986, ESI coUecled sediment samples from 11 locations along fhe gut. The samples were submitted to ICJvfl for analysis of metals, cyanide, phenols and VOCs. ESI sample locations are shown on Figure 13 of fhe Progress Report (ESI, 1986d). A copy of this figure is included in,Appendix N. Several metals, including cadmium, chrOmium, copper, lead, and zinc, were detected in the sediment samples from the River Gut. Cadmium was detected in samples G-6 and G-7 al 1.0 mg/kg and 2.4 mg/kg respectively. Cadmium was not detected in any of the ofher samples from the gut. Chromium, copper, lead and zinc were detected in afl of the gut samples. With one exception, the concenfrations of these metals were lowest in sample G-4 and highest in sample G-11. Chromium was delected only at concenfrations ranging from 12 mg/kg iri sample G-4 to 41.1 mg/kg in G-11; copper was detected at concenfrations ranging from 25.3 mg/kg in G-4 to 69.7 mg/kg in G-11; lead concentrations ranged from 13.2 mg/kg in G-4 to 46.7 mg/kg in G-7; zinc concenfrations ranged from 37.1 mg/kg in G-4 to 871 mg/kg in G-11. The metal concentrations reporied do nol appear to pose a cause for concern. None of the other parameters analyzed were reportedly detected in the River Gut sediment samples collected on February 19, 1936. ICMI also reporied results of a leachate generated from a composite of samples from locations G-6 and G-7. Barium and lead were reported in this sample at concentrations of 1.2 milligrams per liter (mg/L) and 0.24 mg/L, respectively. Revised por EPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 19 3 0 1 7 9 0 f On March 13, 1986, USEPA coUected three sedknent samples from the River Gut. ESI obtained split samples for independent analysis by ICMI. Sample locations are shown on Figure 3 of the USEPA report (1986). A copy of the figure is included in Appendix N. USEPA analyzed the three sediment samples for VOCs, semivolatile organic compounds (SVO), pesticides, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB), metals and dioxins. ICMI analyzed the samples for VOCs, SVOs and PCBs. Results reported by USEPA and ICMI were not consistent. In the background sample, 085251 USEPA reported butyl benzyl phthalate, di-n- octyl phthalate, and several metals at relatively low concentrations. ICMI reported all of the parameters analyzed as not detected. In Sample 085252, collected near fhe discharge point of the lab pit, USEPA reported di-n-octyl phfhalale and several metals at relatively low concenfration. The only substance reported by IC^fl in this sample was methylene chloride (flagged as a possible laboratory-induced contaminant). In Sample 085253, coUected near the discharge point of fhe Process Pit drain, USEPA reported xylene, several SVOs and several metals at relatively low concenfrations. ICMI reported chloroform, ethylbenzene and toluene only. The reason for fhe discrepancies between fhe data reported by USEPA and ICMI are unknown. On February 28, 1991, NUS coUected three sediment samples from the River Gut, two sediment samples from the storm drains and one background soil sample near fhe Vfrgin Islands Port Aufhority (VIPA) wefl field located west of the site. Sample SEDl was located in the gut approximately 500 feet dowmstream from the site. Sample SED2 (and duphcate sample SED4) was located hi fhe gut near fhe discharge point of fhe loading dock surface and lab pit drains. Sample SED3 was coflected in the gut near the upstream property boundary. Samples SED4 and SED5 were coUected from the central and southern slorm drains, respectively. Sample locations are shown on Figure 3 from the NUS report (1991). .- A copy of the figure is included in Appendb: N. The samples collected by NUS \vere analyzed for VOCs, SVOs, pesticides, PCBs and metals. No VOCs or SVOs were detected in the three samples collected from the gul. The VOC 2- butanone (methyl ethyl ketone) was detected in fhe two sediment samples from fhe slorm drains and in the background sample. The orfly ofher VOCs reported were xylenes in fhe two drain samples and trichloroefhene in the background sample, all of which were reported at estimated concentrations below the method detection limits (fvfDL). Several SVOs and pesticides were detected in the two samples from the storm drain sediments, all at estimated concentrations below fhe MDLs. Metals were detected in all of fhe samples collected by NUS. Chromium, copper, lead and zinc were generally detected at concentrations similar to those reported by ESI for the samples collected from the River Gut on February 19, 1986. The meials antimony, arsenic and nickel were reported at relatively low concentrations by USEPA. These metals were not reported by ESI. Several other metals, apparently nol previously analyzed, were also detected. These included aluminum, barium, calcium, iron, magnesium, manganese, potassium, sodium and vanadium. The concentrations reported for these metals do not appear to pose a cause for environmental concern. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 20 3 0 1 7 9 1 f !SS 3.7.2 Sump m During the inspection in July 1993, HLA observed a sump located to the west of the "^ Maintenance Building. This sump is located near the edge of the concrete paved surface 3^; and receives runoff from the paved portion of the site. During the site visit in July 1993, -fe HLA observed several pipes entering the sump. HLA has been unable to find data regarding °^ the conditions in the vicinity of this feature. B 3.7.3 Septic Tanks According to ESI, there were three septic tanks on the site (ESI, 1987d), two of which were identified. The location of fhe septic tank fhat serviced the office lavatories was imknown. 3.7.4 Dryer Building The dryer buflding is located hi fhe southem portion of the site (Figure 3-1). Affected sofls and water were placed in fhis buflding by ESI as part of their remediation program. . 3.7.5 4,000-GaIIon AST Area Two vertical, 4,000-gaUon ASTs are located adjacent to the Production Area. At fhe hme of the USEPA removal action, these ASTs contauaed apprdxirhately one inch of liquid. USEPA contractors cleaned these tanks as part of the removal action. 3.7.6 Former Location of Paint Cans and Drums '- ' During the removal action conducted by the USEPA, paint cans and drums were identified' ' on fhe concrete paved area near fhe soufhem comer of the Laboratory and Warehouse building. A sketch map''showing fhe approximate location of fhese materials was included in the USEPA Poflution Report dated October 25, 1991. Copies of avaflable USEPA Pollution Reports are included in Appendix L. The USEPA did not report evidence (presence or absence) of staining or affected soil associated with the paint cans and drums. This area was heavily vegetated at the time of HLA's site visit. 3.7.7 Groundwater In October 1990, USEPA prepared tiae "Compendium of Well Water Data Collected at fhe Virgin Island Chemical Co. by fhe USEPA (1986-1990)." The compendium summarizes chloroform concentrations detected in selected wells during five sampling events between March 13, 1986 and June 25, 1990. These data are summarized with other available data on Table 3-8. In all but the first sample from fhe onsite moniloring well, chloroform concentrations were below the federal Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) of 0.1 mg/L for trihalomethanes. B W§. ^s cvised per EPA August 5. 1994 ,WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pra HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 21 ^^. 301792 3.8 Results of Previous Removal Actions This section discusses the removal actions performed by USEPA. Previous removal actions performed by ICC are discussed in Section 2.5.3.3. 3.8.1 Remedial Preliminary Assessment On January 31, 1989, the USEPA Response and Prevention Branch conducted a PrelimiDary Assessment and Removal Evaluation at the site. This work was in response to a request from Mr. George Pavlou, fhe Associate Dhector of Enforcement Programs. The results of the inspection and subsequent removal activities undertaken by the USEPA are documented in 30 Pollution Reports. Copies of the USEPA PoUution Reports are included in Appendix L. At the time of the Preliminary Assessment and Removal Evaluation, the USEPA identified the foUowino three areas of concern: • Laboratory (main buflding); • Drum Storage Warehouse fMain Buflding); and • Grounds outside the buflding including fhe reactor and centrifuge. 3.8.1.1 Laboratory Items noted during the USEPA evaluation included the following: • Two boxes of sodium; '' • Six cans of ethyl ether; • • Two bottles of potassium cyanide; • Phosphorous pentoxide; • Sodium hydride; • Two flammable storage cabinets containing various materials; and • Two office cabinets wifh spflled chenucals. Many other chemicals were noted but not inventoried. 3.8.1.2 Drum Storage Warehouse Approximately 400 drums in various condition, some severely deteriorated, were identified in the warehouse. The contents of fhe drums included: ethyl alcohol, an unidentified sludge, methanol, glacial acetic acid, benzyl acetate, toluene, antifreeze/glycol, salicyHc acid, melhyl isobutyl carbinol, sodium hydroxide, paint and unidentified substances. 3.8.2 USEPA Phase I Removal Activities Phase I removal activities are documented in USEPA Pollution Reports 2 through 13 (Appendix L). Activities performed included relocation of drums to the warehouse, opening and sampling containers and sampling the fire waler lank. Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 03/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATEi 3 0 1 7 9 3 3.8.3 First Fuming Drum Emergency Response Action On May 9, 1990 the USEPA performed an emergency response action following a report of a fuming drum. The drum was identified as No. 29, then located in the rear of the warehouse. The response action was completed by May 12. Activities associated with the emergency response action are summarized in USEPA Pollution Report 14 (Appendix L). 3.8.4 Phase II Removal Activities Phase II removal activities performed by the USEPA between June 15 and July 10, 1990 are documented in Pollution Reports 15 through 19. Activities included obtaining bids for waste classification analyses, lab packing and drum segregation, drum crushing and remote detonation of several containers. As part of this action, the USEPA sampled groundwater from wells identified as VIPA and WAPA on June 25., 3.8.5 Second Fuming Drum Emergency Response Action On July 25, 1990, the USEPA pen'ormed an emergency response action foUowing a report of a fuming drum. The drum was identified as No. 22. This drum had been found to contain benzyl chloride, a severe skin irritant. The response action was completed on July 27 when this drum and two other dmms containing benzyl chloride were stabilized using lime and the bungs were replaced. Activities associated wth fhe-emergency response action are summarized in USEPA PoUution Report 20 (Appendix L). 3.8.6 Phase III Removal Activities Between August 6 and November 8, 1990, USEPA performed Phase III activities as • ••'' documented in Pollution Reports 21 and 22 (Appendix L). Work performed included additional sampling'and preparation of disposal arrangements. 3.8.7 Response to Vandalism Between July 27 and November 9, 1990, the site was vandahzed and various materials and equipment to be used for the final removal activities were stolen. The local police were notified and fhe USEPA returned to fhe site on November 11 to upright overturned drums, repair damage, and inventory equipment. These activities are summarized in Pollution Report 23 (Appendix L). 3.8.8 Final Phase Removal Final disposition of the wasle generated is summarized in Pollution Report 30 (Appendix L). According to USEPA, cleanup activities were completed by April 1991 and all wasle was removed from the sile by October 24, 1991. HLA has not been able to obtain copies of Pollution Reports 24 through 29. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKFIAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 23 3 017 94 3.9 National Priorities List On January 18, 1994, The USEPA issued National Priorities List for Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites (NPL) Proposed Rule No. 16. This document proposes the site for the NPL. However, as of the time this document was prepared, the site had not been listed. The NPL includes two sections. The first, or General Superfund Section, consists of sites being addressed by the USEPA. The second section, or Federal Facilities Section, consists of sites being addressed by other federal agencies. Currently, the General Superfund Section includes 1,069 sites and 57 proposed sites. The Federal Facilities Section includes 123 sites and 30 proposed sites. The site has been proposed for fhe NPL General Superfund Section based on its score under the Hazard Ranking System (HRS), which is Appendix A of 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 300. The HRS evaluates four pafhways: groundwater, surface water, sofl exposure and air. Based on discussions with USEPA during the meeting on February 7, 1994, fhe site received an HRS score of 50 and fhe site was ranked based solely on groundwater pathways. Sites fhat score a 28.50 or greater on the HRS are eligible for fhe NPL. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 03/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 24 301795 4.0 WORK PLAN RATIONALE 4.1 Data Needs In preparing this RIWP, HLA reviewed existing documents provided by USEPA and ICC. Based on this review and the remedial investigation objectives outlined in Section 1.1, the following data needs have been identified for the ICC site: More detailed understanding of sile geology and hydrogeology; Groimdwater flow direction(s); Effect of seasonal changes in. groundwater flow dfrection, if any; Magnitude, nature and extent of potential impacts to soil and/or groundwater; Information on sewage freatiment plant operations and discharges near well fields; Whether areas of potential concern exist other than those identified during previous investigations; Existence of third septic.tank reported by ESI; Possible source of chloroform detected in fhe onsite and nearby wefls; Effect of high chloride and TDS concenfrations on groundwater chemisfry; Other potential sources of groimdwater contamination which may have an impact on the Study Area; Location of fhe contaminated container burning area; and Updated information on use of groundwater in the vicinity of the ICC site. 4.2 Work Plan Approach The tasks outiined in Section 5.0 of flais RIWP were developed to satisfy the data needs listed in Section 4.1. Comments received from USEPA have included the foflowing, and have been considered in developing this RFWP: • Discussions during the pre-scophig meetings on AugusI 13 and November 18, 1993; • Comments from the Technical Document Review by Camp, Dresser & McKee (1987); and • Comments from USEPA on fhe Remedial Investigation Work Plan prepared by ESI (USEPA, 1990e). Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:02 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 25 301796 ^A The tasks to be accompUshed are as foUows: • Project Planning • Obtaining access to site • Clearing site of heavy vegetation • • Performing reconnaissance of site and surrounding area Onsite areas of potential concern not previously identified Areas discussed in Section 3.7 of fhis RIWP Identification of ofher possible sources of contamination bofh onsite and offsite. • Reviewing records for other offsite potential sources of groundwater contamination • Identifying wells within three mfles of the site Records search, if avaflable Field reconnaissance • Investigating hydrogeology and groundwater quahty Complete 10 exploratory sofl borings Collect approximately 75 sofl samples to investigate site stratigraphy CoUect 30 sofl samples for laboratory analysis '• Complete five sofl borings as groundwater moniloring wells Collect five groimdwater samples for laboratory analysis ''-•' Repair or modify existing WeUs Survey relative monitoring weU elevations Measure water levels hn seven monitoring wells Construct water table contour maps to assess groundwater flo\v direction Quarterly groundwater sampling for one year Water level monitoring for one year Water level recording at selected wells Evaluate subsurface sfratigraphy, hydraulics and groundwater chemisfry • Meetings and Progress Reports Meeting with USEPA to discuss preUminary results Address and document changes in scope of work, which may include installation and samphng of additional soil borings and/or monitoring \\-efls, if necessary and appropriate, which may be determined to be warranted based on the results of Lhe Remedial Investigation activities outlined in Section 5.0 of this Work Plan • Validating laboratory data Revised per EPA AugusI 5. 1994 \WORK\2423i\02\VVORiCPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:18 pm HARDING L A W S O N A S S O C L A T S 3 2>" 301797 • Identifying applicable or relevant and appropriate requirements (ARAR) >^j^ • Preparing Remedial Investigation Report • Managing and disposing of investigation-derived wastes • Baseline Risk Assessment Tasks associated with a FeasibUity Study will be completed if necessary and appropriate (see Section 6.5) in accordance wifh applicable guidelines. To the extent that a Feasibihty Study is contemplated, an addendum to fhis Work Plan dehneating the anticipated tasks will be submitted to USEPA for approval prior to task implementation. Based on fhe anticipated low concentrations of residual waste, quantitative air samphng is not proposed as part of this investigation. Air quality monitoring for health and safety purposes will be performed during intrusive activities. Air quality monitoring procedures are discussed in the project HAS? (Appendix B). 4.3 Data Quality Objectives Data quality objectives for the project are discussed in fhe Qua7ffy Assurance Project Plan (Appendix C) and are not repealed herein. 4.4 Preliminary Identification of ARARs r-f- This describes the procedures used to identify and evaluate ARARs for fhe ICC site. This discussion is not intended to ser\'e as fhe final determination of all ARARs for the site. . -;.-: Instead it is an identification of a number of ARARs that may pertain to the site based on currently available'data. The identification of ARARs is an iterative process carried on throughout the Remedial Investigation. The final determination of ARARs -vvifl be made as part of the selection of a remedy, u" any. HLA is unaware of any identification of ARARs for the sile by the GOVI pursuant lo Section 121(d)(2)(A) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liabihty Act (CERCLA) 42 U.S.C. §9621(d)(2)(A). The ARARs evaluation was performed in a manner consistent with USEPA guidance, including the NCP found in 40 CFR 300, the NCP preamble found in 55 Federal Register (Fed. Reg.) 8666 (March 8, 1990), and the "CERCLA Comphance With Other Laws Manual: Parts 1 and fl" (Office of Solid Waste Emergency Response [OSWER] Directives 9234.1-01 and 9234.1-02) (Compliance Manual). This discussion describes the procedures used in the identification and evaluation of /VRARs. Specifically, this discussion: summarizes the definitions and procedures used to evaluate the applicability or relevance and appropriateness of potential ARARs; describes ARARs categories; and identifies potential ARARs associated with stale authorized programs. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \\VORK\24231\02\WORKPLA.\'.REP 08/05/94 04:18 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCI 3 0 1 7 9 8 4.4.1 Definition of ARARs Remedial actions selected under CERCLA must attain a degree of cleanup that, al a minimum, assures protection of human health and the environment (42 U.S.C. § 9621[d][l]). When a hazardous substance remains onsite, CERCLA requires that remedial actions meet a level or standard of control that al least attains standards, requirements or limitations under any federal or sfricter stale environmental law, if such requirements are legally applicable or relevant and appropriate under the circumstances (42 USC § 9621[d][2j). Guidance and health advisories may also be used as matters "to be considered." To-Be-Considered (TBC) requirements are not identified in this preliminary identification of ARARs. Apphcable Requirements. Applicable requirements are those cleanup standards, standards of confrol, and ofher substantive requirements, criteria, or limitations promulgated under federal or state envhonmental or facility siting laws that specifically address a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstances found at a CERCLA site (NCP, 40 CFR § 300.5) Relevant and Appropriate Requhements. Relevant and appropriate requirements are those cleanup standards, standards of control, and other substantive environmental protection requirements, criteria, or limitations promulgated under federal or state environmental or facflity siting laws thai, while not "applicable" to a hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant, remedial action, location, or other circumstance at a CERCLA site, address problems or situations sufficiently similar to those encoun- tered at the CERCLA site that their use is wefl suited to fhe particular site (NCP, 40 CFR § 300.5). To-Be-Considered Requirements. TBCs are non-promulgated advisories or guidance issued by federal or state government fhat are not legally binding and do not have the status of potential ARARs. In many cfrcumstances, however, TBCs wifl be considered along with ARARs as part of the site risk assessment, if performed, and may be used in determining fhe necessary level of cleanup for protection of health or the environment (NCP, 40 CFR § 300.40o''[g][3]). The terms "applicable" and "relevant and appropriate" are mutually exclusive. Therefore, a requirement under environmental laws may be either "applicable" or "relevant and appropriate," but not bofh (Comphance Manual, Vol. 1, p. xiii). For a requirement to be "applicable," the remedial action or fhe circumstances at the sile must satisfy all the jurisdic- tional prerequisites for the requfrement. If a requfrement is not applicable, it nonetheless may still be relevant and appropriate. In deciding whether a requirement is relevant and appropriate the following factors, found in 40 CFR § 300.400(g)(2), are evaluated: (1) the purpose of the requirement; (2) the medium regulated or affected by the requirement; (3) the substances regulated by the requirement; (4) the actions or activities regulated by the requirement; (5) the variances, waivers, or exemptions to the requfrement; (6) the l^qDe of place regulated or affected by the requirement; (7) the type and size of structure or facility regulated or affected by the release; Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02VVVORJ 5.9 Remedial investigation Report FoUowing completion of aU Remedial Investigation activities, a draff Remedial Investigation report wfll be prepared and subnaitted to USEPA. The Remedial Investigafion report will include fhe foUowing: • Executive Summary • Discussion of fhe history of fhe site; • Summary of previous investigations and remedial actions; • Description of fhe site including fhe physical setting, climate, surface water hydrology, geology and sofls; • Summary of sampling locations and procedures; • Discussion of deviations, if any, from fhe RIWP; • Tabulated summaries of sofl and groundwater quahty data; • Data on groundwater flow dfrection; • Nature and extent of contamination, tf any; • Contaminant fate and fransport, h apphcable; • Summary of Basehne Phsk Assessment activities; • Listing of ARARs; • Summary and conclusions; and • Recommendafions regarding identification of other potential sources of contamination tn fhe vicinity of the site. Appendices to the Remedial hivestigation Report wiU include the foUowing: • Techrucal memorandum on field activities; • Analyfical data;- • QA/QC evaluation results; and • Risk Assessment methods used. After consideration of USEPA's comments, the report wiU be finalized. Revised per EPA September 19. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\WORKPLAN.RVi HARDING LAWSON ASS-OCblT^;-- -Z: 301813 rz- B 5.10 Management of Investigation Derived Wastes Investigation-derived wastes generated during fhe Remedial Investigation activities wfll generally be managed in accordance with USEPA's Guide to Management of Investigation- Derived Wastes quick reference fact sheet (USEPA, 1992c). The types of wastes anticipated to be generated include the following: • Decontamination fluids • Drilling fluids and cuttings • Well development and purge water • Used personal protective equipment Decontamination fluids, drflUng fluids and cuttings will be containerized (e.g., in drums or portable above-ground storage tanks for liquids, in drums or roll-offs for solids) and stored in the warehouse building. This storage area was used by USEPA contractors during previous removal activities. The containers will be labeUed with regard to contents, date of generation and boring of origin. Representative composite samples wiU be coUected from the containers and laboratory tested for RCRA characteristics. Based on fhe results of the analyses, the waste materials may be disposed offsite in accordance wifh CERCLA 121(d)(3) and the CERCLA Off-Site Policy directive (USEPA, 1987d). For aU shipments of 10 cubic yards or more, written notification will be provided to envfronmental officials of the receiving state and fhe USEPA project coordinator. ' Well development and purge ^vater•wiU also be containerized in drums or portable tanks,- '' labelled with regard to contents, date of generation and wefl of origin, and stored in fhe warehouse. If the'resiills of analyses of groundwater samples indicale that no chemicals of concern are present; the water may be discharged at a local facility, if approved by fhe St. Croix DPW. If not approved, fhese -wastes will be stored in the warehouse for eventual characterization and disposal. SoUds fhat may accumulate at the bottom of the containers, particularly those of development water, wfll be freated in fhe same manner as the drilling fluids and cuttings. Personal protective equipment and disposable field equipment -vvfll be decontanoinated, if applicable, collected in drums or an industrial dumpster, and disposed at a RCRA Subtitle D facflity. Containment systems that can contain at least 110 percent of the volume of the containers stored will be provided for liquid wastes stored in the warehouse. Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 03:25 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301814 6.0 BASELINE RISK ASSESSMENT AND FEASIBILITY TASKS 6.1 Baseline Risk Assessment If evidence of onsile soil and/or groundwater contamination is identified during the Remedial Investigation, a Baseline Risk Assessment will be undertaken to assess the potential risk posed by the site. The scope of the Baseline Risk Assessment -will be developed based on the findings of fhe Remedial Investigation. The Baseline Risk Assessment -will include a Basehne Ecological Assessment and a Baseline Human Health Assessment, as and if necessary. Some tasks discussed under the Basehne Risk Assessment may be unnecessary. At several points throughout fhe Risk Assessment fhe data -wifl be evaluated to determine if further action is necessary. For example, if no exposure pathways or receptors can be identified or an exposure pafhway is found to be incomplete, further action may not be needed. Additionafly, if fhe concentrations of detected chemicals are below those concenfrations showm to pose a risk, further action may not be necessary. 6.1.1 Baseline Ecological Assessment A baseline ecological risk assessment of onsile conditions would follow USEPA guidance for performing ecological investigations and ecological risk assessments. This guidance is contained in: • Ecologiccd /Assessment of Hazardous Waste Sites: A Field emd Laboratory Reference, EPA/600/3-89/013, (1989); • Risk/Assessment Guidance for Superfund [RAGS) Volume II, Environmental Evaluation manual, EPA 540 1-89 001, interim Final (1989), and ' • Framework For Ecological Flisk Assessment, EFA630IR-92/Q01 (1992). -• In addition to EPA'guidance, appropriate Vhgin Islands Government guidance or regulations related to ecological impacts, -wiU be identified. The Baseline Ecological Assessment has been divided inlo the following phases: « Phase I - Problem Formulation; • Phase fl - Analysis; and • Phase ni - Risk Characterization. Phase I - Problem Formulation, wiU include a review and evaluation of available literature and a limited field reconnaissance designed to identify potential stressors, exposure pathways, and ecological receptors. Subsequent phases will not be performed if results of Phase 1 indicate the site is not affected or there are no exposure pathways and/or receptors. If warranted by the findings of Phase I, Phase U - Analysis (Section 6.1.1.2) would include sampling and analysis of appropriate environmental media such as water and/or sofls. The sampling results would be utilized to characterize the potential problem. Sample l3"pes and locations would be consistent \\ifh fhe findings and recommendations of Phase I and fhe hydrogeological investigation outiined in the other sections of this Work Plan. If warranted Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 44 3 0 1 8 1 5 by the findings of Phase II of this investigation, Phase III, would include development and implementation of an assessment of potential ecological risk (Section 6.1.1.3). 6,1.1.1 Pfiase I-Problem Formulation 6.1.1.1.1 Identification Potential Stressors Data generated during the investigation tasks described in Section 5.0 of this Work Plan will be evaluated to identify potential sfressor chemicals. If sampling of environmental media does not identify any potential sfressor chemicals the ecological risk assessment wifl summarize these findings and recommend no further action. 6.1.1.1.2 Identification of Potential Exposure Pathways If potential stressor chenhcals are identified by onsite sofl and groundwater investigations, an investigation fo identify potential exposure pafhways -will be implemented. This investigation -will use available hterature to identify potential pathways. If no pathways for chemicals into the surrounding emironment can be established, or the pathways are found to be incomplete fhe ecological risk assessment wfll be limited to fhe source area. A limited -visual field inspection wifl be conducted to verify the status of potential pathways identified by the literature re-vie^v. 6.1.1.1.3 Ecological Assessment Area k k If potential stressor chemicals are identified at fhe onsite, a Phase I Ecological Assessment Area (Phase I EAA) wiU be estabUshed based on fhe findings of the Remedial Investigation - - activities outlined in Section 5.0. 6.1.1.1.4 Environmental Resources Inventory Once the Phase I EAA has been estabUshed, an Environmental Resources Inventory (ERI) of the area -^vill be implemented to pro-vide basehne data for other parts of fhe Ecological Assessment. Literature sources wAl be re\iewed to identify environmental resources A%ifhin the EAA. Limited field work -i\iU be implemented to confirm condifions or boundaries identified by the literature revie-w (Section 6.1.1.1.6). The inventory is intended lo identify the following environmental resources: • Surface Water Resources. Wetlands Floodplains Streams Watershed Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORX\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING L A W S O N A S S O C I A T E S •'i^'S 301816 ice Water Drainage Jl ^Af^ter Patiaways Concern. 'gy- «»'ai»iijiii»ii,i Y':^ii» i" I'tfu-i-li"-^ Tf-'tVni^'.ii tWi'iiVgtn'i . i ^^ss^^^^S^^^^t^'^^^^rs^^^^^s^^i^a^'S^ J. >fiA ^ u j t . • J ,,a^•-ia.-T;rii-w...hi.-i ..>* < tf-.rfa^ato^gyrfOUM ^ ^ ^ ^ p ^ s s ? ^ Tl Vti-^iiOT.itfAi.-MUrMilitfliliiiWiii'.Vr-.Trf..-fnrSV;i»-.-:---—-r---.-. i5fiwra=:;ga.?5Teji'fi«gf:---?g^Tg- •-m^Sii^i,yT-^: - . - . . . . - • . . - - - - ^ . . ^ . - - -ield Verification lase I, a limited field recoimaissance -will be conducted to verify conditions le hterature revie^'v. The Phase I field activities wiU consist of visually iresence and extent of fhe major features within the EAA identified by the I Resources Inventory.- hterature review (Section 6.1.1.1.4) and the presence or :ential ecological receptors as identified in Section 6.1.1.1.2. Field personnel nvironmental scientists with experience in biology, ecology, risk assessment, 1 planning and hazardous wasle Lavestigations. Ecological Assessment Technical Memorandum -••i'-'T~r-*-T^~^'"-^^-'^''--^^^-*-~-*^-'-^ ^^;t».y-i!.^i*.-^. • iii^eA-iajaiU.i\'i i'-i ^^-.Tiai'Afi.iimii^y t^^j-mii:: B i 5. 199^; L.AN.REP 03/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES t; A S «:^^i£?ftii*t::^V?iSi^»^^r?^-- 3 0 1 8 1 7 An ecological assessment techiucal memorandum detailing the findings of the Phase I Ecological Assessment when work is concluded will be prepared and distributed to the appropriate revie-wing regulatory agencies. The memorandum will describe work completed to that time and provide recommendations. 6,1,1.2 Phase II-Analysis Additional ecological assessment -^vork may be proposed, if found lo be necessary based upon the findings and recommendations of the investigations carried out in Phase I of fhe Baseline Ecological Assessment and the hydrogeological investigations outiined in fhe other sections of this Work Plan. Assessment of potential ecological receptors and possible field and laboratory sampling and analysis would be carried out as discussed below. 6.1.1.2.1 Potentially Impacted Environmental Media Potentially impacted environmental media identified -within the Study Area in Phase I of the Ecological Assessment will be sampled and analyzed. Sampling locations within fhe Study Area -vvill be those proposed in fhe ecological assessment technical memorandum described in Section 6.1.1.1, folio-wing USEPA approval. Water and sediment samples may be collected in the vicinity of fhe Study Area. 6.1.1.2.2 Identification and Assessment of Potential Contaminants of Concern If warranted by the analytical results of the samphng program noted in Section 6.1.1.2.1, Potential Contaminants of Concern (PCOC) and fheir concenfrations -will be identified and a toxicological profile for the PCOCs wifl be developed as appropriate. In conjunction wifh the identhication and assessment of fhe contaminants of concern and potential receptors, •-' potential /ZRARs will be identified. If warranted, a technical memorandum identifying PCOCs and including associated toxicological profiles wifl be submitted to LISEPA. 6.1.1,3 Phase III Risk Characterization If a potential risk to ecological resources is indicated by Phase II sampling activities, a work plan which details the acti-vities of a quantitative ecological risk assessment wfll be submitted to fhe USEPA for approval. Phase ID would consist of the folio-wing activities: • Assessment of potential ecological receptors • Benthic macroinvertebrate populations evaluation • Risk analysis • Habitat and wetland delineations and function/value assessments « Species of concern survey Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02VWORKPLA.N.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301818 6.1.2 Baseline Human Health Risk Assessment J ^ ^ If evidence of onsite soil and/or groundwater contamination is identified during the remedial investigation, the guidance EPA has provided to evaluate potential human health risks will be followed. The EPA Superfund guidance is the only regulatory guidance that has been provided to evaluate potential human health and environmental impacts of chemical contaminants. The EPA risk assessment guidance is acceptable to local and state agencies. Specific EPA guidance followed for human healfh risk assessments include: Superfund Exposure Assessment Manual (SEAM), 1988, EPA/540/1-88/001, Exposure Factors Handbook, 1989, EPT/600/8-89/043, Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund Volume I: Human Health Evaluation Manual (1989), OSW^ER 9285.7-019 (RAGS), and RAGS Volume I: Part B, Development of Risk-based Preliminary Remediation Goals) OSWER Directive 9284.7- 018,1991, and RAGS Volume I: Part C, (Risk Evaluation of Remedial Alternatives), OSWER Directive 9285.7-OlC, 1991. These documents are the most recent EPA guidance and they are appropriate to evaluate the potential impacts of chemicals released to the environment. The overall steps in a risk assessment are given below: 1. PreUminary data evaluation 2. Prepare a risk assessment plan 3. Select indicator chemicals 4. Identhy exposure pathwa\^ J y Z 5. Identify human receptor populations 6. • Locale exposure points and identify chemical exposure concentrations 7. Estimate.c'hemical intake for receptors 8. Assess toxicology of indicator chemicals 9. Characterize potential human heallh risks 10. Determine site-specific chemical concenfrations that have acceptable levels of risk (clean up levels] If results of the preliminary data evaluation indicate that there are no chemicals onsite or exposure pathways that would result tn a risk lo human receptors, the remaining steps (2 through 10) noted above would not be performed. 6.2 Development, Screening and Analysis of Remedial Alternatives If necessary, based on the results of fhe Risk Assessment, remedial alternatives lo be evaluated for the site will be selected during the Feasibility Study "portion of the project. A B Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\WORiaPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCI.aTES ^• 301819 preliminary review of remedial altematives -vviU be conducted folio-wing completion of the Risk Assessment activities. 6.3 Feasibility study. If necessary, a separate plan will be prepared for the complete Feasibility Study in the future. The Feasibility Study report -will be discussed in an addendum to this Work Plan lo be prepared for the FeasibUity Study foUowing completion of any risk assessment which may be conducted. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES -^5 ,01820 7.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION HLA, as a contractor fo ICC, has responsibUity for desigiung the sampling and analysis programs necessary to achieve fhe project objectives. HLA's project management structure is illustrated in Figure 7-1. HLA •vvill provide project management, perform and/or observe field investigations, and prepare and submit project dehverables to USEPA. To achieve these goals, HLA -wifl retain experienced subcontractors in the specific disciplines necessary. The ICC project -will include several subcontractors. Selection of qualified subconfractors -will include assessment of technical and professional qualificafions, experience, proposed methodologies and cost. Where appropriate, HLA -will address a request for proposal to several qualified subcontractors to obtain the most experienced and cost-competitive subcontractor. Subcontractors -vvill be required to review and sign the HASP (Appendbc B) and -wifl be advised by HLA personnel in possible hazards associated v«th their particular tasks. .a^.s;. B Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \\VOR:<\24231\02\Wt)RKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 50 301821 'TS^^ 8.0 ANTICIPATED SCHEDULE The anticipated implementation schedule is presented as Figure 8-1. It has been prepared based on the number of weeks from receipt of USEPA approval of the remedial investigation work plan. The proposed schedule is based on fhe folio-wing assumptions: • Access agreements for locations of all field activities wfll be obtained at least one week prior to the intended start date for field activities • Inclement weather conditions -wifl not delay any segment of field acti-vities by more than one week • Access to work areas wiU be avaflable for a minimum of ten consecutive hours per day The schedule also assumes that site conditions encountered in the field -will nol vary greatly from those anticipated. If site conditions do differ greatiy, additional time may be needed to amend the remedial investigation -work plan. If this is fhe case, the remedial investigation work plan schedule -will have to be modified accordingly. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 03/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 51 301822 9.0 ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ^iSg; ARARs Applicable or Relevant and Appropriate Requirements AST Above-ground Storage Tank BTEX Benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes CDS Caribbean Drilling Services CERCLA Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liabflity Acl CFR Code of Federal Regulations CLP Contract Laboratorv' Program CWM Chem-Waste Management, tnc. DPNR St. Croix Department of Planning and Natural Resources DPW St. Crobc Department of Pubhc Works EAA Ecological Assessment Area ERI Environmental Resources Inventory ESI Enviro-Science, Inc. FEMA Federal Emergencr\' Management Agency FID Flame-ionization Detector FOIA Freedom of Information Acl FWS US Fish and WUdhfe Service gpm Gallons per minute gpm/ft Gallons per minute per foot (Specitic Capacity) GOVI Govemment of fhe Vfrgin Islands HASP Healtii and Safety Plan HLA Harding Lawson Associates HRS Hazard Ranking Sv-stem • HSWA Hazardous and SoUd Waste Amendments of 1984 ' ICC • Island Chemical Company ICiMI Industrial Corrosion Management Inc. MCL Maximum Contaminant Levels iVIDL Method detection limit mg/L Milligrams per Uter MSL Mean Sea Level NCP National Ofl and Hazardous Substances PoUution Contingency Plan NPL National Priorities List NUS HaUiburton NUS Corporation NWI National Wetiands Inventory OSWER Office of Solid Waste Emergency Response PCB Polychlorinated biphenyls PCOC Potential Contaminants of Concern PID Photo-ionization detector POTW Publicly owned treatment works ppm Parts per million QAPjP Quality Assurance Project Plan QG Quinidine gluconate QS Quinine sulfate RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Acl RIWP Remedial Investigation Work Plan Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVOR.<\24231\02\VVORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 5?: 301823 yiSs.. 0A~ SAP Samphng and Analysis Plan SCS Soil Conservation Survey SVO Semi-volatile organic compound SWDA Solid Waste Disposal Act TAL Target Analyte List TBC To-Be-Considered TCL Target Compound List TDS Total dissolved sohds USDA United States Department of Agriculture USEPA United States Envfronmental Protection Agency USGS United States Geological Survey VICHEM Virgin Islands Chemical Company VIPA Virgin Islands Port Aufhority VOC Volatile organic compound 'SiSP.^, Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES K; 301824 10.0 REFERENCES ^ $ Caribbean DriUing Services Incorporated. 1979. Subsurface Investigation - Proposed Cooper Laboratories Plant Expansion, Estate Rethlehem, St. Croix, May 12. Caribbean Drilling Services Incorporated. 1980. Subsurface Investigation, Proposed Firewater Tank, Cooper Laboratories Plant, Frederiksted, St. Croix, August 19. Cederstrom, D.J. 1941. Notes on the Physiography of St. Croix, Virgin Islands. American fournal of Science, V. 239, No. 8, August. Cedersfrom, D.J. 1950. Geology and Ground-Water Resources of St. Croix, Virgin Islands. U.S. Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 1067. CDM Federal Programs. 1987. Island Chemical Company, Technical Document Review, AugusI 5. Colon-Ramos, H.M. 1983. Ground-Water records for St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islonds, American Journal of Science, v. 239, p. 533-576 Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and LiabUity Act of 1980 (CERCLA): Pubhc Law 96-510, 42 USC 9601 et.seq. Dia^x, P.L., Aquino, Z., Figueroa-Alamo, C, Vachier, R.J., and A.V. Sanchez. 1993. Water resources data, Puerto Fiico and the U.S. Virgin Islemds, water ye ew 1992. ZS.S.G.S. Water Data Report PR-92-1. . , ''' Enviro-Science, Inc. 1984a. Ftogress Report for Isleind Chemical CompanylChemiccd Contamination, October 1. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1984b. Progress Report, Islcmd Chemical Company, Inc. [Berlex), SL Croix, Virgin Islands, December. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1985a. Addendum to Progress Report, Island Chemical Compemy, Inc. [Berlex), St. Croix, Virgin Islands, Aprfl 4. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1985b. Report Conceming Small Quantity Generator Status of Isl emd Chemical, May 7. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1986. Project Summary for Island Chemical Company, Inc. [Berle.x), SL Croix, Virgin Islands, April 17. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1987a. /Attachment, Site Description for Islemd Chemical Compemy, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, April 8. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1987b. Remedial Investigation Work Plem for Island Chemical Company, SL Croix, USVI, Aprfl 9. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\VVORKPIJA.M.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 54 301825 I yy Z - ' " ••' Enviro-Science, Inc. 1987c. Remedied Investigation Work Plan for Island Chemical Compemy, St. Croix, USVI, April 16. Enviro-Science, Inc. 1987d. /Attachment, Site Description for Island Chemical Company, St Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, April 16. Forman, R.T.T., 1974. An Introduction to the Ecosystems and Plants on St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. In Guidebook to the Geologic emd Ecology of Some Marine and Terrestrial Environments, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Special Publication No. 5. West Indies Laboratory, Farleigh Dickinson University. Garcia, R. and M. Canoy, 1984. Reconnaissance of Ground-water Quality in the U.S. Vfrgin Islands, July 1984, U.S.G.S. Water-resources Division, Open-file Data Report 84-807. Geraghty & Miller, Inc. 1983. Report on Current Groundwater Conditions in the U.S. \^rgin Islands, Aprfl 29. GUI, LP., 1989. The Evolufion of Tertiary St Croix. Ph.D. dissertation, Louisiana State University and Agricultural and Mechanical CoUege. Gill, LP. and D.K. Hubbard, 1986. Subsurface geology of the St. Croix carbonate rock system. Water Resources Research Center, CoUege of the Virgin Islands, Capsule Report No. 8. Haire, W.J. and K.G. Johnson, 1978. Floods of iNovember 11-13, 1974,,iri'St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. U.S.G.S. Water Resources Investigations 77-136 Open-file Report. Johnson, K.G., R.A.. CarrasquiUo, and R. Gonzalez, 1982. Flood of October 8, 1977 in Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin'.Islands. U.S.G.S. Water-Resources Investigations 82-262 Open-ffle Report. Lidz, B.H. 1988. Upper Cretaceous (Campanian) and Cenozoic Stratigraphic Sequence, northeast Caribbean (St. Croix, U.S. Vfrgin Islands). Geological Society of/America Bulletin, V. 100, p. 282-298, February. Multer, H.G. and L.C. Gerhard ed. 1974. Guidebook to the Geology and Ecology of Some Marine emd Terrestrial En-vironments, St. Crob:, U.S. Virgin Islands. Special Publication No. 5. West Indies Laboratory, Farleigh Dickinson University. NUS Corporation, a HaUiburton Company. 1991. Final Draft Site Inspection Report, Island Chemical CompanylVI Chemical, SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, September 11. Ogden, J.C. 1974. The iVIajor Marine Environments of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. In Guidebook to the Geology emd Ecology of Some Marine and Terrestrial Environments, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Special Publication No. 5. West Indies Laboratory, Farleigh Dickinson University. Revised per EPA August 5. 1994 \WOR^O.2423l\02\WORKPl^^f.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 5 5 301826 Rivera, L.H., Frederick, W.D., Farris, C, Jensen, E.H., Davis, L., Palmer, CD., Jackson, L.F., and W.E. McKinzie, 1970. SoU Survey of fhe Vfrgin Islands of the United States. U.S.D.A. Soil Conservation Service, 1970. Robinson, T.M., 1972. Ground-water in central Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. U.S.G.S. Open-File Report, Caribbean District. Speed, R.C, L.C. Gerhard, and E.H. McKee. 1979. Ages of Deposition, Deformation, and Intrusion of Cretaceous Rocks, Eastern St. Croix, Virgin Islands. Geological Society of /America Bulletin, Part I, v. 90, p. 629-632, July. Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986: Public Law 99-499. Torris-Gonzalez, S. and F. Rodriguez del Rio, 1990. Potentiometric surface of the KiDshill aquifer and hydrologic conditions, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, U.S.G.S. Water-resources Investigations Report 89-4085. July. Torres-Gonzalez, S., 1987. Steady-State Simulation of Ground-Water Flow Conditions tn the Kingshill Aquifer, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, July 1987. Americem Water Resources /Association, Monograph Series No. 15. Torres-Sierra, H., 1987. Estimated water use in St. Crqtx, U.S. Virgin Islands, October 1983- Seplember 1985. U.S.G.S. Open-Ffle Data Report 86-537. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, 1970. Soil Survey, Virgin Islemds of the United States, August. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1983, Interim Guidelines emd Specifications for Preparing Quality-'/issurance Project Plans: QAMS-005180; Office of Monitoring Systems and Quedity /Assuremce, ORD, Washington, D.C, February. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1984, Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the Analysis - Final Rule and Proposed Rule, 40 CFR Part 136, October. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1985. RCRA Enforcement, Berlex Laboratories, [a subsidiary of Island Chemiced Co., Inc.), SL Croix, Virgin Islands, VID980651095, September 9. [sic - ICC was a subsidiary of Berlex]. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1986a Draft Supplement to Interim Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing Quality/Assurance Project Plans: QAMS-OOoldO, Office of Monitor- ing Systems emd Quality /Assurance, ORD, Washington, D.C, December. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1986b, User's Guide to the Controct Laboratory Program: Office of Emergency emd Remedial Response, Sample Management Office, December. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORX\2423l\02VWORKPtA.N.REP 08/05,-94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 56 301827 fSS^_ --(/i:^ U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1986c, National Enforcement Investigations Center Policies and Procedures Manual, EPA -330-9-78-001-R. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1986d, Test Methods.for Evaluating Solid Waste: Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response [OSWER) Directive SW-846, Vol. IB. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1987a. Draft Administrative Order On Consent, Islcmd Chemiced Compony, Inc., Berlex Laboratories, Inc., Respondents, March. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1987b,/l Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods, OSWER Directive 9355-0-14, December. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1987c, Data Quality Objectives for Remedial Response Activities [development process): USEP/AJ540/G-87/003, Office of Emergency emd Remedied Response, Washington, D.C, March. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1987d, CERCLA Off-Site Policy, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 198aa, Laboratory Data Validation - FuncUonal Guidelines for Eveduating Organics /Analyses: TDD Doc. No. HQ-8401-01, Hazardous Site Evaluation Division, February. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1988b, Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic Orgaivc Compounds in Ambient /Air, Atmospheric Research emd Exposure /Assessment Laboratory, June. /• U.S.^Environmental Protection Agency, 1988c, Laboratory Data Validation - Functioned Guidelines for Eveduating Inorgarucs /Analyses, Hazardous Site Evaluation Division, Julv. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1988d, Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations and Feasibility Studies under CERCLA, Interim Final, EP/Aj540l6-89lOO~, October, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1989a, Preliminary /Assessment, Removal Evaluation emd Funding Authorization Request for a CERCLA Removed Action at the Virgin Islcmd Chemica] Company, Inc., Site, SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands - ACTION MEMORANDUM, August 8. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1989b, Flisk/Assessment Guidance for Superfund, Volume I, Human Hecdth Eveduation Mcmual, Part A, Interim Final, Office of Emergency emd Remedial Response, December. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1989c, Region II CERCLA Quality Assurance Manual, Revision I. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\WORKP1AN.REP 08/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 57 301828 B U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1990a, Hazardous Waste Management System; Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Toxicity Characteristics Revisions; Fined Rule, 40 CFR Port 261, Thursday, March 29. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region IU, 1990d, Field Filtration Policy for Monitoring Well Groundwater Samples Requiring Metals Analysis, Bulletin No. QAD009. April 23. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1990e. Comments on Work Plan, October 19. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. 1991a. Final Pollution Report, USEPA Region fl Response and Prevention Branch, October 25. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1991b, Model Quality /Assuremce Project Plem: Office of Superfund, Region V, May. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1991c, Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Low Concentration Organic /Analysis, June. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1992a, Region II SOP HW-6, CLP Organic Data Review ond Preliminary Review, Revision 8, January. U.S. Envfronmental Protection Agency, 1992b, Region II SOP ^W-2 Eveduation of Metcds Data for the CLP Revision fl,' January. U.S. Envfronmental Protection Agency, 1992c, Guide to Memogement of Investigation-Derived Wastes, Quick Reference Fact Sheet, 1992c. ...--'. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 199Z, Administration Order on Consent for Remedial InvestigationIFeasibility Study, Docket No. m-93-21-DC, July. Whetten, J.T., 1966. Geology of SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islemds: Geological Society of America Memoir 98. Revised per EPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP 03/05/94 04:11 pm HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES ~n 301829 f^SSjl .Tables \VVORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301830 Well Identification Tablo 2-1. Wells Within One Mile of Site Island Chemical Company St. CroLx, U.S, Virgin Islands Pago 1 of 2 Reported Use Distance from Site (feet) Direction from Site Reported Depth (feel) Reported Static Water depth (feel)* Reported Waler Elevation (feet above MSL)' ' 1 1 1 1 o • ^-' ! 00 OJ Virgin Islands Port Authority No. 1 Virgin Islands Port Authority No. 2 Fnirplain 9 Fairplain 0 Fnirplnin 7 Fnirplnin G Fairplain 2 Old Golden Grove Fairplain 4 Fairplain 3 Fairplain 5 Fairplain 1 Golden Grove PWO Doring near Anguila Riggers and Erectors - Golden Grove PWG Negro Day 9 Golclon Grovo PW9 Sec last page for notes Nol Available Not Available Public Wnler Supply Public Waler Supply Public Wnler Supply Public Water Supply Public Waler Supply Public Water Supply Public Water Supply Public Wnler Supply Public Water Supply Public Water Supply Public Waler Supply Test Hole Commercial? Public Water Supply Public Waler Supply Public Wnlor Supply NA NA .500 1,000 1,200 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,400 1.500 1,600 1,800 2,500 2,000 3,000 3,200 • 3,300\ 3,300 W W SSE SE SE SSE SSE -W SSE SE . SE SE W E SE WNW WSW W NA NA 02 50 57 105 79 :. NA 100 . 97 90 100 NA NA NA " NA 140 NA NA NA 02 50 57 10.1 23.3 NA 19.7 13.5 10.6 20.9 NA NA NA • . NA NA NA NA NA Reported . Yield . (gpm) NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA , 6 • NA ;„ 3 3 6 1 NA . •4 NA NA NA NA 21 37.9 15.7 30 NA NA 21 NA 10.4 NA < 2 NA NA < 2 54-62 < 2 NA NA NA NA NA NA • NA NA NA NA 1972/1973 NA NA 1972/1973 1979 1972/1973 \WORK\24231\02\WELLINFO.TAD HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES Table 2-1. Wells Within One Mile of Site Island Chemical Company Sl. Crobc, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 2 of 2 Well Identification Reported Use Distance from Site (feet) Direction from Site Reported Depth (feel) Reported Static Waler depth (feet)' Reported Water Elevation (feet above MSL)' Reported Yield ; (gpm) Year Installed Negro Day 5 Golden Grove PW7 Negro Day 0 Golden Grovo PW5 Golden Grovo PWl Negro Day 7 Golclon Grovo PW4 Negro Day 4 Negro Day 3 Negro Day 6 Golden Grove PW2 Golden Grove PW3 College of Virgin Islands Near Profit Airport Public Waler Supply Public Water Supply Public Waler Supply Public Water Supply Public Waler Supply Public Wnler Supply Public Wnlor Supply Public Waler Supply Public Water Supply PubUc Waler Supply Unused Public Water Supply Domestic Unused Well Unused Well 3,400 3,400 3,500 3.000 3,000 3,700 3,700 3,700 . 4,000 4,000 4,100 4,400 4,600 4,900 5,000 WSW W WSW W WNW WSW WNW WSW ... WSW WSW w w NNE NE SE 95 NA 120 NA NA 120 110 95 95 120 NA NA 95? NA ~ NA . NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA • NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA ; NA 41 NA NA • NA NA 2 J NA ; 25 NA 55 24 5 NA •• < 2 54-62 < 2 NA 54-62 NA NA NA , 54-62 60 2 NA NA " NA 1973 1972/1973 1970 1972/1973 1972/1973 1970 1072/1073 1973 1973 1978 1972/1973 1972/1973 NA NA NA 1 Reported depth, conslniclion or sounding 1902 2 Static waler depth (Geraghiy & Miller) 3 Sialic waler level elevation (Torres-Gonzales) NA Not available Source: Adnplod from Gomghly A Miller, 1903; Torrus-Gonzalos, 1000. U> O l-» 00 u> to \WORK\24231\02\WELLINFO.TAD HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES Table 2-2. Summary of Events Island Chenucal Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Date Events May 1, 1969 March 20, 1972 June 30, 1978 November 1, 1979 1980 through 1982 November 27, 1892 through February 1, 1983 May 17, 1983 September 14, 1984 09/17/84 through 10/28/84 June 5, through August 7, 1985 June 14, through July 19. 1985 September 9, 1985 December 5, 1985 February 19, 1986 March 12, 1986 March 13, 1986 June 2. 1985 through March 10, 1987 January 31. 1989 March 30. 1989 through AprU 30, 1991 September 17, through 19, 1989 February 28, 1991 December 11, 1991 Steffey leased site to Houston Chemicals Houston assigned the lease to Caribe Chemicals, subsequently knovkTi as Pierrel Pieriel assigned ihe lease to Cooper Laboratories. ICC was incorporated July 21, 1978 and the lease was assigned to ICC by Cooper in 1979 Cooper sold ils stock in IC&io Berlex I y Berlex uses the facahty in_^ttempt to perfect a quinidine process. By the end of 1982 the plant was permanently closed. ICC removes 26,748 gallons of toluene and 6,946 gallons of xylenes for disposal at Inland Chemical, Puerto Ric». Approximately 15.000 gallons of a water solution was removed from the cistern and disposed locaUy. GOVI inspection inchested no hazardous waste on site ICC sold its assets to Virgin Island Chemical Co. (VICHEKf) ESI investigates soil conditions in the Loading Dock Area and AST Farm ESI investigates soil conditions in Drain Lines and Lab Pil area. Toluene affected soils are excavated and placed on trays in the dr)-er bmlding for thermal treatment. Results of treatment are documented through pericxhc sampling. ESI collects sludge and Uquid samples from Lab Pit and Process Pit. Samples submitted to ICMI for various analyses USEPA coUects samples from Dryer and Lab Pit for. PPL analysis ICC disposes of 192 drums of wasle at Chemjc:al Waste Management in EmeUe, Alabama ESI coUects samples from River Gut. Analyzed for meials, cyanide, phenols and VOCs. A few meials were detected ESI coUects Uquid samples from nine ASTs for characterization by ICMI USEPA coUects three additional samples from Gut, two from lab pit and one from northern onsite well. ESI obtains spUts. - . . / / ESI prepares waste profiles for 67 drums. Final disposition of these drums J is unclear. USEPA performs a Preliminary Assessment. Al this time, the sile was occupied by St. Croix Security Kennels and VIAG fuels. Inc. USEPA plans and performs waste removal acUviUes. Final disposal of hazardous materials reportedly completed by 10/24/91 Hurricane Hugo strikes NUS coUects groundwater, soil and sediment samples as part of the PreUminary Assessment/Site Investigation Draft PA/SI report issued by NUS \WORK\24231\02\CHRONLGY.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301833 Table 2-3. Summary of ICC Disposal Activities Lsland Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands 1902/1903 NA 15,000 gal aqueous/basic solution Cistern Date 11/27/02 11/30/02 12/14/02 01/07/03 02/01/03 Manifest ICOl IC02 IC03, IC04 IC05, ICOO IC07, ICOO Waste Description (from manifests) 3,175 gal. Toluene 5,205 gal. Toluene 9,913 gal. Toluene 0,455 gal Tolueno G,940 gal Xylenes Source ASTs ASTs ASTs ASTs ASTs Method Bulk tanker Bulk tanker Bulk tankor Bulk tankor Bulk tanker Disposal Site Inland Chemical, Inland Chemical, Inland Chemical, Inland Chemical, Inland Chomicnl, Puerto Rico Puerto Rico Pucrlo Rico Puorlo Rico Pucrlo Rico Bulk tanker Disposed locally by Cruzan Environmental Services^ NA Metal, plastic drums and ashes from ICC Cleanup burning of fiber drums, pallets and soil Unknown East Anguila Sanitary Landfill* 12/02/05 10/24/91 243031, 243032, 243033 USEPA • Pollution Report 94 drums toluene/benzene 35 drums toluene/chlorobenzene 34 drums toluene/chloroform 15 drums toluene/acetone 14 drums containing drum pieces Various wasle streams Process pit water and Drums sludge; soil and drums from waste water drain line removal; toluene containing water and soil USEPA Removal Action Various' Various* Chemical Waste Management, Inc., Emelle, Alabama to o M CO t o 1 ^ Nolos: 1 2 Information based on ICC in-house memorandum dated February 7, 1903. By Ociobcr 24, 1991, USEPA reported thai nil wnsle had been shipped offsilo. Sec USEPA Pollution Report No, 30 (Appendix M). \WORK\24231\02\D1SPOSALTAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES k • • ' . • • • " N N Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company \ St. Ciobc, U.S. Virgin Islands \ Page 1 c f 1 3 Substanc^e Reported ICC Contractors \ , Laboratory Analyses Inventory X X Inventory X ': j USEPA Contractors yk\j/a Reagent List X Drum Inventory X Laboratory Analyses Acetic Acid Acxtic anhydride Acetone /x AtxtonitrUe Acetylene Acrtivated c:arbon X X Aldrin AlkaUnity CJ),E,G AU-weather patch material Aluminum Aluminum chloride Amersite 2 Corrosive Inhibitor Ammonia Uquid Anunonium acetate Ammonium Hydroxide X X Ammonium hydroxide Ammonium persulfate Ammonium thiocyanate X X X Arayl alcxihol Antifreeze Antimony Aromatic Solvents Arsenic Arsenic trioxide Ashland Me Barium hydroxide See last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301835 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemica] Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 2 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Benzaldehyde Benzene Benzene methanol X X X X X Benzhydrol Benzoic acid Benzoin X X X Benzophenone Benzoquinone Benzoyl c:hloride X X Benzyl acetate Benzyl alcxihol Benzyl benzoate X X X Benzyl chloride Benzyl cinnamate Benzyl ether X X X Benzyl phenone Benzyltriethylammoniumchloride 1 BHC A BHC Bis(2-elhyl hexyl)phlhate Bismuth subnitrate X X Boiler Treatment Bromine Bromophenol blue X X Brucine sulfate Buffer solution pH 4.00 Buffer solution pH 7.00 X X X Buffer solution pH 10.00 See last page for notes VWORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301836 Table 2-4. Summary of Sut>stance8 Reported Island Chemical Cornpany St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 3 of 13 Substancx Reporied ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Butanol 1-Bufanol 2-Butanone (see methyl ethyl ketone) 2-Butoxy ethanol Butyl benzyl phthate Butyl chloride Butylated hydroxy toluene Cadmium Calcnum Calcium Hypochloride Calciiun sulfate CAO-3 BHT X X Carbon Black Carbon tetrachloride Castor Wax Caustic Acid CeUo-Seal Charcoal a Chlordane Y Chlordane Chloride-F X X Chlorine Chlorobenzene 1-Chlorobutane Chlorodiphenyl methane Chloroform Chloromethylbenzene X X X X l-Chloro-2-methyl benzene See last page for notes \WORK\2423l\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301837 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chenucal Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 4 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses 4-Chlorobenzene svJfonamide Chromiiun Chromotropic acnd NA salt Cinchona Bark Cleen and Shine Multi Surface Cleaner Cobalt Cobalt chloride Color Standard 4 Congo Red . X X X Contaminated Clothing Contaminated trash and wood Copper X X Crofox Crystal Clear floor finish Cupric sulfate X X Cyanides 2 -Cy clopyridine DDE 4,4-DDT Degreaser 20% Dibah in toluene Dibenzoyl tartaric acid Dibenzo-18-Crown-6 1,1-Dichloroethane X X X 1,2-Dichloroethane trans-1,2-Dichloroethene Dichlorophenyl methane X X X X Dichlorotoluene Sec last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301838 T a b l e 2 - 4 . S u m m a r y of S u b s t a n c e s R e p o r t e d Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands P a g e 5 of 13 Substance Rejxirted ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent Ust Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Dieldrin Diethylamine Diethylene glycol Diethylene Glycx)l Monomethyl Ether Floor finish (Sunnyside) Diisobutyl aluminum hydride 2,6-Dimethoxyben2oic acnd X X 1,3-Dinitrobenzene Di-n-butyl phthalate Di-n-cxrtyl phthalate X X Diphenyl methanone (see benzophenone) Diphenylmethane Diphenylthiocarbazone X X 2.6-Ditertiarybutyl, p-cresol DPD #1,2,3 Reagents Drewtrol 8500 Boiler waler sludge and scale preventaUve X X Endosulfan I Endosulfan II Endosulfan Sulfate X X X Endrin Ketone Eosin Y Ethanediol. 1.2- Ether anhydrous Ethoxyguin Ethyl Acetate X X X Ethyl Alcohol Ethyl ether Ethylbenzene X X Ethylene glycxil Sec last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB H A R D I N G L A W S O N ASSOCIATES 301839 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 6 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Ethylene Glycol Base Antifreeze Ferric ammonium sulfate Ferric ciloride Ferrous ammoniiun sulfate Filteraid X X Fluoranthene Fluorene 9H-Fluorene-9-one X X Fluorenone Formic acid Glacial Acetic Acid Glucxinofin Glucono-delta-Laclone Glycol X X Heptachlor Heptachlor epoxide Heropa 320 Texaco Humisorb X X Hydrazine sulfate Hydrochloric Acid Hydrogen aminosulfate X X Hydrogen aminosulfonate Hydrogen chloride 4-Hydroxybenzoic acid 2-Hydroxybenzyl alcxihol 9-Hydroxyfluorene Hydroxyfurancoumarin X X Hydroxylamine hydrochloride See last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301840 Table 2-4. Sumrnary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 7 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contracrtors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Hydroxy-4-melhyl-2-pentanone, 4- Insulation, (asbestos?) Insulation (fiberglass) Iodine Iron Iron cJJoride Isoamyl alcohol Isobutyl aloohol X X X Isopropanol Karl Fisher Reagent (pyridine) Kenite 700 X X X Laporte Molecular Sieve Lead Lead acetate Lead nitrate Lithium percilorate Lubricating oU X X Magnesium Magnesium sulfate Magnesium sulfate trihydrate Manganese Medieval oxygen Mercuric chloride Mercuric oxide X X X Mercury Mesityl oxide Methanol X X Methoxychlor See last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301841 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company S t Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 8 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventor)' OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Methyl alcohol n-Methylaniline Methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone) Methyl isobutyl carbinol Melhyl isobutyl ketone X X X X Methyl orange Methyl red Methyl tertiary butyl ether X X 4-Methylbenzophenone 1.1-oxybis (Methylene) bis-benzene Melhylene chloride X X 2-methyl propanol 2-Methyl-l-heplene Mogul Waler Treatment X X Molecrular Sieve Monochlorobenzene Monc5ethanolamine Muriatic Acid Naphthalene Na salt of ME saUcylate Niacin N.F. Nickel Nitric acid Nitrobenzene X X Non aqueous buffer solution Nutrizyme Oil #3 X X X 2,2-OxycUethanol See last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301842 • Table 2-4. Summary 6f Substances Reported Island Chemical Company , St; Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 9 of 13 , Substanc:e Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent . List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Oxygen Paint p-Chlorobenzene sulfonaiiude p-Naptholbenzein p-Phenetidine p-ToluenesiUfonicmonohydrate Paraffin oil Parformaldehyde Parformaldehyde priUs Pentachlorophenol Pentosin Perchloric acid pH incUcator A Phenanthrene Phenol red Phenols Phenopthalein Phenyl acetate Phenylhydrazine Phenylhydrazinehydrochloride Phosporous pentoxide Piperazine Potassium Potassium Acsetate Potassium bromide Potassium butoxide Potassium chloride X X X X X X X, X X X X X X X X X X Potassium cyanate See last page for notes \WQRK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301843 / Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company St. Crobc, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 10 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Potassium dichromate Potassium ferroc:yanide X X Potassium hydroxide Potassiirm iocUde Potassium iodo platinate X X Potassium periodate Potassium platinate Potassium sulfate X X X Potassium thicxryanate Powdered filter media Propane X X 1-Propanol Purafil II Pyrene Pyridine Quinact Quinidine X X Quinidine Base Quinidine Glucxmate Quinidinone X X X Quinine Bisulfate Quinine Sulfate Resourcinol X X Results Crystal Clear Finish for Floors Rinse Line Injector Fluid Rout non foaming c:eramic tile and grout cxmcUlioner X X X X X Sahcylaldehyde SaUc:yUc acid X X See last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301844 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 11 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses Salt Selenium SI 320 Total Water Treatment Sicapent SUica gel dessicant X X Silver SUver nitrate Soap? Soda Ash Solium SocUum acetate X X Sodium amide Sochum benzoate SocUum bicarbonate X X X X Sodium borohydride SocUum carbonate SocUum cidorate X X X SocUum chloride SocUum dichromate SocUum formate X X X Sodium hexa meta phosphate SocUum hydride Sodium hydroxide X X Sodium hypochlorite SocUum nitrite Sodium nitroferricyanide X X SocUum sulfate Sodium tartrate X X See last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301845 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company S L Croix, U-S. Virgin Islands Page 12 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory , Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses SocUum thiosulfate Sta-fuU repair matrix Sterling salt caystals Succinic anhydride Sulfamic acnd X X Sulfanilic acid Sulfate Acud Sulfite 0,P,Q Sulfuric acnd Tartaric Acid Tetaric Acid Tetrachloroethene Tetra cilorophenol Tetrahydrofuran X X Tetraphenolboron sudium Tetrasochum EDTA ThaUium Thinner Thiopene Toluene Tolal alkylinity incUcator Tributyl borate 1.1,1-Trichloroethane X X Trichio roe the ne Triethanolamine Triethylamine X Triethylenediamene Uranyl acetate X X Sec List page for notes \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301846 Table 2-4. Summary of Substances Reported Island Chemical Company St. Crobc, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 13 of 13 Substance Reported ICC Contractors Laboratory Analyses Inventory OHM Inventory USEPA Contractors Lab Reagent List Drum Inventory Laboratory Analyses VanacUiun Variquat Waste oil Water/Carbon Mix from floor cleaning Weedox C/R 250 herbicide Xylenes 7.inc Zinc chloride X X X X X X X ESI Inventory, OHM inventory, January 1990 USEPA Inventory \WORK\24231\02\SUBSTNCS.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301847 -_J Table 3-1. Areas of Potential Environmental Concern Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Area Identification Location USEPA Identification Description A B D E F Laboratory and Warehouse Building Above-Cround Storage Tank Farm Former Process Pit Loading Dock and Former Lnb Pil Aron Soil Beneath Concrete Pad Near ASTs Concrete Storage Pad Center of site 1 Northwest side of 2 Site East of Mninlonanco 3 riuilcling Norlh of Laboratory 4 Northwest of ASTs .'5 North of Laboratory R Location of drum storage during USEPA removal action. Former location of 20 ASTs, 10 tanks remain onsite. ESI identified and excavated area of soil between ASTs 8 and 9 affected by historical releases Former location of underground concrete storage tank used to collect process waste water. Tank was reportedly emptied, clonnod and filled with concroto by ESI In 100(1?, Conflicling information is available regarding the size of the tank (0,000 or 17,000 gallons] Cobblo-fillod pil located beneath loading dock formerly received wnsto liquids from laboratory drains. Pit was connoctod to a second pit located near the property boundary by a 4-inch PVC pipe. .. :• ESI identified and excavated ono area of soil affected by historical releases. Used for storage of various materials. to o H 00 00 \WORK\24231\02\AOC.TAn HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES ^ w^, n Sample Name T8-1 T8-2 Tank-8 Tank-4 Tan-k-9 Tank-7 #4 Sample #4 High Cone. S4-1 Tank 4 Tank 7 Tank 8 . Tank 9 Tank 10 Tank 11 Tank 12 Tank 13 Tank 14 Sample Date ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 09/17/84 ca. 10/15/84 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/86 03/12/35 Table 3-2. S u m m a r y of Environmental S a m p l i n g P a g e 1 of 2 Area B - Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm Island iChetm'cal Company St. Crobc, U.S. Virgin Islands Matrix SoU SoO Sofl Sofl Sofl Sofl Sofl Sofl SoO Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid Liquid CoUect by/ Analyzed by ESI/Berlex ESI/Berlex ESI/Berlex ESI/Berlex ESI/Berlex ESl-Berlex ESVBeilex ESl'Eerlex ESI/Berlex ESI/ICNfl ESI/lCMl f - ESI/ICNU ESnCMI ESI/ICNfl ESL-lCMl ESI/lCMl ESHCMl ESnCMl Laboratory Sample No. , 7 - - - - • - - - - 53581 53532 53583 53534 58535 53586 53537 53533 53539 Parameters Analyzed Toluene; pyridine; QG; QS Toluene; pyridine; QG;QS Toluene; pyridine; QG:QS QG; QS QG; QS QG;QS QG:QS QG;QS Toluene; pyridine QS; QC;- Benzoquinone; fluorenone Benzophenone; fluroenone VOCs; benzophenone; fluorenone VOCs; p- Phenetidine Hydroxyfurano- couonarin Hydroxyfurano- coumarin Hydrox3rfurano- coumarin; p- phenetidine prPhenetidine VOCs; benzophenone; fluroenone Substances Delected^ Toluene(694); QG(274); QS(lOl) QG(47} toluene(13,880): QG(4,050); QS(1,521) QG(8.227); QS(2.594) QS(354) None detected None detected None delected None delected Benzoquinone(30%); fluorenone(70%) Benzophenone(39.5=o); fluorenone(43.89i); UTLknoivn aLkane(16.6%). Benzophenone(85.75t>); fluorenone(14.3%): toluene(8) Acetone(4.2); elhvIbe-i7Pne(0.15); p-Phenetidine(89.1%): toluene[0.05); xylenes(14.1); iinVnnw-n aromatic(10.9?6) Hydroxyfuranocouinarin(87.6%) Hydroxyfuranocoumarin{82.4%) Hydroxyfuranocoumaj-in(50.7%); p-phenetidine(46.3$-D) p-Phenetidine(100?o) Chloroform(0.003-); methylene \ / chloride(O.Oll^); benzophenone(64.8S-D); nuorcnone(35.2°i,); toluene(0.0067^) Revised AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301849 Table 3-2. Sumrnary of Environmental Sampling Area B - Above-Ground Storage Tank Farm Island Chemical Company St, Crobc, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 2 of 2 Sample Name Sample Date Matrix CoUect by/ .Analyzed by' Laboratory Samnle No. Parameters Analyzed Substances Detected' VI25-S2 02/28/91 Soil EPA/Compu- > BGL Chem VOCs; AECs; B/Ns; Pesl; PCBs; metals V125-S3 02/28/91 Soil EP.A/Compu- BGL Chem VOCs; AECs: BfHs: Pest; PCBs; metals Heptachlor epoxideO); Dieldrin(j); Y-ChlordaneQ); ,Al(21,700); As(7.65); Ba{135): Ca(23,300): Cr(27.9j); Co(21.1); Cu(99.8); Fe(44,100); Pb(35J): Mg(7,800): Mn(l,050); Ni(18.8j]; K(2.990); NaU); V(97.2): Zn{3a7j) Aldrin(30j); Heptachlor epoxide(lOj); Die!diin{J); 4-4'- DDEfS.Sj); EndrinlJ); Endosulfan suIfateCJ); 4-4'-DDTCn; Endrin KetoneQ); gainna-Chlordane(7.5j); Al(21,000); SB(J); .As(9.1j); Ba(196); Ca(43.1C0); Cr(49j); Co(22.3); Cu(73.7); Fe(81,700); Pb(322); Mg(7.420); Mn(987); Ni(33.5;); K(2.920); .Nag); V(63.5); .Zn(362j)- 1^ Notes: 2 B 1 ,' T B/N AECs PCBs Pest. VOCs Reported concentrations in parentheses, presented in parts per miUion (ppm). See Table 3-9 for hsl of chemical abbreviations Laboratory reported fluoreth}-ne 'possibly from plastic bag" Compound detected in blank sample Estimated concentration Tentatively identified compound Base/neutral ^extractable compounds Acid extractable compounds Polychlorinated biphenyls Pesticides Volatfle organic compounds Revised'Augusl 5, 1994 \WORKV24231\02\PREVSMPB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301850 (iSSSi Table 3-3. Summary of Environmental Sampling Soils in Dryer Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands y m w Sample Name Dryer # 1 Dryer # 2 Dryer Dryer Dryer 5434-Dryer 5435-Dryer Dryer U b P i t #5967' (Dryer) ICC 1:00 5753-Dryer 5754-Dryer Drying Oven (Left side composite) Drying Oven (Right side composite) Sample Date 06/14/85 06/14/85 06/14/85 07/01/85 07/01/85 07/01/85 07/01/85 07/17/85 08/07/85 08/07/85 08/07/85? 08/07/85? 09/09/85 09/09/85 CoUect by/ Analyzed by ESI/York ESI/York ESI/ICMI ESl/IC\fl ESI/ICMI ESI/York ESI/York ESI/ICKO ESl/lCKQ ESI/York ESVYork ESI/York EPA/EPA EPA/EPA Labpratory Sample No. - - 42889 43747 . 43752 - - 44629 45364 - - - 087001 087002 Parameters Analyzed Toluene Toluene VOCs VOCs VOCs Toluene Toluene VOCs VOCs; Toluene Toluene Toluene "Purgeable and NoD-volalfle organic Priority PoUutants" "Purgeable and Non-volatOe organic Priority PoUutants" Notes: ' Reported concentrations in parentheses, presented in parts per abbreviations. ' Chain of custody form indicates "Dryer" ^ Estimated concentration VOC VolatUe organic compound milhon Substances Detected' Toluene(l,500) Toluene(150) Benzene(6.6); chloroform(340); 1.2- DCA{4.2); t-l,2-DCE(4.0); V ^ elhylben7.fine(16.1); loluene{4,000); xylenes(32.8) Acetone(7); toluene(0.41) Acetone(2.0); toluene(1.5) Toluene(7.7) Toluene(0.92) Acstone(1.2); PCE(0.07); loluene(036) Acetone{0.23); benzene(O.Ol); \ ^ chloroform(O.ll); t-1.2-DCE(0.03); V^ elhylbenzene(0.D4); loluene(0.05); xylenes(0.02) Toluene(0.35) Toluene(0.6) Toluene(0.66) Ben7r)phenone(15,000); B2EHP(13); nuoreDe(9.2); toluene(0.46) Ben7nphenone(2,600); B2EHP(4.7); DNQP(0.5'); nuorene(1.3); toluene(0.56) (ppm). See Table 3-9 for list of chemical \WORK\2423l\02\PREVSMPH.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIAT!?;^ 301851 ^;:iO } Table 3-4. Summary of Environmental Sampling Area C.- Former Process Pit Islnnd Chemical Company Sl. Croix, U.S, Virgin Islands Sample Name Sample Dale Matrix Collect by/ Analyzed by Laboratory Sample No. Parameters Analyzed Substances Delected' Pit-Duplicale 06/14/85 Liquid Pil Sludge OG/1'4/85 Sludge Sl. Croix 07/10/05 Waler VI25-SED5 02/20/01 .Soil ESI/ICMI ESI/lCMl ESI/ICM! ESI/ICMI NUS/Compu •Chem .42885 42006 & 42887- Composilo 42000 44410 nci, Not analyzed VOCs; Pest; PCBs; AECs; n/Ns; melols; CN; phenol Unknown VOCs; Post; pens; n/Ns; AECs; motals; CN; phenol VOCs; AECs; • D/Ns; Pesl; pens; metals Insufficient sample volume lo antdyze / y A A6(40); Cd(22.3); chloroform(220); Cr(592); Cu(327); CN(1.44); Pb(608); Hc(2.73): j ^ molhylono chloride(125); Ni(134); phonol(O.Ol); toluono(1.500); Zn(3,594J; benzene molhanol''"(15,000'); benzyl ncclnlo^(170,00o'); chloromolhylbcnzeno''"(4,400'); l-chloro-2- molhyll)onzono'''(40'); diphonyl molhnnono''"(30,000'); 01I-nuoreno-0-ono'''(3,000'); 1,1'- (oxybls (molliylono)bls) Ixjnznno (4,000') No lnbornlory report provIdccrzono nnd xylenes ' . Polychlorinnlc NA NA NA NA IMIl^r. 34026 :i4n24 :Mn27 - - - 20 A-2' 21 A-2' 21 A-4' 10/23-20/04 Soil 10/23-20/04 Soil 10/23-20/114 Soil ESI/York ESI/York !'.SI/York Toluene; pyridine; QG; QS Toluene; pyridine; QG; QS Tolueno; pyridine; QG; QS Toluene; pyrldinii; QG; QS 'I'ohKnKi; ])yrldlri(); QC; Q,S VOC'.K,. VOCs VOCs vncs Toluene; pyridine Toluene; pyridine Toluene; pyridine; VOCs; O&G Toluene; pyridine; VOCs; O&G Toluene;'pyridine; VOCs; O&G 'roliiniu); pyiidin"; VOCii; O&G Pyridinc(920); QG(452); QS(82) Pyri(linc(.'in7); QG(9G) None deleclcd None (Iclcclod l'yil) Tolu(;im(n.in); niioro.G) !rolii(;nc(n.OOO); bcn7.onc(0.0n04'); chloroform(0.013); irielliylurio clilori(le(0.0024'); 1,l,l-TCA(n-.011); O&C;(30.5) T()liiiiiii:(().nn7); b(inzi!ii(!(n.0002'); <;lili)i(>f()nn(0.n01 4'); iiKilIiylc.iiii cliloi'idi!(0.001(i'); O&(;(0(i5) No report provided No report provided Pyridinc(3.9) Nono deleclcd Pyi-Klino(0.51) Pyridine(O.lO) No report provided No report provided No riiporl [irovlddd No repnri [irovliled HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES ^S8T0e •fii ili •il Table 3-5. Summary of ICC Environmental Sampling Area D - bonding Dock nnd Lnb Pil Aren Islnnd Chemical Compnny Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Island.'; Page 3 of 5 Snmplc Nnmc Snmplc Dale Mnlrix Collect by/ Annlyzcd by !..^bornlory Snmplc No. Pnrnmclors Annlyzcd Siib.slnncos Dclcded' 5436-Lnb Pil #1 5437-Lib Pil i n 5430-Ub Pil #3 5430-l.nb Pil //4 Lull I'll Siitn)ili! 1 Lnb Pil Sninplo 2 Lnb Pil #5007 COC indicnles "Dryer" Lnb'Pil ^/5n05 U b Pil # 59C0 U b Pil U b P i l 12:00 U b Pil 12:00 U b Pit 3:00 Lib Pil 3:00 Lab Pil 3;nn 5751-I,nb Pil 112 07/01/05 07/01/05 07/01/05 07/01/05 . 07/17/05 (17/17/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/05 00/07/M5? Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Leachalo? Lonchnle? Lcnclinio? .Soil ESI/York ESI/York ESI/York ' ESI/York I'SI/ICMI KSI/lCMl ESI/ICMI ESI/ICMI ESI/lCMl ESI/ICMI ESI/York ESI/York ESI/York ESI/York ESI/York I'S I/York - - - 4-1(13(1 4'11)31 45304 4 0302 453G3 45360 & 453G1 - - - - - - Pyridine Pyridine Pyridine Pyridine Uiikmiwn Unknown VOCs; VOCs; VOCs; Unknown Pyridine Pyridine VOCs VOCs - VOCs I'yrlilinn Pyrifiincll-l) Pyridinc{3.4) None delected Norm ddledod No iiiporl priivliled Nn report [irovldcd Acclono(0,23); benzeno(O.Ol); chloroform(O.ll); t-1,2- DCE(0.03); clhylbcn2cno(0.04); loliicno(0.05); xy!encs(n.02j) AcoloMo(0,32]: bon7.one(0.34); l,1-nCA(0.02); 1-1,2- nCK(0.02); (!lhylbonzcne(n.in); loliii!iii:(n.Ofl); xylcnos(O.OGj) Acelone(0.27);benzeno(1.37); 1,1-DCA(0.02): 1-1,2- DCE(O.Ol) No report provided Pyridine(2.7) None doleded Toluene(0.022) ToUicnc(0.02l) Tolucne(0.3G) Noun diilccliid t y ^ Soo last page for nolcs Revised AugusI 5, 1094 \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPD.TAn' HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES sssToe ^^1 to o M 00 Ol Sample Nnmc 5752-Lnb Pil # 1 Lnb Wasle Drninngo Arcn (Norlh side siirfncc) Lull Wnslii niiiiiin(|(i AiiMi (Norlli side s\ibs\irfnf:(;) U b Wnslo Drninngc A r m (.Soulh side - surfnco) Lull Wii.'iln Drninngi: Amn (Soulh side subsurfnce) 005252-ESI 005254-ESI 0052G5-ESI 005252 Lnb wnsle pil seep 005254 Lnb wnsle pil //I 005255 Lnb wnslo pil 1/2. Table 3-5. Summary of ICC Environmental Sampling An:a D - bonding Dock nnd Lnb Pil Aroa Isl.nrid Chemical Company Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islnnds Page 4 of 5 Snmplc Dnie Mnlrix Colled by/ Annlyzed by Uhornlory Snmplc No. Pnrnmclcrs Annlyzed .Subslnnces Deleclcd' 00/07/05? Soil 00/00/05 Soil (10/00/0.1 00/00/05 1)0/00/115 Soi Soil Soil 0.3/13/06 03/1.3/06 03/13/06 0.1/1,3/00 03/13/00 03/1.3/00 Soi Soi Soi Soi Soi Soi ESI/York EPA/EPA I'PA/I'I'A EPA/EPA I'l'A/l'PA EPA/EPA 007003 0117(1(14 00 7005 (107(10(1 ESI/ICMI ESI/ICMI ESI/ICMI EPA/EPA EPA/EPA 53363 53365 533GG NA NA NA Pyridine "Purgonblc and Non-volnlile orgnnic Priority Polhilnnls" "l'iir(;iiiililii IllllI N(iii-V(iliililii oijjiiiild I'rifirlly 1'(I11IIIIIIIIH" None d c l c d e d n2EllP(in); loluone(0.42) Il2l':ill'(1.0); l)NOI'(4,2); lnliiniii,(().44) ci/\loto-^iM /-O. a) , ten itnt ^^-^J •Tiirgenlilo nnd Non-volnlile I)2KI11'(51); D N O P ( O . G ' ) ; loliioric(0.36) orgnnic I'riorily Polhilnnls" "I'llrfjiiiililii mill Noii-volnlilii orgnnic Priorily Polhilnnls" VOCs; AECs; B/Ns; PCBs VOCs: AECs; Il/Ns; PCBs VOCs; AECs; B/Ns; PCns VOCs; AECs; B/Ns; Post; PCBs; molnls; dioxins VOCs; AECs; n/Ns; Pesl; PCns; meials; dioxins VOCs; AECs; B/Ns; Pesl; PCIis; iridnls; dioxins II2KIII'(:I(!); nNIIP(75); n N 0 I ' ( 2 ) ; loliioiic((l.4) Melhylene cliloride(0.015'') Cliloroform(0.0092°); melliylone clilonde(0.0087°) Chlorororm(0.0054"); melhylene cliloride(0.015''l i DN0P(9); As(l'); Be(7'); Cr(22]; Cu(45]; Ni(20'); Sb(10]; Zn(63) DNOP(4.9); As(O.o'); nc(7'); Cr(27); Cii(55); Ni(25); Sb(n.4); So(O.o'); Zn(QQ) nNOP(3.2); As(2'); no{7'); Cr(2G); Cii(50]; Ni(27]; Si;(O,0']; Zn(70) \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPD.TAn HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES o 00 Ul ffl^- Table 3-5. Summary of ICC Environmental Sampling Arcn D - bonding Dock and Lnb Pil Area Islnnd Chomicnl Compnny Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islnnds Page 5 of 5 Snmplc Nnmc Snmplc Dnle Mnlrix Colled by/ Annlyzcd by Lnbornlory Snmplc No. Pnrninolcrs Annlyzed Subslanccs Deleclcd' VI25-S1 VI25-SED2^ V125-SI':D4-' 02/20/91 Soi 02/20/01 Soil 02/20/01 Soil NUS/Compu nCl. . -Chem NU.S/Compu nCL -Clinm NUS/Coriipii llGl, -Clictn VOCs; AECs: B/Ns; Pesl; PCHs; VOCs; AECs; b/Ns; Pesl; PCBs; melnl.'i ' VOCs: AI'lCs; 11/Ns; I'csl; PCIIs; iricliils -Clilor(lnno(4j); Y-Chlordnnc(4.9J); A1(13,G00): Ba(108); Cn(69,300); Cr(19.8j); Co(13.4); Cu(50.7); Fe(21.500); Pb(9); Mg(3,G30); Mn(735); Ni(10.7j): K(2,170); V(74.7); Zn(142j) Al{32.4nO); Sb('); As(3.2'); nn(115); Cn(74,900); Cr(lG.3'); f:o(23.7); Cii(00,5); !''o(35,000); Pb(7.5]: Mg(in.OOO); Mii(l,;r21)); NI(I.').MI); K(1,4IIII); Nii(1,04n'); V(02.1); / i i ( 7 : i . 5 ' ) Al(33,6(10); As(3.o'): lln(122); Cn(ll2,lflO); Cr(lG.o'l; Co(25.4); Cii(G4.0); Fo(30,040); l'b(7.0); Mg(l 1,000); Mn(1.430); Ni(lG.2'): K(l,(inn); Nn(l,750l); V(C4.0); /ii(70.o') N M I I I S : 1 2 3 0 ] T B/K's AECs PCBs Posl VOCs Reported conccnlrnlions in pnronlhcscs, prcscnlod in pnrls per million (ppm). See Tnblc 3-9 for list ofchcmicnl nbbrevia lions. Lnbornlory reporied fluorelliyno "possibly from plaslic bag" Duplicnle samples Subslancc prcsenl in blnnk Eslimnled concenlmlion . . . . ' Tenlnlivoly idcnlificd compound Basc/neiilrnl exlrndnblc compounds Acid exlrndnblc compounds I'olychlorinaled biphenyls Pesticides Volnlile orgnnic compounds \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPD.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES . • ^ 1 , ' - , . . - I ^f:-l A Table 3-6. Summary of Environmental Sampling Area E - Soil Beneath Concrete Pad Near ASTs Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Sample Name Sample Date Matrix Collect by/ Analyzed.by Parameters Analyzed Substances Detected' S4-1 S4-2 S'l-n S'1-4 ca. 09/17/04 Soil ca. 09/17/04 Soil ca. 09/17/04 Soil cn. 00/17/04 Soil S4-Surfacc ca. 09/17/04 Soil ESI/Berlex Toluene; pyridine; QG; QS None detected ESI/Berlex Toluene; pyridine; QG; QS None detected ESI/Borlox Toluono; pjTidino; QG; QS Nono dotoctod ESI/Dorlox Toluono; pyridine; QG; QS Nono dotoclod ESI/Berlex Toluene; pyridine; QG; QS None detected Nolos Ro]xirliKl concoiilrnlions In pnronlhosoa, pro.sonlod In pnrls por million (ppm). Soo Tnblo 3-0 for Hsl of chomicnl abbreviations i U> ; o • H • 00 Ul i 00 \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPE HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES ll o ;! H j to Aroa Table 3-7. Summary of ICC Environmental Sampling Background, River Gut and Drains Islnnd Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 'f of 4 Sample Name Sample Date Matrix Collect by/ Analyzed by Lnbornlory Paromclers Sample No. Analyzed Substances Detected Uriknown Unknown Unkiiovvn Unknown Cut Cul Gul Gul Cul Gut Gul Cul Drain I V/l Dmin 1 Dnilii 1 #1 Drain I #2 G-1 G-1 Du G-2 . G-3 G-4 G-5 G-0 C.-7 ino ine I l K l ino P OC/07/05 06/07/05 on/07/05 06/07/05 02/19/OG' 02/10/00' 02/1 0/OG' • 02/19/06^ 02/1Q/8G' 02/19/OG^ 02/10/OC^ 02/10/on' Soil Soil • Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil ESl/lCMl ESI/ICMI F.SI/York r^I/York ESI/ICMI ESl/lCMI ESI/ICMI ESMCMI ESI/ICM! ESl/lCMl ESI/ICMI F.S1/ICMI See Insl pngo for nolcs \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPI.TAn 42002 42001 32403 52403 52404 52465 52456 524C7 324G0 5240(1 BTEX VOCs Toluono Toluono Molnls; CN; phenols; VOCs Molnls; CN; phenols; VOCs Melnls; CN; phonols; VOCs Motals; CN; phenols; VOCs Metals; CN; phenols; VOCs Melnls: CN; phonols; VOCs Melnls; CN; phenols; VOCs Motnln; CN; phoiiold; VOCa Benzenc(0,l); loluene(235); ethylbenzene(0.25); xylones(0.6) Carbon lotmchloride(lO); chloroform(GO); olhylbonzono(O); methylene chlorido(1,240); loluono(5,000); xylono8{lo''') Toliiono(14fl) Toluone(310) . Cr(l4.5); Cu(37.3); Pb(21): Zn(83.1) Cr(17.0); Cu(43.5): Pb(25.7); Zn(07.0) Cr(10.4); Cu(38.3); Pb(22); Zn(57.8) Cr(16.7); Cu(33.8); Pb(14.5); Zn(120) Cr(12); Cu(25.3); Pb(13.2); Zn(37.1) Cr(17.1); Cu(3G.l); Pb(20.2); Zn(S7.2) Cd(l.O); Cr(46.6); Cu(40); Pb(32,9); Zn(349) Cd(2.4); Cr(71.1): Cu(51.4); I'b(40.4); '/,n(IU)1) HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES t p ^ V'llNl' CO o M 00 o Area Gul Gul Gul Gul Gul Cul G-1 Gul G-2 Gul G-3 Gul Cul Gul Table 3-7. Summary of ICC Environmental Sampling Background, River Gut and Drains IslandChomical Company Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Pago 2 of 4 Collect by/ Sample Name Sample Date Matrix Analyzed by Laboratory Parameters Sample No. Analyzed Subslnnces Detected* G-0 Sec last pngo for notes \WORK\24231\02\PREVSMPI.TAB 02/10/OG' Soil G-9 G-10 G-11 G-GG-7 Comp. 005251-r.SI 005252-r^I 005253-ESI 005251 Gul Background 005252 U b wnsle pil seep 005253 Drainngo pil disch. 02/10/06' 02/10/OO' 02/1 n/oo' 02/1 O/OG' 03/13/00 03/13/06 03/13/flG 03/13/06 03/13/06 ^ 03/13/06 Soil Soil Soil Lene Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil Soil ESI/ICMI. ESI/ICMI F.SI/ICMI ESI/ICMI -ESI/ICMI ESI/ICMI ESI/ICMI 32470 52471 52472 .52473 34501 33362 53363 53364 USEPA/USEPA NA USEPA/USEPA NA USEPAAJSEPA NA Meials; CN; Cr(20.4); Cu(32.8); Pb(19,4); Zn(76.2) phonols; VOCs Metals; CN; Cr(19.0); Cu(34.0); Pb(21.4); Zn(75.7) phenols; VOCs Molnls; CN: Cr(30.n): Cu(G2.7): Pb(lO.G); Zn(0C.5) phonols; VOCs Molnls; CN; Cr{41.1); Cu(00.7); Pb(12.n); Zn(071) phenols; VOCs RCRA Molnls Ba{1.2); Pb(0.24) VOCs; SVOs; PCBs VOCs: SVOs: PCBs VOCs: SVOs; PCBs Pesl/PCBs; VOCs; SVOs: metals: dioxins Pesl/PCBs; VOCs; SVOs: molnls: dioxins Pesl/PCDs: • VOCs; SVOs; molnls: dioxins Nono doloclod Melhylone chlorido(0,015'') ChlonDform(0.0002''); ethylbenzene(0.002o'): «.-—^ toluono(0.0044°) ' BBP(l); DN0P{17); As(2l); Cr(lO); Cu(40); Ni(lO): Se(l'): Zn(lOO) DN0P(9); As(l'); Be(7'); Cr(22); Cu(45): Ni(20'): Sb(lO): Zn(G3) Xylene(0.47); DN0P(7.7); 1,4-DCD(0.07): ],2-DCD(2.9); naphlhalene(3,l); nuorene(2.0); phonnnllirenc(2.4); A6(0.0'): Bo(fl'); Cr(52); Cu(52); Pb(30'); Ni(32); So(l'); Zn(.300) HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES f IS Tablo 3-7. Summary of ICC Envlronmontal Sampling Background, River Gut and Drains Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 3 of 4 Area Sample Name Sample Date Matrix Collect by/ Analyzed by Laboratory , Parameters Sample No, Analyzed Substances Detected* Gul 500' Downstream VI25-SED1 Gul U b Dmin VI25-SED2^ Gut Upslrcnn^ VI25-SED3 Gul U b Dmin VI25-SED4^ Dup Conlral Slorm VI25-SED5 Drain al Process Pil 02/28/91 Sediment USEPA/-, Compu-Chem BGL 02/20/91 Sediment USEPA/ BGL Coiiipu-Clium 02/20/91 Sediment USEPA/ BGL Compu-Chom 02/20/91 Sediment USEPA/ BGL Coinpu-Cliom ' 02/20/91 Sediment USEPA/ BGL Compu-Chem VOCs; SVOs: Dieldrin('): endrin('); 4,4'-DDT(I); Al(15,700): As('); Pesl: PCBs: I3a(9a.3): Ca(45,600); Cr(18.7'); Co(14.7): Cu(4G.4): motals Fe(25,700); Pb(15.1); Mg(7,600); Mn(954): Ni(10.8'); K('): Na('); V(02.4): Zn(53.9') VOCs: SVOs; Al(32,400); Sb('); As(3.2'); Ba(115); Cn(74,000): Cr(lG.3'); Posl: PCBs; Co(23.7): Cii(fl0.5); Fo(3G,000); Pb(7.5): Mg(10,900); molnls Mn(l,320): NI(13.o'): K(l,400); Nn(l,n40'); V((!2.1); Zn(73.G') VOCs; SVOs; Al(30,400); Sb('); As(4.l'); Ba(lll): Bo{'): Ca(79,90Q): Posl; PCBs; Cr(17.o'); Co(24.B); Cu(62); Fe(39,200); Pb(7.5); molals Mg(ll,000); Mn(l,400); Ni(14.6'); K('): Na('): V(03.2); Zn(02.3') VOCs; SVOs; Al(33,600); A8(3.o'): Ba(122); Ca(82,100): Cr(10.8'); Posl; PCBs; Co(25.4); Cu(C4.0): Fo(38,400): Pb(7.B): Mg(ll.OOO); meials Mn(1.430); Ni(15.2'); K(l,600); Na(1.750'): V(G4.0): Zn(79.9') VOCs; SVOs; 2-Bulanono(0.085'): xylones(0.086'): nnphlhalene(l); 2- Pesl; PCBs: mothylnaphthalene(0.63'); ac8naphlhylono('): nuorene('); motals phenanlhrene('); di-n-bulyl phthalate('); fluoninthene('); pyrone('); butylbenzylphlhalate('); bis(2-elhyl hexyl)phlhalate(2.2'); Y-BHC('); aldrin(0.012'): heptachlor epoxide(0.0048'); endosulfan I (0.004'): dieldrin(0.004l'); 4,4'-DDT('); methoxychlor('); a-chlordane(0.0035'); y- chlordane(0.006l'); Al(9,400); Sb(26.6'); As(8'): Ba(48.6); Cn(51.200): Cr(57.6'); Co(13.8): Cu(367); Fe(103,000); Pb(4G0): Mg(4.740): Mn(925): Ni(47.o'): K('): Na('): V('); Zn(l,500') I t o o l| 00 Sec Insl page for nolcs \WORK\2423l\02\PREVSMPI.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES •s ;FI Tablo 3-7. Summary of ICC Environmental Sampling Background, River Gut and Drains Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 4 of 4 Area Sample Name Sample Date Matrix Collect by/ Analyzed by Uboratory Parameters Sample No. Analyzed Substances Delected* Southern Slorm Drain OffsiloVIPA well field VI25-SEDG 02/20/91 Sediment USEPA/. BGL Compu-Chem VOCs; SVOs; Pest; PCBs; metals V125-S0 02/20/01 Soil USEPA/ .. BGL Compu-Chom VOCs; SVOs; Pesl; PCBs; molals 2-Butanone(0,15); xylenes!^); pyiene('): A-BHC(0.0077'); aldrin(0.02'); dieldrin(O.OV); 4.4'-DDE(0.024'); endosulfan 11(0.0095'); melhoxychlor('); Y-chlordane(0.016'); Al(10,600): Sb('); As(S.5'); Da(95.8); Cd(4.5): Ca(42,100); Cr(lio'); Co(17.3); Cu(109); Fc(121,000); Pb(107); Mg(5,000l; Mn(l,420); Ni(40.o'); K('); Na('): V('): Zn(1,710') . 2-Biil«nono(0.018'); lricliloroothono(0.2l'); pcnlachlorophonol('); Al(19,200); As('); Ba(113); Cn(10,000); Cr(2o'); Co{19.5): Cu(43.7); Fe(25,300); Pb(9.0); Mg(S,150): Mn(l,070): Ni(10.3'): K(2,500): Na('); V(B4.9); Zn(44.3') Nolcs: SVO BTEX: GW PCB Pest VOC RojKirlcd conccnlrnlions in pnronlhosos, prosoiiloJ Clean Waler Acl § 404 Rivers and Harbors Acl of 1899 Dredge and Fill Permits Guldolinos for Iho Ijind Disposal of Solid Wnslos Idonlificalion nnd Lisling of Hazardous Waslos Slnndnnls Applicnblo lo Gonomlion of Hnznrdous Wnslo Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Wnslo Trenlmoni, Storage, nnd Disposal Fncililies General Facility Sinndnrds Subpnrt B Prcpnrcdness nnd Provonlion Subpart C Contingency Plan nnd Emer- Subpnrl D goncy Procedures 33 U.S.C § 1344 33 U.S.C, § 403 40 CFR Pnris 230 and 231 33 CFR Pads 320 • 330 40 C.F.R. Pnrl 241 40 C.F.R, Part 261 40 C.F.R. Part 202 40 C.F.R. Part 264 Establishes conditions for discharge of dredge and fill materials lo waters of the U.S. or ocean waters. Eslnblishos roquiromonis ond procodiiros for Innd dlsposnl of nil solid wnslos oxcopi hnznrtloiis, ngri- cullural, ond mining waslos. Defines solid wnslos which aro subject lo rogulalion ns hnzardous wnslos, Eslnblishos slnndards for gonornlors of hazardous waste. Establishes minimum standards which define the acceptable management of hazardous waste for owners and operators of facilities which troal, sloro, or dispose of hazardous wasle, Establishes general operaling standards, including security requirements, inspection standards, and personnel training. Eslnblishos preparotlnoss nnd prevention standards for a facility with respect lo design, conslmcllon, mainlcnnnco, nnd operation lo minimize unplannctl releases. ' Establlshos contingency and emergency rcsponso provisions lo follow in llio event of an unplnnnctl rolcnso. Substantivo roquiromonis oro potential ARARs if tho alteraatlvo developed involves discharge of dredge and fill material into waters of the U.S. (including wetlands and ocean waters). Tlio guldolinos aro potonllal ARARs if solid waslos will l>o land disposed. SubsUnllve requirements ara potonllal ARARs if hazardous wosles or substantially similar wastes are gonoratod as a result of invosllgnllvo and romodlal activities. \WORK\24231\02\ARARS2.TAB Potential ARAR for onsite treatment, storage, or dis- posal of hazaixious wastes or sufficiently similar wastes. Potential ARAR for onsile treatment, storage, or dis- posal of hazardous wastes or sufficiently similar wostes. Potonllal ARAR for onsilo trcniment, storage, or disposal of hazardous wastes or sufficiently similar wnslos. HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES I J to o 00 - J Table 4-2. Potential Action-Specific ARARs Island Chemical Company Silo St. CroLx, U.S, Virgin Islnnds Page 3 of 6 Standard, Rcquiremenl, Crileria, or Limilalion Cilnlion Description Comment Manifest System, Recordkeeping, nnd Reporl- ing Water Quality Monitoring and Response Programs from Solid Waste Management Units Closure nnd Posl-Closuro Finnncinl Roquiromonis Use and Mnnngement of Conlninors Tnnk Systoins Surfncc Impoundments Wnsle Piles Land Treatment Undfills Subpart E Subpnrt F Subpart G Subpnrt H Subpnrt I Subpnrt J Subpnrt K Subpart L Subpart M Subpart N Establishes recordkeeping and reporting require- ments for hazardous waste manifesls. Establishes provisions for moniloring and response programs for releases from solid wasto management units and regulated unils. Eslnblishos closuro nnd posl-closiiro roqiilromonls. Eslnblishos finnncinl assurance roquiramonla during closuro and posl-closuro periods. Eslnblishos design, operating, nnd procetlurol stnn- dnrtls for conlninors. Eslnblishos dosign, oporaling, nnd pnDcediiml sinn- dnrds for tnnk systems. Establishes design, operating.'nnd procedural stan- dards for surface impoundments. Eslablishes design, operaling, and procedural stan- dards for waste piles. Establishes design, operaling, and procedural stan- dards for land Irealinenl unils. Establishes dosign, operating, and procedural stan- dards for landfills. \WORK\24231\02VARARS2.TAB Administrative procedures only. Creates no substan- tive cleanup requirement. Potential ARAR if Iiazardous wnsto or substantially similar waste Is treated, stored, or disposed of onsite. Potonllal ARAR if rogulnle. VIRGIN lSIw\NnS ARAKH' Virgin Islands Wnlor Pollution Conlrol Acl Virgin Islnnds Well Drillor Roquiromonis Virgin Islnnds Roquiromonis for Scnling Wells Virgin Islnnds Solid and Hnznrdous Wnslo Mnnngemcnl Acl V.I. Codo Ann. III. 12, Chnptor 7 V.L Co 00 \WORK\24231\02\ARARS3.TAB HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES Figures B \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301880 • \ H o l y ^ r 0 5 • ^ 3 'tZA' \ \ - -- ' \ ~kr.kmyz,Ay^ ( M ^ ^ . j ^ i y A z A ^ kk ^'ky-z-^y^k. zl \; \ ky&A£h^kt\ -"k^ ^C~' \-'^ A7 " ^k^^z'^'^'^'Myk^^tk^^ >-''#(x¥w z - h : \ . - • - . -.---. •• ^ t ^ ^ - i ^ \ ;Cj31. )\ • •-.'•z ^ - , o y A y - < _ ^;K. kkkk^^yzzcmyy-'zkK ^\>> "Z"-- A^XyzkAAx'y-: ^.y^r-zzzy^^^y-y V-—T-yy-yk^y&y -- 'XA'-y^ kk i- %k""-: yWWy'^0\^^^'& ''• '-y^yk^^' --^^f ••. ^\ A,>z0y^ ^^ y'-k\zy.y^-k^^ zj jr-f^-^%:$>; ..* • », "I vii -^•'^'\ \ 1 1-' I — — ^.r-^ - -\ ^ ft-... /..•• ^ «v.-j- ' -i ;L<.\\/ y Zs. ^-. • • / 2i--Z.-:^y^-' "J ^* - ^ y SOURCE: USGS 7.5 WInuto Ouod Wcp: Chrbticn3t»<;. VJ. Harding Lawson A s s o c i a t e s SfTE LOCATION MAP ' I Engineering and . ^IIIII^ Environmentol Sep/ices ' . — 131 North Third Street _2_^ Philadelphio, PA 19105 • 2 1 5 - 5 2 7 - 4 5 0 5 ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands F1CUR£ 2-1 :ORA.WN iJSW JOB NUWBS:^ 24231.2 /•PPRCJVED RLE 24231AOI OATt 8 / 2 5 / 9 3 REVISED DATE 301881 ITM IT<1 d l 1^1 L J L J ( ) -H C-1 -( •^ - 1 cn -H O l 1 -v» V 00 1 to Ir] o - t 1 l l I l - l Iri X — t l I I-'l Lf Tank Farm Concrete Pad Bornn- Povod Q Soplic Tank Loaclinrj Ramp Sump Generator Building • J R/O Unit and Water Storage Outside Storage / / / / / \ ^Boilers Maintenance Building y y y y / y Concrete Surfoce Open Reactor Area o Op O - ^ / ^ P r o c e s s c=) ° o ^"°o o Process Pit l ^ l n l o t 1 11 Inlet 3 o o 7 Cooling r 1 Tower i I I 1 " " Inlet 2 g i , Concroto S-i' Surfaco 11 / OO 4.000 Gal. Storage Tanks] / / / / / / / Former Lab Pit Loboratory Warehouse y / / y y / / / / / / / y y O Septic Tank Generator ond fHre Pump Building Centrifuge and Dryer Building \^W er GvJ^ P - 2 a Pad O ..:^ Lab Pil Loading Dock Surfaco Drain CZD / \ LEGEND FENCE EXISTING PRODUCTION V/ELL EXISTING ABOVE GROUND STORAGE -TANK TANK PAD-FORMER ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK LOCATION 0 vrr. 25 50 100 APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET BASF MAP .SOURCF ADAPTED FROM: PROPOSED ICC SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS BY ENVIRO-SCIENCES, INC. DATED: G / 1 9 / 8 6 AND SITE MAP. VI CHEMICAL, ST. CROIX, U.S.V.l. BY NUS CORPORATION DOCUMENT 0 2 - 9 1 0 1 - 0 4 - 5 1 , UNDATED hiording Lawson Aaaoclotec Englnoorlng and linvlronnionlol Sorvlcoo U l North Third Street Phllodelphia, PA 19106 215-027-4505 SITE MAP iSU»>ND CHEMICAL COMPANY SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands ncuRE 2-2 ORAWM JSW JOB NUt,lUER 24231.2 APPROVED ntx 24231BOI DAlE 1/31/94 301882 Rr/ISEO OATt I . _ . J . |5i ilft^ ':^\ FcC m i l , - : . \ fcCZ' > I ^ ^ l^y'r-' "»-"\> y / ^ - k.NDER HA.MIL Dr-=r»i - J t ^ ^ ^ S - - ^ - ? ^ l - ^ ^ ^ ^ - ^ - i ^ ^ ..^ir^S:' 0------.-.AJRPORT • X U f i V A >vi _ Manning Bay '".• Racetrac/t • ^AuA» • ^ Ti ,'1 J ^ • Tf S'vX. SOURCE: USOA Son Survey Virgin lalonds l'ir>\uA* of tho United Slate ^«-r ^ '< 1320 R. aj-^.^V- I •llllBilBIBII rr..-;^ FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY ^ ^ Harding L a w s o n Associates " Engineering and — — Environmental Services - . — 131 North Third Street ' J ^ ^ Philadelphia. PA 19106 215-627-4505 SOILS KiAP ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY ST. CROIX, U.S VIRGIN ISLAND FIGURE 2-3 : DRAWN : JSV/ JOB NUMSER 24231.2 APPRO'/£D HLE S-BASE DATE 1/31/94 REVISED DATE ^_. '*!. -4 8' 54' 5 2' 6 4*30' 48' 4 6' 44' 42' 64 • . \ ' Cl A R I B B /.•: .•/ X SALT HIVES tSTUA/tY ^88ioe SOURCE: UDZ, B. H. 19M Harding Lawson Associates • Englnoering ond "ZaZZ^ Environmental Services " • — m North Third Street • J ^ ' ^ Phllodelphia. PA 19106 •215-627-4505 GENERALIZED GEOLOGIC MAP OF ST. CROIX ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY ST. CROIX, U.S, VIRGIN ISLANDS FIGURE 2-4 DRAWN HLB JOB NUMBER 24231.2.0,1 APPROVED nu: 24231A02 DATE 8 / 3 1 / 9 3 REVISED DATE y ,-'y-^. -" .-a hZZ' y-'^':iiZ'< y '>:AkZ \ rt •. •• . . . . -. ^ 3 r "^y^y-'Z \ ^ ^ ^-^zi-^ykyzzy \ ^ J-'--'- ^- •••• Y ^ o ^ o ^ "\ \y szy^z ••!/: ^z>z<. ^ZyzZrizAA ^zy.k^-''\ \:.z(kMkkk •N[-.fl^oi^vYsiob ^ •"•- \ ~ ", • Z.^^rZ-Z^-f^ KA-ZA-.): ' '-': -. Z .r.-^2. •ZZZ ykAk^^my\z'--~-''^yyy yyym^^A^-^ FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY SCURCES: USGS 7.5 Minute Cued Wc?: Chrls'.ionj'.ed 4: FrederiVjted. V.I. ond Gcrcghty & Miller. 1953 end Tc.-7£5-Con2cle3. 1990 Harding Lawson Associates ' Engineering ond — — Environmentol Services " • ~ 131 North Third Street ' " ~ Phllodelphia, PA 19106 •^::^-^ 215-627-4505 APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS OF NEARBY WELLS ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY ST. CROIX, U.S VIRGIN 1SL^ND nCURE 2-5 IDRAV/N 'JSW JOB SUuSUi 24231.2 APPROVED FILE S-BASE DATE 1/31/9-i REVISED OATE /\^SDF3/ SBD2j-/ "^vjj^.'^ormer Lab \jSBD2, 1^—Loading Dock / Surface Drain 4- A I \ \ 1 AREAS OF CONCERN f,^ LABORATORY AND WAREHOUSE BUILDING B ABOVE-GROUND TANK FARM C FORMER PROCESS PIT Q LOADING DOCK AND FORMER LAB PIT &c DRAIN AREA E SOIL BENEATH CONCRETE PAD F CONCRETE STORAGE PAD LEGEND PROPOSED MONITORING V/ELL LOCATIO; PROPOSED SOIL BORING LOCATION FENCE EXISTING PRODUCTION WELL EXISTING ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK TANK PAD-FORMER ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK LOCATION 25 , _,.,.U^ 50 100 APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET PASF MAP SOURCF ADAPTED FROM: PROPOSED ICC SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS BY ENVIRO-SCIENCES. INC. DATED: 6/19/86 AND SITE KtAP. VI CHEMICAL.'ST. CROIX, U.S.V.l. BY NUS CORPORATION DOCUMENT 0 2 - 9 1 0 1 - 0 4 - 5 1 , UNDATED H a r d i n g L a w s o n A s s o c l a t o a I'nolrioodfiy ond Envlroiiinonlol Soivlcon - ;^ — m tVorth Tliird Slroet ' Z . ' Z Ptillod«lphla. PA 19106 — — - 215-627-4505 AREAS OF CONCERN ISUND CHEMICAL COMPANY SL Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands ncuR£ 3- DRAWN JSW JOB NUMBER 24231.2 /APPROVED n u 24231B01 ; ^ OATE 1/31/94 301886 REVISED D " • ^ r FIELD OPERATIONS Jim Collinr; HEALTH 8c SAFETY John Kohler BASEUNE RISK ASSESSMENT Dr. .Merril Coomes Alan Finio ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY PROJECT MANAGER Edward Nemecek R.G.. C.P.G. ASSIST. PROJ. MANAGER Jason Schindler HYDROGEO.LOGY Jason Schindler OA/QC Bharat Patel Brian LaFlamme ARARS DEVELOPMENT Nettie Corrigan ; l-lardlng l.awoon Aaooclaton I EnglnaerInQ and , I Environmental Services ; 131 Nortli Third Street,'•. I Philodelphio, PA 19106 ' ; 2 1 5 - 6 2 7 - 4 5 0 5 PROJECT ORGANIZATION ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY ST. CROIX, U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS ncuRE 7-1 DRAWN JSW JOB NUMOER 24231.2.C.1 APPROVED RLE 24231A01 DATE 2/14/94 REVISED OATt 8/4/94 T«tV ilnm. Efft-ctlve Dale of ACO r r i \ r B' 1 \ c c t s i and Preparation for Field Work jllect Potable Waler Sample -aborafory Analysis of Potable Waler : 1 Validation {Potable Water Sample) cPA Reviev/of Potable Water Results Project Planning and Management EPA Kickoff Meeting Monlhly Progress Reports Background Invesllgallon Permuting Site Clearing/Reconnaissance Field Sampling Program Soil Boring Program Lib Analysis ol Soil Samploa WBII lniUllalior\yRehabililalion Well Equilibrallon W.llSiirv.y Continuous Water Level MonltorlnQ Quarteily GW Sampling and Analysis Data Validation • - DevcIopfTrack A R A R i Data SummTir/ Report (DSR) Pathways Analysis Report (PAR) i Phase 1 Baseline Risk Assessment Summary EPA Review of DSR lEPA Review of PAR and Baseline Risk Assessment Summary re$cnt.ilion of DSR/PARVRlsk Assessment Summary to EPA and VIDPNR JRevlscd PAR and Risk Assessment Summary to EPA ; . . — ' —^^—_— EPA Review of Phase 11 Baseline Risk Assessment Summary JRcvlsed Phase 1! Risk Assessment to EPA Begin Phase III •asclinc Risk Assessmcnl (Itneccssary) • RI Report (assumes no further Investigation or Phase 11 Risk Assess.) Remedial Acllon Objectives and Screening of Allcrnallvcs EPA Review of Rl Report EPA Review of RAO/SOA Present RAO/SOA to EPA and VIDPUR , ^ Revisions to Rl Revise RAO/SOA Begin Feasibility Study, if necessary Management of Investigation-Derived Waste Wasta Sampling/Analysis [ Waslo Removal 09/30/34 10/31/94 11/07/94 11/30/94 12731/94 12/31/94 10/13/94 01/03/95 12/ni/94 01/10/95 01/30/95 02/07/95 00/09/95 00/09/95 00/30/95 00/30/95 00/23/95 09/21/95 01/27/9fi n7/17/9r. 03/05/9r, 03/05/9C 11/27/95 11/27/95 12/111/95 12/10/95 12/11/95 01/10/9G 01/10/95 01/10/95 Ucl 1 0 r 1 I . U V , n 1 1 — 1 ' 1 1 ; • . . . ' : , , , . 1, ' , _. ,_ . ! 1 -. ., I i n cn 1 1 1 -^ 1 1 1 • • . . .1 I ' 1 • — n r 1—'- -. 1 . ' 1 - -., 1 ». * I I . I 1 I . .- ifli.. ; 1 L - 1 1 1 r" > I l l _ _ 1 1 ^ ^1 . 1 1 _ _ - 1 1 1 ,, 1 _ 1 - -1 - 1 - - 1 1 c — . 1 1 • • • - ' " . — ¥> -1 I 1 1 1 0 CD. , 1 y 1 '— \ L 1 - " 1 H.. 1 n t '• • , ^1 ; —^ ! 1 = ^ , J ; \ H— 4 = ^ cj , \ \~' — • \ .o 1 • 1 1 y.. ! I . • 1 1 r - L - , - - O 1 1 j 1 ( 1 } I _ , „ ) r - — • 1 ' 1 1 1 Zi o • - - • - • ' 1 1 1 L Notes: 1. Schedule Is based on months from approval of Consent Orel 2. Schedule assumes final access ar)recrhen 2m),samples will be collected using a decontaminated Ponar grab sampler. Stream sediment sampling locations in shallow waler areas (< 2m) v.ill be sampled with a decontaminated Ekn:an Dredge grab sampler. Stream samples will be collected starling from the most downstream Iccation and working upstream to avoid cross contamination of downstream locations from upstream sampling. Where practical, sampling personnel wearing decontaminated waders will walk in the stream tc colled samples. Sampling personnel will approach from, and stand downstream of, sampling locations lo avoid disturbance of the sampling area. Revised Fcr USEPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\2423l\02\SAP.RVi HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-17 301908 A2.10.4 Soils If soU samples are necessary, they would be coUected and analyzed for VOC-l-15 (3/90 SOW), SVOC-f 15 (3/90 SOW), Inorganics (3/90 SOW),.TOC, pesticides, herbicides and carbamates, ORP (ASTM Method D1498), pH (EP.A Method 9045), and conductivity (Modified EPA Method 120.1). These parameters may be revised based on results qf the site investigation. SoU color (Munsell SoU Color Chart) wUl be measured and recorded in the field. The soUs will be collected with a dedicated decontaminated stainless steel trowel and placed directly into the sample container. A2.10.5 Shallow Groundwater If it becomes necessary to sample in wetiand areas where,groundwater is present within 30cm (i2in) of the ground surface, a shallow groimdwater sample may be collected. The shallow groundwater samples v\ill be analyzed for VOC-f 40 (3/90 SOW), SVOC-f 40 (3/90 SOW), Inorganics (3/90 SOW) and TOC. These parameters may be revised based on results of the site investigation. ORP, DO, DH, conductivity and temperature wiU be measured in the field. To collect a shallow groundwater sample a depression will be excavated with a dedicated decontaminated stainless steel tiowel to a point imrnediately below the top of the water table. This depression wUl be no more than 41cm (16LQ) deep. After the depression has fUled with water, a sample wUl be collected directly into the laboratory supplied sampling jars with minimal agitation of the sample. A2.10.6 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Samples collected by HLA field personnel will be shipped to a CLP laboratory for analysis. Saniples will be handled as described in the project QAPP. If necessary, the QAPP wUl be amended during preparation of the ecological assessment technical memorandum. Amendments to the QAPP would include procedures for parameters not currenlly proposed. Revised Per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\SAP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-18 301909 ^ j ^ A3.0 S A M P L E D E S I G N A T I O N S HLA wUl use a standardized nomenclature for all samples collected, and each sample wUl be assigned a unique name. Groundwater sam.ples will be designated by the name of the well from which they are collected and the dale (six digit number indicating the calendar month, day and year) on whJch they are collected. For example a groundwater sample collected from monitoring well JvrW-l on August 1, 1994 would be designated i\rW-l/080194. SoU samples from soU borings wiU be identified by the prefix "SB" followed by the area of concern, the boring location within that area, Iccation of the soU boring sampled followed by the sample deoth (measured in feet below grade) and the date. As an example a soU sample collected from 8 to 8.5 feet below grade in the fhst soU boring from Area B on March 1, 1994 would be designated SBBi/8.0- 8.5/030194. Quality assurance/quality control (Q.VQC) sample designations wUl indicate the type of QA^QC sample, date collected, and for rinse blanks, the matiLx of the associated envhonmental samnles. following abbreviations will be used in addition to those listed above: The TB Trip Blank RB Rmse Blank GW Groundwater SO SoU For example, a rinse blanic coUected during a groundwater sampUng event on March 1, 1994 would be designated RBGW/030194, and a trip blank for thai event would be designated TB/030194. Laboratory blind duplicate samples w-iU be designated the same as the duplicated sample, but the digits riO" will be placed in front of the well number or sample location designation. For example, a-.r - laboratory blind duplicate of a sample from weU MVV-2 collected on March 1, 1994 would be designated MW-102/030194. SimUarly, a duphcate soU sample SBBl/0.0-0.5/030194 would be designated SBBl01/0.'o-0.5/030194. Revised Per USEPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\2423l\02\SAP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-19 301910 A4.0 FIELD MEASUREMENTS i i | k -' A4.1 Turbidity, Dissolved Oxygen, Oxidation-Reduction Potential, Electrical ^ ^ . Conductivity, pH, Temperature, and Purge Volume and Rate Measurements The field parameters turbidity, dissolved o.xygen and oxidation-reduction potential will be measured while purging groundwater at each sampling locaUon by using either an in-line device or external meters. Conductivity, pH and temperature wUl be measured prior to sample collection usins either an in-line device or conductivity, pH and/or temperature meters and/or a thermometer. In-line monitors and monitoring chambers wUl be decontaminated in accordance with the procedures described in Section A2.4.2.3. External probes wiU be decontaminated prior to each use in accordance with the the procedures described in Section A2.4.2.2. The pH meter wUl be recaUbrated us'ins two standard buffer solutions before each use. The conductivity meter wiU be calibrated before leaving the office and then onsite prior to the start of the sampling event using 200 mhos/cm and 1000 mhos/cm or equivalent solutions. Calibration procedures for the in-line monitoring device and the various meters to be used wUl be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and are discussed in the QAPP. Flow rate for low flow pumps will be measured by measuring with a stopwatch the time reouired to fUl a container of known volume. Flow meters wiU be used to measure the flow rate of standard submersible or centrifugal pumps., The flow meter v\ill be calibrated with a stop watch and 5- to 15- gallon container during initial purging of the first weU to be sampled. The flow meter will be calibrated for flow rate by starting the stop watch at an initial volume then stopping the watch at a later known volume. This will give the time, in minutes and seconds, that it took to discharge the ; Z known volume of water from the weU. The rate of discharge in gaUons per minute (gpm) can then be AZZ"^ calculated. Manufacturer instructions for use of the in-line monitoring device and meters wUl be followed and will be avaUable for use in the field. Measurements made with external meters will be made dhectiy al the well discharge'point. Procedm-es for measurements using these meters and measurement of flow rates consist of the following: • The morutoring chamber(s) and prcce(s) wUl be decontaminated, as noted above, prior to recording measurements. • Purge volumes wiU be read dhectiy from the calibrated flow meter. A4.2 Flow Rates and Purge Volumes Flow rate for low flow pumps, U used, will be detennined by measuring the time requhed to fill a container of known volume. Flow meters wUl be used to measure the flow rate of standard submersible or centrifugal pumps. The flow meter v.ill be calibrated with a stop watch and 5- to 15- gallon container during initial purging of the fhst weU lo be sampled. The flow meter wUl be calibrated for flow rate by starting the slop watch at an initial volume then stopping the watch at a later known volume. This will give the time, in micutesand seconds, that it took to discharge the known volume of water from the weU. The rale of discharge in gallons per minute (gpm) can then be calculated. Manufacturer instructions for use of the in-line monitoring device and meters wUl be followed and will be available for use in the field. Measurements made with external meters will be made directly Revised Per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORk'\2423l\02\SAP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-20 301911 at the well discharge point. Procedures for measurements using these meters and measurement of flow rates consist of the following: • The monitoring chamber(s) and probe(s):v\iil be decontaminated, as described in the previous section, prior to recording measurements. • Purge and rales wUl be read dheclly frorh the calibrated flow meter. During development and purging activities using pumps, purge volumes will be estimated based on calculated flow rates and purge time. Final purge volumes wUl be estimated based on the volume of water contained within the 55-gaUon storage drums. If a baUer is used to purge the weUs, the purge rate v\ill be estimated based on the total volume of water removed during the time bailing activities were underway at each well. Revised Per USEPA August 5. 1994 \VVORK\2423l\02\SAP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-21 301912 A5.0 SAMPLE HANDLING AND ANALYSES -^5i-?xv A5.1 Sample Documentation A5.1.1 Field Data Forms impling A record of sample identUication numbers will be maintained on standardized groundwater sa forms. Additionally, the groundwater sampling form includes a record of significant events, observations, and measurements during sampUng, such as personnel present, site conditions, sampling procedures, measurement procedures, and instrument calibration records. All entiles on the groundwater sampling forms are to be in ink, signed, dated, and kept as a permanent record. The information contained in these forms is intended to provide sufficient data and observations to enable participants to reconstruct events that occurred during the project. Corrections of erroneous entiles will be made by crossing a line through the error and entering the correct information. Corrections wUl be initialed and dated by the person making the re-entry. An example of the standardized groundwater sampling form used during water quality sampling is contained in Appendix AA. A5.1.2 Chain of Custody and Requests for Analyses Sample identification documents are to be carefuUy prepared so that sample identification and chain of custody can be maintained and sample disposition can be controlled. The sample identification documents to be used as part of this investigation are defined as: • . Sample identUication labels . ,• • Chain of custody records • Laboratory analysis and scheduling form Examples of the sample identUication label and chain of custody documents are provided in Appendix A A . •.'•-'•• Pre-printed adhesive sample identification labels v%iU be secured to the sample containers by the field personnel. Sample documentation forms and labels wiU be completed with waterproof inlc. Sample documentation forms include the foUowing information: Sample number Project number Sample site name/code Sampling date and time Sampling personnel Shipping method and dale Sample description Sample matrix Sample volume and number of containers Sample destination Preservatives used Analyses requhed Special handling procedures • Revised Per USEPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\SAP.RV1 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-22 301913 |fl|ir' Official custody of samples is maintained and documented from the time bf sample collection up to the presentation of analytical results in the final report. The chain of custody record form serves to cross-reference with the sample identifier assigned by the Project Manager with the laboratorv identification number. To document sample possession, chain of custody procedures are followed as oulUned in the sections below. A5.2 Sample Transport Upon collection, all samples wUl be sealed with custody seals, labeled, and stored at 4°C in plastic ice chests with ice or blue ice and kept chUled until analyses are performed. Samples wUl be shinned within 24 hours of collection. For each group of samples transported to the laboratory by overnight tiansportation, all completed letters of tiansnuttal, chain of custody records and laboratory schedules wUl be placed in a waterproof bag v\ithin the cooler. The bag containing chain of custody records and other traffic reports will be taped to the underside of the cooler lids. Samples are to be packed in plaslic packing material to avoid breakage. The ice chest containing samples wUl be clearly labeled and sealed with nylon or fiber strapping tape to prevent tampering. Two custody seals will be placed across opposite comers of the lid of each cooler so that the lid cannot be opened without breaking the seal. The serial number of each seal vvill be recorded on the chain of custody form for each shinment. The field sampler wUl be responsi'ole for the care and custody of the samples collected unlU thev, are transferred or dispatched properly. The method of tiansport, courier name(s), and other pertinent information will be entered on the chain of custody accompanying the samples: Once received at the laboratory, laboratory custody procedures wUl apply. At that point, it is the laborator/s responsibUity to acknowledge receipt of sarnples and verUy that the containers have not been opened or damaged. It v\iU then be the laboratory's responsibUity to maintain custody records throughout sample preparation and analysis. A designated sample custodian accepts custody of the shipped samples and verUies that the sample identification numbers of the contents match those on the chain of custody record and notes the laboratory identification number on the form. Pertinent irUormation as lo shiprnent, pickup, and courier is entered in the "Remarks" section of the chain of custody record. A copy of the chain of custody record is then sent to the Project Manager. Revised Per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\SAP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-23 301914 y-.-- 'N B B A6.0 BIBLIOGRAPHY Comprehensive Envhonmental Response, Compensation and LiabUity Act of 1980 (CERCLA): Public Law 96-510, 42 USC 9601 et.seq. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1983, Interim Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing Quality Assurance Project Plans: QAMS-005/80; Oftica of Monitoring Systems and Qucdity /Assurance, ORD, Washington, D.C, February. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1984, Guidelines Establishing Test Procedures for the /Ancdvsis - Final Rule and Proposed Rule, 40 CFR Part 136, October. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1987a, A Compendium of Superfund Field Operations Methods, OSWER Directive 9355-0-14, Decemher. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1987b, Data Quedity Objectives for Remedial Response .Activities [development process): USEPA/540/G-87/003, Ojfice of Emergency and Remedial Response, Washington, D.C, March. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1986c Draft Supplement to Interim Guidelines and Specifications for Preparing Quality Assuremce Project Plans: Q/dvIS-005/80, Office of Monitoring Systems and Quality /Assurance, ORD, Washington, D.C, December. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1986e, Nati'oncd Enforcement Investigations Center Policies and Procedures Manual, EPA -330-9-78-001-R. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1986f, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste: Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response [OS]\'ER) Directive SW-846, Vol. IB. ' . U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1988a, Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in- Ambient /Air, /Atmospheric Research and Exposure Assessment Lahoratory, )une. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1988b, Laboratory Data Validation - Functional Guidelines for Eveduating Inorganics /Analyses, Hazardous Site Evaluation Division, July. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1988c, Laboratory Data Validation - Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Organics Analyses: TDD Doc. No. HQ-8401-01, Hazardous Site Evaluation Division, February. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1988d, Guidance for Conducting Remedial Investigations emd Feasibility Studies under CERCLA, Interim Final, EPAJ540/6-89/004, October. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1989a, Region II CERCLA Qucdity /Assurance Manual, Revision I. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1989b, Rj'sA: Assessrnent Guidance for Superfund, Volume 1, Human Hecdth Evaluation Manual, Part A, Interim F'mal, Office of Emergency emd Remedial Response, December. Revised Per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\SAP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-24 301915 iiilZZ-'- U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1990c, Hazardous Waste Management System; Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste; Toxicity Characteristics Re'visions; Fined Rule, 40 CFR Part 261, Thursday, March 29. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, Region IH, 1990d, Field Filtration Policy for Monitoring Well Groundwater Samples Requiring Metals Anedysis, BuUetin No. QAD009, AprU 23. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1991a, Laser's Guide to the Conbract Laboratory Pro-am: Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Sample Management Office, January. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1991c, Model Qucdity /Assurance Project Plan: Office of Superfund, Region V, May. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1992a, Region II SOP HW-6, CLP Organic Data Review and Preliminary Re'view, Revision 8, January-. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1992b, Region II SOP 4t=W-2 Evaluation of Metals Data for the CLP Revision U, January. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1992c, Ground Water Forum, Monitoring Well Development Guidenines for Superfund Project Managers, AprU. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 19926., Superpnd /Analytical Methods for Low Concentration Water for Organic/Anedysis, 10/92, Octohei. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, 1993a, Contact Lahoratory Program Statement of Work for Inorganic /Analysis - Multi-Media MuIti-Concentiation, ILM03.0, May. U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agencv-, 1993b, Contract Laboratory Program Statement of Work for Orgemic/Analysis - Multi-Media Multi-Concentration, OLMOl.9, July. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1993c, Administration Order on Consent for Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study, Docket No. in-93-2l-DC, July. Revised Per USEPA AugusI 5. 1994 \VVORK\2423i\02\SAP.RVi HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES A-25 301916 'm^ J ^ . APPENDIX AA FIELD DOCUMENTATION FORMS \VVORK\24231\02\SAP.APP March 17. 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301917 -11 APPENDIX AA FIELD DOCUMENTATION FORMS Water Level Measurement Form Groundwater Sampling Form , .Field Log of Boring Form (2 pages) Field Well Completion Form • WeU Development Form Chain of Custody Form Sample Labels Field Calibration Data Sheets Custody Seal \VVORK\2423l\02\SAPjy^P March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301918 nMi-amg Urw-»on Xaatximit MPZTER LEVEL CATA S-EET INSTRLrENT/nDCQ- « : .'—'='R0JEC1: -r JOB NUiEER:. i DATE: SHEET CF : UP 1 : : NLTiBER : - • - 1 Tir-E : /• z CEPTH TO : WAic.4 : l.st READING : - CEPTr:. TO : WAI:L.-^ : 2nd FEADING : • - DEPTH TO : CCrrEj-ns Ui^IbK : bEUiJCT-' 3 r d F^ADIN3 : : i • '- i j ; - . ^ ' ' y . : : 301919 Harding Lawson Associates ; = . ! ' . Engineering and Environmental Services 6-o:- »- o: u 5i o _) m k i > UJ 1 o u > 8 UJ X X o O s o UJ 3i FIELD LOG OF BORING - 2 c 3 a: - J - J cr o UJ UJ u. p CL UJ D / - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - « - , 7 - « • ! o X < Ct o - SHEET PROJECT: JOB NO.-- PROJ, MGR.; OF BORING NO. TOTAL DEPTH: LOCGEDBY. EDITED BY: DRILLING CONTRACTOR: DRILL RIG TYP£: DRILLERS NAME: SAMPLING METHODS: HAMMER WT.: STARTED, TIME: COMPLETED.TIME: BORING DEPTH (ft.) CASING DEPTH (ft.) .WATER DEPTH (tI.) TIME: DATE: DROP: DATE: DATE: BACKFILLED.TIME: DATE: BY: SURFACE ELEV.: DATUM: CONDITIONS: ! • , f f l HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301921 I 1 - Q r n UJ a > tr> O Ul > E o a '> "o UJ .-' O O o UJ V-< cr Q FIfLO } iAS^L LOG or BORING (CONTINUED) )ING > - a. UJ Q ( - 2 - " 3 - < - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 0 - 1 - 2 - 4 - 5 - 6 7 8 - 3 - 0 ' LAV^ < o cc-i - /so^ PROJECT- SHEET Of NO 1 BORING NO. ' • •• ..--• ^ASSOCIATES 1 1 FIELD WELL COMPLETION FORM H » r d l n g Lavrson JLssociates ^ ^ JOB « A U C : I . O O C I Q • Y: r o o j t c T M A K A C ( ^ : t O I T l D » T : W I L L K A M C l o m u u i K C C O M ^ A K T l K « u i r M C M T i D n INCH HOLLOW STEM ALJGER INCH ROTARY WA5H O R J L X I B : H O U « I D R I L U t O : D C H R I S T Y l O X D LOCKING STEEL COVEI • A 1 . L O K I o r W A T t « U S t O O U n i N C D M I U l - t M C : GALLONS • • C T H O O o r D C C O N T A M I M A T I O K • m i O R T O C 3 B I L I . 1 H C : DEVELOPMENT * < C T « o o o r O t V I L O r M C K T i c t v t L O r M t K T • t C A N O A T C : T l t u O : T l t i . D : T l t V - O : T l t L D : GPM GPM GPM GPM T I M C : FROM T I M C : FROM T I M C : FROM T I M t : FROM T I M C : T O T O T O T O O A T C : C A T C : D A T t : D A T t : T O T A L W A T C n W t M O V C D B U R I M C D C V t L O » - M C K T : GALLONS o c i c w i r r i O K o r T U B • l O l T T A T « H D o r t J C V C L O ' M I K T : D C L E A R D W O D . T U R S I D D S L I G K T L Y CLOUDY D VERY MUDDY O D O n o r W A T C H : , W A T C m O I X C H A K C C O T O : D G R O U N D S U R F A C H D S T O R M SEWERS D O R U M S D T A N I C T R U C ; D S T O R A G E T A N K D OTHER ' t J C r r i i T O W A T C R A r r C H D C V C C O ^ M C K T i FEET MATERIALS USED SAC>IS OF JACK5 OF . S A N D .CEMENT mi GALLONS OF GROLTT USED SACKS OF r O W D E R E D B E h T O N I T E f O U N D S OF l E N T O N t T E PELLETS FEET OF I N C H PVC » L A N K CASING f f P - r n f INCH PVC SLOTTED SCREEN f EET OF INCH STEEL CONDUCTOR CASING Y A H D - ' C E W E N T - t A N D (REDI-MIX) ORDERED ' < • : INCH DIAMETER STiEt. CONDUCTOR CASING .. to^ if-tT INCH D I A M E T E R » C K £ H 0 L E . 1 1 . . f t i : lENTONlTE-CEMENT SEAL OR SSACi; CEMENT-SAND SEAL JO I t t i TOP OF CASING AT FEET A B O V E . ' A T ; l £ L C W GROUND LCVEi • INCH D I A M E T E R BOREHOLE INCH D I A M E T E R SCHEDULE * 0 P v c JLANK CASING . < « 1 - Q BENTONITE-CEMENT SEAL OR - D S-SACK CEMENT-SAND SEAL . U n BENTONITE PELLE-i SEAL -.-tetx SAND PACK i t t : I N C H D I A M E T E R SLOTTED ( _ _ _ Inc.S) S C R E E N 1 0 1 t t \ INCH DIAMETER SCHEDULE ^ 0 PVC BLANK SILT TRAP 1 0 . f t n BCTTOM WELL CA? _ < r n .£ CLEANED OUT TC _ 1 r t \ BOTTOM OF BOREHOLE far-. r Y A R D CEMENT-SAND (REDl-WIX) USED CONCnETE rUMPER USED? D ^ ^ O D Y E S NOT TO SCALE A D D I T I O N A L I N F O R M A T I O N : NAME WELL COVER USED; D LOCKI NG STEEL COVER D C H R I S T Y BOX P O T H E R J I L T T R A r LJSED? D N O D V E S 301923 w Well Development Form n Harding Utvinon A*»«>cJ»tM Pro|ccl: Personnel: Dovelopmont Method Well No. Dale: _ Time i ' UJ O ' I to • ! Depth to Waler Cl) Qaliona riomoved Turbidity (Nlu) .- .- , pH • : > . . Tomp 1 . ° c • :. i ' '^ • • \ • ... - • 1 1 V... •' ; E.G. Recovory Rale Inchos/mln Recovory Rate^ Opm. ' ' • Observations ' Tolal Gallons ncmovod 1 ft fl / ft r * n HarJ^^P /son Associates Phlladolphia, PA 19106-1903 2)5/627-4505 Fax; 215/627-4250 ;S.fc>l CHAIN OF Cijr.ODY FORM Samplers:. Job Number: Name/Location: Project Manager: Recorder: ISignaiurc Required) UJ U CC UJ D Q C O 00 U ~ — — — MATRIX — tu ro 5 c .E •o OJ CO — 'o C/) — O — — — -^CONTAINERS & PRESERV. D. C D — — O CO — — r-i o z X — — — — — — — — SAMPLE NUMBER OR LAB NUMBER Yr — — — — Wk — — — Seq — — — — — - r - — n A T C Yr — — MO — — — Dv — — — Time — — — — — — — STATION DESCRIPTION/ • NOTES-: Lab: , ANALYSIS REQUESTED o o CO r - o CD < a. IJJ .», ' • ' ; o ^••J>^-»^^;.V.''^^_;T.:':>:-; - •-?-•^^,^A-'v-) -i^v •-•.:.•- :>.By:: ^r/.:-'&i;j--..^V'-^5j--T?gV'i^/~?>'^.?^^&^-^ k^.- '^/rZ.'.''^- • ^Contaminantr^'^^^- ~''^^^^^^BorInQ'NaY^!±^ • 3 0 1 9 2 6 Custody Seal Sealed by: Date:. 301927 f:- APPENDIX AB CONTAINER PRESERVATION, PACKAGING AND SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\SAP.RV1 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301928 . • • l y , ; Appendix AB. Containers, Preservation, Packaging, and Shipping Requirements Island Chcmicn! Compnny Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islnnds Page 1 of 2 Analysis Coulainurs Preservalion Technical Holding T i m , . ' VohimR of Container Shipping Normal Pacicaging Groundwater Oqjanic AiialyKcs TCL VOCs Three 40-m! glass vials with 1:1 HCl to pH <2,..:., Teflon scpluin-linod caps cool to 4°C in dark '•> slorago TCL SVOs Two 1-liter amber glass hollies Cool lo 4°C in dark u'ilh Teflon -lined caps slorngn Pyridine Two l-liler iiiMlier/jlass hollies Cool lo 4"C in dark willi Teflon ""'-lined caps Kloni(;(i 14 days Rxlrnct within 7 days, aiialy/o wilhin 40 days afler oxlniclinn I'lxintnl wllhln 7 days, nnidy/n wllhln 40 days nflni' exinicllon TCI. Peslieides Two l-liler .-nnher (;lass hollies Cool to 4"C, NiijSjOj Mxlnicl wilhin 7 days, and I'Clls wiih Teflon -lined caps fTn)nndwaler Iiioqianif; Annlyi:e.-J TAL rnclals Ono l-liler polyelliylenc bottle IINO3 lo pil <2.0 (unfillcrcd) ; nnalyzii wilhin 40 day.f afler exlraelion G months, except Hg - 20 days TAL meials (filtered) Cyanide One l-liler polyethylene bottle HNO3 lo pH <2.0 One i-liler polyelhylene bolllc NaOH lo pH >12, cool lo 4°C 14 days Fill complclcly, no air bubbles Fill on% full I'ill !)()';(, full h'ill ,!)0% Fill 90% G months, except Hg - 20 Fill 00% days Fill 00% Ship within 24- hours of collection by overnight carrier Sliip wilhin 24- hoiirs of colleclion liy oveniighl carrier Ship wilhin 24- jioiirH of f:f)llecli(in by overnight cnrrii-.r .Ship willun 24- liourB of colleclion liy ovcrnighl carrier Ship within 24- hours of collection by overnight carrier Ship wilhin 24- hours of colleclion by overnight carrier Ship witliin 24- hours of collection by overnight carrier Hubble pack Piibblc pack llulihld pack Unhble pack Bubble pack Diibble pack Ihihlile pack .Soil Organic Analy.six; TCI, VOCs One 120-ml vial willi Teflon^-sepla lined lid Cool lo4°C in dark slorago 10 days Fill coiiiplelely Ship within 24- hours of colleclion by ovcrnighl carrier Rubble pack Rcvisetl per USRI'A AugusI r., 1!)'.14 \WORK\24231\02VSAP-CONT.UVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 6 Z 6 Z Q Z Appendix AB. Containers, Preservation, Packaging, and Shipping Requirements Island Chemical Company Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Page 2 ol 2 Analysis Conlaincrs Preservalion Technical Holding Time' Volume of Container Shipping Normal Packaging TCI. SVOs and Two Tli-oz, niiilicr glass jars Pyridine wiih Teflon^-lincd lie. Cool lo 4°C in dark slorago TCL Peslieides Ono 4-oy. wi g H,SO, HNO3 NaOH 07.. TAL VOCs The lime of sample collodion to extraction/analysis. grealcr than gram sulfuric acid nitric ncid sodium hydroxide ounce Target Analyle List volatile organic compounds < °C HCl "R ml NajS SVO TCL less than degree Celsius hydrochloric acid mercury milliliter Na,S,03 Sodium Ihiosulfale semivolalilo organic compounds Target Compound List Revised per USVIPA Aiigiisl r., 1!);)4 \WORK\24231\02\SA1'-CONT.RV1 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES oeeioe B B APPENDIX AC WELL CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 301931 UNCONSOLIDATED MONITORING/RECOVERY WELL SPECIFICATION DIAGRAM PROTECTIVE CAS ING STICK-UP 1 RISER PIPE GHOUT SEAL SAND/ GPAVEL PACK WELL SCREEN o t> V <] IA b> A y \> t< 17, 1993 301932 Appendix B Draft Health and Safety Plan Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Island Prepaied for Island Chemical Company HLA Project No. 24231 2.C.4 John J. Kohler Designated Health and Safety Officer Jason M. Schindler Senior Geologist August 5, 1994 Harding Lawson Associates • - • ^ - j Engineering and Environmental Services ' " 131 North Third Street Philadelphia. PA 19106 - (215) 627-4505 301933 -3*!|5?i. PREFACE Personnel participating in field activities must be trained in the general and specific hazards unique to this job and meet medical examination requirements as well as other requirements as set forth in 29 Code of Federal Regulations 1910.120 or other Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations, as applicable. Site personnel and visitors must follow the guidelines, rules, and procedures in this document. The Project Manager or Site Health and Safety Officer may impose any other proceduies or prohibitions judged necessary for safe operations. This document is prepared to inform field personnel, including Harding Lawson Associates' contractors and subcontractors, of potential hazards onsite. However, each contractor or subcontractor must assxmie direct responsibility for the health and safety of their own employees. This document was prepared for the sole use of Island Chemical Company, the only intended beneficiary of ovir work. No other parties should rely on the information contained herein without the prior ^written consent of HLA. Revised per USEPA AugusI 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-i 301934 APPROVAL Health and Safety Plan Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Plan Approved By: John J. Kohler, Health and Safety Manager Date Edward A. Nemecek, HLA Project Manager Date Jason M. Schindler, HLA Assistant Project Manager Date • / - Revised per USEPA AugusI 5. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B4i 301935 f ^ EMERGENCY L^IFORMATION AND CONTINGENCY PLAN Emergency Phone Numbers and Directions to St. Croix Hospital Pertinent phone numbers for emergency situations are listed below: Ambulance Hospital Police Fire 922 (809) 778-6311 St. CroLx Hospital 915 921 St. Croix Hospital has been contacted to assure that they can handle chemical exposure cases. Directions to St. Croix Hospital are outlined below. Turn left out of facility. Follow Mehin H. Evans Highway east. Pass a shopping center and stay in the left lane. Make a left at the trafnc hght (at Texaco service station). Follow around curve past a Kentucky Fried Chicken Restaurant (KFC) and stay in the center lane. Make the next right (after the KFC) and follow signs to St. Crobc Hospital. Emergency Contacts: Corporate Health and Safety Officer (CHSO) Peter Rice DHSO Project Manager Asst. ^Project Manager Client Contact John Kohler Edward Nemecek Jason Schindler Santo Guillennain USEPA Site Manager Sherrel Hemy GOVI Site Manager (415) 892-0821 (office) (215) 627-4505 (office) (609) 273-0194 (home) (215) 627-4505 (dffice) (215) 428-1950 (home) (215) 627-4505 (office) (215) 884-6085 (home) (201) 305-5408 (office) (212) 264-8675 (office) ( ) - (office) Emergency Signals All field activities will cease in the event that an emergency situation occurs. The emergency situation will be signaled by a blast from a COj-propelled air hom. The follovdng hand/body emergency communication signals should be used when other forms of communication are difficult or impossible: Signal Hand clutching throat Hands on top of head Thumbs up Grip partner's v/rist or both hands around partner's v,-aist Meaning Out of air/can't breathe Need assistance OK/I'm all rightA understand Leave area immediately B Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RV 1 Harding Lawson Associates 8-lii 301936 g.'?^S If the emergency occurs in the Exclusion Zone, all field personnel will quickly move to the Contamination Reduction Zone for an appropriate decontamination before exiting to the Suppoi-t Zone. In life-threatening emergencies, decontamination may not be appropriate. The emergency decon- tamination decision will be made by the SHSO. Emergency situations occurring outside of the Exclusion Zone or when using Level D PPE will not require decontamination at the Contamination Reduction Zone before administering first-aid. Minor emergencies will be handled wthin the Support Zone utilizing the onsite first-aid kit. A portable emergency eyewash or a total of 32 ounces cf eyewash fluid will be available in the CRZ. If working at a remote location (more than 15 minutes from an emergency medical facility), at least one HLA field person vdll be trained in first aid. The appropriate emergency response personnel (i.e., ambulance and fire department) will be contacted for all major emergencies. The SHSO will drive the hospital route before field activities begin. A written report of all emergen- cies will be submitted to the DHSO. Accident related forms are located in Appendix BF. Copies of this report will also be sent to the appropriate agencies. te= Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \VVORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-Iv 301937 ^ ^ ^ CONTENTS PREFACE i APPROVAL ii EMERGENCY INFORMATION AND CO.NTINGENCY PLAN . iii Emergency Phone Numbers and Directions to St. Croix Hospital iii Emergency Signals iii CONTENTS V B-1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 B-2.0 SITE BACKGROUND 2 B-3.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBIUTIES 3 B-3.1 Harding Lawson Associates 3 B-3.1.1 HLA Corporate Health and.Safety Officer 3 B-3.1.2 Regional Designated Health and Safety Officer 3 B-3.1.3 Site Health and Safety Officer 3 B-3.1.4 Field Operaticns Manager . .• 3 B-3.1.5 Assistant Project Manager 4 B-3.1.6 Project Manager 4 B-3.2 Contractors and Subcontractors ' . . ., ;^ 4 B-3.3 Others 4 B-5.o: HARDING LAWSON ASSOCL-^TES' HEALTH AI^D SAFETY PROGRAMS ' G B-5.1 Required Personnel Training . 6 B-S.l':! Regular Site Persormel Exposed to Hazardous Material 6 B-5.1.2 Regular Site Personnel Potentially Exposed to Hazardous Materials Below Permissible Exposure Limits 6 B-5.1.3 Occasional Site Personnel Potentially Exposed to Hazardous Materials Below Permissible Exposure Limits 6 B-5.1.4 Management and Supervisory Training ; 7 B-5.1.5 Refresher Training . . . .;. . . . • 7 B-5.1.6 Documentation 7 B-5;1.7 Exempt Personnel 7 B-5.1.8 Tailgate Safety Meetings 7 B-5.1.9 Safety Inspections and Audits 8 B-5.2 Medical Monitoring 8 B-5.3 Respiratory Protection Policy 9 B-5.4 Hazard Communication 9 B-5.4.1 Container Labeling 10 B-5.4.2 Material Safety-Data Sheets 10 B-6.0 KNOWN SUBSTANCES IN THE STUDY AREA • 11 B-7.0 HAZARD EVALUATION AND MITIGATION 12 B-7.1 Chemical Hazards 12 Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi H a r d i n g L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B-'-j 301938 CONTENTS (Continued) / ' "' ~ B-7.2 Physical and Mechanical Hazards 12 B-7.3 Electrical and Utility Hazards : 12 B-7.4 Acoustical Hazards 13 B-7.5 Heat Stress and Cold Stress 13 B-7.6 Natural Hazards 13 B-7.7 Biological Hazards 13 B-7.8 Fire/Explosion Hazards 14 B-7.9 Airborne Dust Hazards 14 B-7.10 Other Hazards 14 B-8.0 SITE OPERATIONS 15 B-8.1 Support Zone 15 B-8.2 Contamination Reduction Zone 15 B-8.3 Exclusion Zone 15 B-8.4 Work Zone Control 16 B-8.5 Pre-determined Emergency .Assembly Point 16 B-9.0 PERSONAL PROTECTTVE EQUIPMENT AND ACTION LEVELS 17 B-10.0 AIR MONITORING AND STTE OPERATIONS 19 B-10.1 Gases and Vapors . , 19 B-10.2 Explosion Hazard 19 B-10.3 Oxygen Deficiency tn Confined Spaces 19 J ' •.,, B-11.0 RECOMMENDED LEVELS OF PROTECTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 20 ^ B j B-11.1 Site Clearance and Surveying .20 - ^ ^ B-11.2 Monitoring Well installation. Soil Sampling, and Groundwater Sampling 20 B-12.0 PERSONNEi'DECONTAIvflN-ATION PROCEDURES 21 B-13.0 GENERAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES 22 B-14.0 EMERGENCY INFORMATION AND CONTINGENCY PLAN 23 B-14.1 Emergency Phone Numbers and Directions to St. Croix Hospital 23 B-14.2 Emergency Signals 23 B-14.3 Contingency Plan 24 B-14.3.1 Response Sequence for First Arrivals 24 B-14.3.2 Response for Incidents involving Another Contractor 25 B-14.3.3 Emergency Response for Severe Weather Conditions 25 B-14.3.4 Emergency Response for Earthquakes . 26 B-14.3.5 Emergency Response for Flash Floods 26 B-14.3.6 Emergency Response for Fires 27 B-14.3.7 Fire Prevention 27 B-14.3.8 Emergency Response for Explosions 27 B-14.3.9 Emergency Response for Spills 27 B-14.3.9.1 Initial Spill Response 28 B-14.3.9.2 Spill Site Decontamination 28 B-14.3.9.3 Cleanup Materials and Used Personal Protective Equipment Disposal 28 B Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \wORK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi Harding Lawson Associates B-vi 301939 CONTENTS (Continued) B-14.3.9.4 Spill Prevention 29 B-14.3.10 Responsibilities of Field Personnel 29 B-14.3.11 Em.ergency Response Equipment 30 B-15.0 EMPLOYEE EXP0SURE/IN7URY INCIDENT REPORT 31 TABLES B-1 Summary of Substances Detected FIGURES B-1 Site Location Map B-2 Site Map B-3 , Typical Work Zone Location Map APPENDIXES BA Hazardous Property Information BB Personnel Acknowledgement Records BC Material Safety Data Sheets , . BD First Aid and Emergency Caie BE Equipment Calibration and Maintenance BF Accident Investigation B & ^ Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \W0RK\2 423 l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-Vii 301940 B B-I.O INTRODUCTION This Draft Health and Safety Plan (RASP) has been prepared by Harding Lawson Associates (HLA) on behalf of Island Chemical Company. This HASP describes health and safety aspects of work planned for the following activities, described in the Work Plan: • Site Clearing; • Monitoring well installation; • Soil and groundwater sampling; • Sinrveying; The purpose of this PiASP is to assign responsibilities, specify mandatory operating procedures, establish personal protection standards, and provide for contingencies that may arise during completion of the tasks listed above. The HASP addresses safety protocols which vdll be folloived during field operations to minimize the probability of employee exposure. The FiASP has been developed to meet the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1910.120 (29 CFR 1910.120), Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response and OSFlA's Construction Industr\- Standard (29 CFR 1926). B '^0y Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \W0RK\2 4 2 31\02\HASP.RV 1 Harding Lawson Associates B-1 301941 # B-2.0 SITE BACKGROUND The site occupies approximately three acres in south central St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. The site is located on Route 66 approximately 0.5 miles north of Alexander Hamilton Airport. A site location map is provided as Figure B-1 and a site map is provided as Figure B-2. The site is bordered by an intermittent stream to the northeast and southeast; Route 66 to the southwest; and a cement plant to the east. The site was formerly used to store and manufacture chemicals under several different companies from approximately 1969 through 1982. Ln January of 1989, the site was occupied by the St. Croix Security Kennels and VIAG Fuels Inc. (VL\G). VIAG used some office space in the main building and stored ethanol in four above-ground tanks. The facility is currently unoccupied. A detailed description of the study area and history of the facility are presented in the project Work Plan. / _ Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-2 301942 y^A^'-' B.3.0 PROJECT ORGANIZATION AND RESPONSIBILITIES B-3.1 Harding Lawson Associates The Island Chemical Company Work Plan, submitted to U.S. Environmental Protection Agencv (USEPA) with this document, presents the overall project organization and responsibility structure. The health and safely responsibilities of key project personnel are discussed below. B-3.1.1 HLA Corporate Health and Safety Officer Mr, Peter B. Rice is responsible for development and oversight of HLA's health and safety program. B-3.1.2 Regional D e s i g n a t e d H e a l t h a n d Safety Officer Mr, John J. Kohler is responsible for ensuring that corporate Health and Safety procedures are implemented throughout the region and for the development of this HASP. Questions regarding specific items on the FIASP should be directed through Mr. Kohler. As part of HLA's ongoing health and safety program, the CHSO has established a network of DHSOs who educate, update, and ensure comphance with FILA's Corporate Health and Safety Procedures Manual (HLA, November 1992). A DHSO is located in every HLA office. The DHSO will maintain contact with USEPA and the Government of the Virgin Islands (GOVI), as necessary, regarding health and safety issues. The DHSO will also be responsible for periodic field audits to verify comphance with the HASP. B.3.1.3 Site Health and Safety Officer Mr. Michael P. Sobel has been assigned the role of Site Health and Safety Officer (SHSO) for this - ; project. Mr. Sobel will check that the guidelines, rxiles and procedures in this document are foUowed for all site work. He will be famdiar with local ernergency services. He will conduct a tailgate health and safety meeting before work start-up and at least weekly thereafter. Additional tailgate meetings may be required for specific job tasks, site activities, or when visitors come to the site. He will check that visitors have had hazardous waste site training and a medical examination within the past year. He will maintain and inspect PPE, monitor work area hazards, and monitor the physical condition of site personnel. He will shut down operations that pose a potential threat to field personnel. The SHSO will be responsible for Health and, Safety throughout the field operations. He/she wdll monitor work locations for proper procedmes. The SHSO will have the authority to stop work if health and safety procedures cannot be foUowed. In addition, the SHSO will be responsible for producing written reports of health and safety incidents. B-3.1.4 Field Operations Manager Mr. James L. Collins has been assigned the role of Field Operations Manager for this project. Mr. Collins will check that all field personnel have read and signed the master copy of this document. Ke will check that all site personnel meet Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements regarding training, medical examinations, and fit testing. He will conduct accident investigations in conjunction with the DHSO, as necessary. B Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-3 301943 B.3.1.5 Assistant Project Manager Mr. Jason M. Schindler has been assigned the role of Assistant Project Manager. Mr. Schindler will acquaint field personnel with the overall scope of the project and ensure that project persormel have signed the master copy of this document. In conjunction with the DHSO, Mr. Schindler will check that all site personnel meet Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirem.ents regarding training, medical examinations, and fit testing, conduct accident investigations, as necessary. Mr. Schindler will be responsible for preparation of project documents. B.3.1.6 Project Manager Mr. Edward A. Nemecek as been assigned the role of Project Manager. Mr. Nemecek wUl be responsible for conduct of HLA's work effort, coordination with ICC and regulatory agencies. iVtr. Nemecek will complete an independent re\iew of the data and final review of project documents. B-3.2 Contractors and Subcontractors Subcontractors wUl receive a copy of HL.-\'s HASP for use as a guideline and for reference. Contractors will be required to indicate their understanding of the HASP by signing the appropriate persormel acknowledgement records ih Appendix BB. However, subcontractors performing site work will be responsible for the health and safetv- of their own employees. The subcontractor(s) wiU identify a lead individual responsible for checking that each of their employees are in comphance "inth health and safety procedures. - • Prior to start of work, each subcontractor conducting subsurface or onsite investigations wiU supply HLA with documentation that personnel -ender their control are participants in a, medical monitoring program and have acceptable health and safety training. This documentation will be maintained with the subcontractor at the site and wiU include the foUowing: • Worker's name; / • • • Training program attended, trainer, and hours of training received; • Statement from an occupational physician certifying participation in an annual and post employment medical smveUlance program. The statement must include verification that the person is fit to wear a respirator; • Documentation demonstrating successful respirator fit testing within the last year prior to Level C work activities. B-3.3 Others Other persons (visitors) such as USEPA and GOVI personnel who may enter the work areas or otherwise observe field activities should follow the guidelines, rules, and procedures in this document, and conduct work in a safe manner. Prior to entering any work areas, visitors supply the.SHSO with documentation consistent with that Listed in Section 3.2 above, and must attend a tailgate safety briefing given by the SHSO. The SHSO may restrict visitors from work areas if they do not have their own HASP or proper PPE: Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-4 301944 gg^sii B.4.0 PLANNED FIELD ACTIVITIES Several types of field activities are planned. Sorne, but not all, include intrusive work. The level of health and safety protection varies, according to the t}-pe of activity. Field activities are listed below. • Site Clearance; • Monitoring well installation; • Soil and groundwater sampling; • Surveying; Detailed descriptions of the procedures associated with each activity are provided in the Field Sampling Plan. Descriptions of health and safety proceduo-es associated with each of these activities as well as recommended initial PPE levels are addressed in Section 11.0. The recommended initial levels may be modified by the SHSO depending on site conditions. Hazardous property information on chemicals that may be encountered is included in Appendix BA. • y B Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-5 301945 "L B.5.0 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES' HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAMS f ^ / B Required HLA health and safety programs, including training and medical monitoring, respirator\' protection, and hazard communication are presented in this section. B.5.1 R e q u i r e d P e r s o n n e l Training Specific training requirements for perscnnel, including subcontractors conducting field activities, are divided into the following training categories: • Regular Site Personnel Exposed to Hazardous Materials • Regular Site Personnel PotentiaUy Exposed to Hazardous Materials Below Permissible Exposure Limits • Occasional Site Personnel PotentiaUy Exposed to Hazardous Materials Below Permissible . Exposure Limits • Management and Supervisory Training • Refresher Training These categories, as well as documentation, exempt personnel, taUgaterneetings, and audits, are discussed in the following sections. B.5.1.1 R e g u l a r Site P e r s o n n e l Exposed to H a z a r d o u s Material ... Site personnel whose job responsibilities cause them to be exposed to or to have the potential to be ... exposed to hazardous materials or health hazards are required to comply with 29 CFR Section 1910.120(e)(3)(i) and apphcable local regulations. This regulation requires site personnel exposed to hazaidougrnaterials to complete 40 hours of offsite instruction and three days of field experience supervised by a trained supervisor. B.5.1.2 R e g u l a r Site P e r s o n n e l Potentially E x p o s e d to H a z a r d o u s M a t e r i a l s Below P e r m i s s i b l e E x p o s u r e Limits Regular site personnel are persons whose job responsibUities cause them to be potentially exposed to hazardous substances below permissible exposure limits (PELs) or health hazards are required to comply with 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(3)(iii) and appUcable local regulations. This regiUation requires that these personnel receive a minimum of 24 hours of offsite instruction and one day of field experience supervised by a trained supervisor. The project SHSO or designated representative m u s t check that these personnel will not be exposed above PELs. This decision will be made based on a review of previous monitoring in these work areas and historical site background information. B.5.1.3 O c c a s i o n a l Site P e r s o n n e l Potentially E x p o s e d to H a z a r d o u s M a t e r i a l s Below P e r m i s s i b l e E x p o s u r e Limits Occasional site personnel who visit the site for a specific limited task and whose exposure is designated by the SHSO to be under PELs are required to comply with 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(3)(ii) and applicable local regulations. This regulation requires that these personnel receive the same training as that indicated in Section 5.1.2 above. Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B-S 301946 In accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(3)(iv) and appUcable local regulations, regular (as defined in Section 5.1.2 above) and occasional site personnel having completed an initial 24-hour classroom instruction must complete an additional 16 hours of offsite instruction and two days of field experience supervised by a trained supervisor before they are qualified to engage in activities that may expose them to hazardous substances above PELs. B.5.1.4 Management and Supervisory Training In accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(4) and applicable local regulations, individuals who manage or supervise personnel engaged in hazaidous waste'operations at the site must receive 40 hours of offsite instruction and three days of field experience supervised by a trained supervisor. In addition, management and supervisory personnel shaU receive an additional 8 hours of specialized training lhat addresses the safety and health program, training requirements, PPE and respiratory equipment programs, health hazard monitoring proced\n-es, accident investigation, and emergency response procediires. B-5.1.5 Refresher Training Annual refresher training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120(e)(8) and applicable local regulations shall be completed at least annuaUy foUowing the completion of the individual's 40-hour or 24-hcur training course. Persormel wUl be required to attend the annual refresher training to maintain their qualifications for hazardous waste site operations. B.5.1.6 Documentation Training must be properly docmnented and fUed onsite for reference by the SHSQ or designated representative. Personnel required to meet the training requirements must present' evidence of this training,at the site. The SHSO is responsible for checking before each activity to verify complete and cinrent documentation. A copy of the documentation/vvUl be kept readUy avaUable or onsite, as applicable. , B.5.1.7 Exempt Personnel Exempt personnel requesting access to the work areas could include personnel making deliveries or performing repairs to utUities, pubhc or govemment officials, untrained visitors, or local residents. Individuals from these groups wUl not be required to comply with the training requirements as previously stated or the medical monitoring as discussed in Section 5.2. However, access will be limited to designated work, delivery, or observaUon areas to minimize potential exposure. Obsen-ation areas will be located upwind from site operations, as determined on the basis of predominant wind directions, so as to limit exposme to dust or chernical contaminants. Access to observation areas may be restricted by weather conditions or site activities. Approvals for exempting personnel and decisions on access limitation for other personnel will be handled on a case-by-case basis by the Field Operations Manager in consultation with the SHSO. B.5.1.8 Tailgate Safety Meetings A taUgate safety meeting shall be conducted at least weekly, whenever risks or hazards change,, whenever new site personnel arrive, and when site operations warrant indoctrination and training. Tailgate safety meetings shall be conducted by the SHSO or another qualified individual. Where Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RV1 Harding Lawson Associates B-7 301947 procedural deficiencies are identified, additional safety meetings wUl be conducted to address the ,0!^}. situation. The following will be addressed during the meetings: i f i rr 1 I • --=--. Review of planned activities Hazards suspected PPE required Communications procedures Field personnel responsibUities Decontamination procedures Emergency procedures The taUgate safety meetings will be documented on the appropriate form (see Appendix BB). B-5.1.9 Safety Inspections and Audits The SHSO wUl inspect the site daUy to identuy potential hazardous conditions or work areas. The DHSO may visit the site periodicaUy to evaluate whether that work operations are being conducted in compliance with the protocols and procedures outlined in this HASP. B.5.2 Medical Monitoring HLA field employees working at hazardous sites more than 30 days per year will receive a baseline and annual comprehensive medical evaluation to qualify for hazardous waste site assignments and to monitor work-related iUness or contamination. Other employees who are exposed to hazardous substances or waste or who parUcipate in physicaUy challenging work wUl receive a baseline and periodic exams (less frequently than anniiaUy). The frequency of these exams will be determined upon consiUtation with HLA's medical consultant. Environmental Medicine Resources, Inc. (EMR), in Atlanta, Georgia. Any employee whc's'uffers an iUness or injury that imposes a medical restriction on his or her job duties must have a physician's release statement indicating that he or she is fit for duty before the SHSO wUl permit that employee to return to full duty. This release must be issued by the area office contract physician. Site personnel also receive exit medical examinaUons at the termination of their employment with HLA. Medical records of HLA employees are kept on fUe at EMR in Atlanta, Georgia. Clearance letters from EMR are kept at the HLA PhUadelphia office. HLA is not responsible for subcontractor medical monitoring; however, subcontractors are expected to monitor their employees according to OSHA requirements. Medical monitoring will include a medical examinaUon and work history for each employee. Each employee wUl be evaluated to assess their abUity to wear required PPE for site work. EMR is acquainted with 29 CFR 1910.120 and appUcable local regulations. EMR wUl also be supplied with the employee's duty description, anUcinated exposure levels, PPE to be used, and any applicable information from previous medical e.xaminations. A copy of EMR's written opinion of the em.plovee's fitness for hazardous duty will be provided to the employee. Medical morutoring will be requhed for personnel at the site, including visitors, subcontractors, client representatives, USEPA and GOVI officials, and others visiting the work sites who may be exposed to contaminants exceeding accepted PELs. HLA is responsible for providing medical monitoring to HLA Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \woRK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi Harding Lawson Associates B-a 301948 personnel only. HLA is not responsible for providing medical morutoring for other parties visiting the site. However, HLA wUl review visitor certifications to assess whether the morutoring is up to date. Copies of the documentation will be kept readUy avaUable or onsite, as applicable. B'5.3 Respiratory Protection Policy HLA's respiratory protection program is managed by the DHSOs of the individual offices. The purposes of the program are as follovvs: • Provide adequate respiratory protecUon to site personnel where there is a potential for exposure to toxic or nuisance substances in excess of aUowable concentraUons. • Provide adequate respiratory equipment to employees who may request such eqiupment. • Determine that employees assigned to site work requiring respiratory protection are physicaUy able to wear respiratory protecUon equipment. • Protect the employee's health during normal job duties. •'• ObjecUves of the respiratory protecUon program are as follows: • Address the site hazards, the need for respiratpry protection, and the selection of the appropriate National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) or Mine Safety and Hesilth Administration (MSHA)-approved equipment during preparation of this HLASP. ' / • Use engineering controls at the work site to minimize the potential for exposure. If engineering J^^^ contiols are not feasible, respiratory equipment must be used. I- — I ^ . - • Make avaUable to employees the HLA Health and Safety Policy and Procedmes Manual describing the issuance, cleaning, inspection, and storage of respirators. This docmnent is in each HLA office arid is avaUable for review by employees upon request. • Fit test employees required to wear respirators using isoamyl acetate and/or irritant smoke or a quantitative fit test. Testing shaU be conducted annuaUy for work on hazardous waste sites or every six months for asbestos work. Records are maintained by the DHSOs in each office regarding whether the employee passed the fit test and what type and size respirator he or she is assigned. • Inspect, maintain, sanitize, and appropriately store respirators, as determined by the DHSOs. Site visitors, subcontractors, or others who may request entry into the work area where the potential for Level C activities exists must show proof of current (annual) respirator fit testing. Copies of this documentation wUl be kept readUy avaUable. onsite, as applicable. B.5.4 Hazard Communication The DHSO in each HLA office is responsible for administering the program in his or her office. The hazard communication program governs "hazardous substances" and excludes "hazardous waste." This program is part of the Health and Safety PoUcy and Procedures Manual, which is generally kept in the DHSO's office and is available to employees for review. Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 WORK\2423i\o2\HASP.RVi Harding Lawson Associates B.9 301949 B-5.4.1 Container Labeling HLA requires that containers and secondary containers of hazardous substances both in the office and at the job site be labeled as to the contents and appropriate hazard warning. B.5.4.2 Material Safety Data Sheets Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) are obtained from the manufacturer when hazardous substances are purchased to conduct field activities. Lf the manufacturer does not include the MSDS when the item is shipped, the manufacturer wiU be contacted by telephone for a facsimUe transmittal of the MSDS. The MSDSs are kept in the DHSO's office and at the support facUity for field activities, as applicable. The DHSO of each office must maintain and review all MSDSs for new information. Significant health and safety information is made avaUable to affected employees. Employees may request any or all MSDSs for review at any tirhe. MSDSs for substances expected to be used during this investigation are included in Appendix BC. z g j j ^ Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RV1 Harding Lawson Associates B.10 301950 -Z^ B-6.0 KNOWN SUBSTANCES IN THE STUDY AREA AvaUable information indicates that volatUe organic compounds (VOCs), semivolatUe orgaruc compounds (SVOs), and metals are the primary chemicals found in soUs at the site. Chemicals previously identified as present onsite, the media in which they were detected, and the maximium detected concentrations are listed in Table B-1. Table 2-4 of the RIWP presents a complete list of substances reported at the site. Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B - I I 301951 m B-T.O HAZARD EVALUATION AND MITIGATION A summary of potential hazards thought be present in work areas are listed below. Procedures for first aid and emergency care are included in Appendix BD. B-7.1 Chemical Hazards Based on planned field activities, the following are potential chenucal exposure pathways: • Inhalation of airborne vapors and contaminated particulates; • Eye and skin contact and absorption due to direct contact with vapors, liquids, and contaminated soU and sediment; and • Incidental ingestion of contaminated Uquids, particiUates, and sediment. S3anptoms of exposure to VOCs and SVOCs may include headache, vertigo, visual disturbance, tremors, somnolence, nausea, vomiting, eye irritation, dermatitis, cardiac arrhythrruas, paresthesia, central nervous system (CNS) depression, lassitude, fatigue, dUated pupUs, insomnia and throat irritation. CarcinogerUc effects may also be possible. Mitioation of chemical hazards mav include the use of PPE indicated in Section 9.0 and air monitorin'' with direct reading instiuments to evaluate respiratory and explosion hazards. Underground pipelines should be located before drUling or excavating and the use of spark-igrution eqmpment prohibited in areas where the potential for explosion e.xists. No smoking will be permitted, except in designated areas. Hazardous property information for common chemicals is included in Appendix BA. B-7.2 Physical and Mechanical Hazards Physical and mechanical hazards associated with the heavy equipment, tools, and field activities to be conducted include the' potential for being struck by flying or falling objects during site clearance; slipping and falling due to wet or uneven surfaces; backstrain when moving eqmpment. Tripping hazards may be present in uneven, sloping, or wooded terrain. . Mitigation of physical and mechanical hazards may include the following: • Stay clear of earth moving eqmpment whenever possible; • Verify that equipment is in good condition; • Use of proper lifting techniques; • Do not stand or walk under elevated loads or ladders; B-7.3 Electrical and Utility Hazards. Subsurface utilities may be present in work areas. In addition, overhead power lines may also be present. Electrical generators, submersible pumps, and other electrical equipment may also be used during this project. Mitigation of utiUty and electiical hazards may include but not be lunited to the foUowing: • Buried utilities should be located and marked before drilling or excavating; • A minimum of 10-foot clearance should be m.aintained from overhead power lines; Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-12 301952 If imavoidably close to buried or overhead power lines, have the power turned off, with the circuit breaker locked and tagged; Maintain at least a 30-foot clearance irom overhead power lines; Properly grounded electrical equipment. Use only three-wire grounded receptacles and extension cords; Do not stand in water when operating electrical equipment; If equipment must be connected by spUcing wires, make sure all connections are properlv taped; Consider all wires live vmtU locked and tagged out; Be famUiar with specific operating instiuctions for each piece of equipment; and Obtain permits, licenses, or right of entry required by local authorities. B-7.4 Acoustical Hazards Acoustical hazards may be present during drilling, pumping, and sampling activities. When a noise level prevents conversation in a normal voice at a distance of 3 feet, use proper National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NTOSH)-approved hearing protection. B-7.5 Heat Stress and Cold Stress Heat stress may be a hazard depending on the time of year the work plan and sampling plans are implemented. See Appendix BD for first aid and emergency care. B-7.6 Natural Hazards Natmal hazards such as sunburn pr Ughtning may be present during field activities. On suimy days, wear long sleeves and/or sunblock. During severe storms, cease field activities and. seek shelter until the storm has passed. For other natural hazards, consiUt the DHSO. B-7.7 Biological Hazards Biological hazards may include toxic plants, infectious waste, rabid, agitated, or disease carrying animals or pets, poisonous snakes, and disease carrying or stinging insects. Mitigation of these hazards may include the following: Learn to recogruze toxic plants, such as poison ivy, poison oak, and poison sumac; Wear long-sleeved shirts, stucrdy tioiisers, and boots when working near toxic plants to minimize the potential for skin contact; If exposed to toxic plants, shower as soon as possible with a strong soap (e.g., Fels Naphtha). Laimder clothing; Do not touch plants that have hairy leaves, milky sap, thorny leaves, or frmt or seed pods; Do not touch infectious waste or any items suspected of being infectious waste; Do not approach or agitate animals, especially ones behaving strangely or foaming at the mouth; Use insect repellent to avoid contact with ticks, mosquitoes, and other insects, as necessary. Avoid contamination of field samples when using repellent; If possible, avoid contact with poisonous snakes or other reptUes by quietly walking awav. If bitten, seek medical assistance immediately; Avoid contact with rodents because they are frequently hosts to fleas, which can carry t%T>hus and other diseases. Rodent uo-ine may also contain spirochetes harmful to human health; and Avoid encounters with stinging insects. B Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B.13 301953 B-7.8 Fire/Explosion Hazards Fires and explosions are not expected; however, ABC-rated fhe extinguishers will be brought to the site. DrUl rigs must have a 20-pound ABC-rated fire extingmsher. Fire extinguisher use is limited to fighting very small fires. Do not attempt to fight large fires. Explosive or flammable material should orUy be stored in approved facilities as described in 27 CFR Section 181 or applicable local regulation, and there will be no smoking or spark equipment allowed within 50 feet of explosive or flammable storage or where flammable liquid or vapor is present. The SHSO may use a combustible gas indicator if he/she deems there is potential for explosive gas. B-7.9 Airborne Dust Hazards Airborne dust hazards may develop when stiong winds or vehicle tiaffic are present. Take precaution to avoid breathing airborne dusts. Dust originating from the site may be contaminated (see Section B- 7.1). If potentially contaminated dust is noticed in the breathing zone, employees must either don a respirator with HEPA fUters, or spray the area with surfactant to minimize the respiration of dust particles. B-7.10 Other Hazards Confined space work, radiation hazards, and hazards associated with impoundments or bodies of water are not anticipated at this time. Shoidd these or other hazards arise, either knowm or suspected, consiUt the DHSO. Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-14 301954 m »^^^^ B-8.0 SITE OPERATIONS Zones wUl be established to prevent or minimize exposure to hazards by establishing boundaries to reduce migration of contaminants into clean areas. For this site, a three-zone approach wUl be used for all field activities. The zones wiU be identUied during safety briefings and will be clearly marked by traffic cones, barricades, signs, pr other means. These three zones shall be designated as the Support Zone, the Contamination Reduction Zone, and the Exclusion Zone. Work area entrance and exit shall be through controlled access points established for each work location. B-S.l S u p p o r t Z o n e The Support Zone is the clean area in which the possibUity of encountering hazardous materials or conditions is minimal. PPE and respiratory equipment are not necessary in the support zone. Inside the Support Zone, the following wiU be avaUable: an effective means of communication, first-aid supplies, drinking water, and other equipment used on the project. The Support Zone shall also serve as the main point of contact for the visitor check-in and initiation of emergency services when necessary. B-8.2 C o n t a m i n a t i o n R e d u c t i o n Zone The Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ) is the area where equipment and personnel are decontaminated before leaving the Exclusion Zone. Personnel will remove and/or decontaminate PPE and place it in appropriate containers. Site vehicles wiU be washed or steam cleaned and eqmpment wUl be decontaminated with soap and water in the CRZ. The CRZ will consist of a decontamination pad; a means of washing PPE, site vehicles, and equipment; containers for waste liquids, soUds, CO^- propelled air horns, and PPE; ah eyewash/emergency shower; and a fire extinguisher. Eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco, smoking, or any practice that increases the probabUity of ...- hand-to-mouth transfer and ingestion of material is prohibited in the CRZ. - B-8.3 Exclusion Z o n e The Exclusion Zone includes the work activities at the site (e.g., drUling, sampling, etc.). OrUy authorized, trained, and qualified personnel w t h the appropriate PPE shall be admitted. Personnel entering the Exclusion Zone must use the buddy system. If a situation arises where the buddy system cannot be used, constant visual contact wiU be maintained with at least one other worker. The maximum distance permitted for visual contact is 200 feet. Work activities within the Exclusion Zone pose the greatest possibUity of exposure tc personnel and equipment. The Field Operations Manager shaU be responsible for controlling the access points and limiting needs for authorized personnel. The Exclusion Zone will be clearly marked with flagging, barricade tape, traffic cones, or other signals to limit access. A "hot line" will be established between the CRZ and the Exclusion Zone. UiUess emergency conditions exist, (see Section B-14.0) no one will exit the Exclusion Zone or CRZ without fhst implementing decontamination procedures. For drilling, well installation, sampling, and other intrusive work, a central decontamination station wiU be estabUshed for decontamination of material and equipment. Unauthorized persormel will not be permitted to pass the "hot line" and enter the contarrunation reduction zone or the exclusion zone. As the locations of field activities change, differing contaminant reduction and support zones may be established. Work areas are to be set-up similar to those depicted in Figure B-3. Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \woRK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi H a r d i n g L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B-15 301955 1 Eating, drinking, chewing gum or tobacco, smoking, or any practice that increases the probabUity of hand-to-mouth transfer and ingestion of material are prohibited in the Exclusion Zone. B-8.4 Work Zone Control Work zone layouts and locations will be established by the SHSO at the time of the work and wUl be demarcated with barrier tape, barrier ribbon, or other suitable warning devices. B-8.5 Pre-determined Emergency Assembly Point A. A pre-determined assembly point wiU be established daUy for emergency purposes. The assembly point wUl be located in an upwind direction away from the work zone. Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B.16 3 0 1 9 5 6 / ^ z ^ ^ m B-9.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AND ACTION LEVELS PPE is required to be worn by workers whUe conducting intrusive field activities. Initially, Modified Level D protection will be used for all intrusive activities. This will be upgraded to Level C or Level B, as necessary, U action levels or conditions warrant. Should air monitoring indicate sustained airborne concentrations of organic vapors in the breathing zone above 500 parts per mUlion, Level A PPE would be required. However, work requiring Level A PPE is beyond the anticipated scope of this project and is therefore, not described. Should a situation requiring Level A PPE arise, personnel shall evacuate the area and the DHSO should be notified. PPE levels to be used are defined as foUows: Level D PPE Cloth coveralls/field clothes Cloth or latex gloves Chemical splash goggles when Uquids present or safety glasses Steel-toed cheirdcal-resistant boots or leather workboots (use of butyl rubber overboots is dependent on site conditions and the likelihood of working in wet areas) Modified D PPE Tyvek™ or Saranex™ coveraUs Inner latex gloves and nitiUe outer gloves Hardhat Chemical splash goggles when Uquids are present or safety glasses • Steel-toed chemical-resistant boots with butyl rubber overboots Foam earplugs or ear muffs (when necessary as defined in Section B-7.4) Level C P P E / : / • Inner latex gloves and nitiUe outer gloves Hardhat Safety glasses or chemical splash goggles (if use of a 1/2-face respirator is permitted by the SHSO) Steel-toed chemical-resistant boots with butyl rubber overboots Foam earplugs or ear muffs (when necessary as defined in Section B-7.4) FuU-face or half-face air-puiifying respirator. Level B PPE NIOSH-approved supplied air respirator with escape self contained breathing apparatus Tyvek™ or Saranex™ coveralls Inner latex gloves and nitrUe outer gloves Hardhat Steel-toed chemical-resistant boots with butyl rubber overboots Foam earplugs or ear muffs (when necessary as defined in Section B-7.4) Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RV1 Harding Lawson Associates B-17 301957 fz^y-f^i^'^^.AZzA^-^^^^ 0f^-^\ Action levels for known contaminants shall be based on the PEL or Threshhold Limit Values (TLVs) of the contaminants, whichever is the most conservative. Air moiutoring wUl indicate airborne concentrations of organic vapors in the breathing zone. Action levels for unknowm contaminants are based on the following: Sustained Instrument Reading for One Minute of Unknown Substance in Breathing Zone Action Background Above background to 5 ppm 5 to 500 ppm above background Greater than 500 ppm above background ModUied Level D Level C Level B Evacuate the area and notify the DHSO PPE for HLA employees wUl be suppUed by the SHSO. Subcontractors and visitors will be required to supply their own PPE. Orgaruc vapor respirator cartridges must be replaced daUy or whenever evidence of contaminant breakthrough occurs. Breakthrough describes a situation where the respirator cartridge fUtering media no longer filters out contaminants, and contaminants can pass through the respirator cartridge, rendering it inefr'ective. Noticeable odors inside the respfrator indicate breakthrough has occurred. B' Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \\VORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-13 3 0 1 9 5 8 .-^"^^ IZ^ B-10.0 AIR MONITORING AND SITE OPERATIONS This section describes instruments and procedures that wUl be used for air morutoring activities. It may not be necessary to perform all of these activities at every work location. Decisions regardino air monitoring wUl be made by the DHSO and the SHSO. A daily monitoring log wUl be kept by the SHSO for each piece of air monitoring equipment. The following information will be recorded: Name and model number of the eqmpment; Calibration information; Field work to be performed; Afr monitoring results and monitoring locations; PPE worn; Accidents or incidents; and Unusual occurrences and persormel complaints. B-10.1 Gases and Vapors A flame ionization detector (FID) wiU be used to monitor breathing zone concentrations of VOCs. Monitoring wUl be conducted continuously during sampling or intrusive activities. Due to low response, detector tubes will be used for carbon tetiachloride and chloroform when the FID shows sustained readings above background. CaUbration bf monitoring equipment wUl be performed daUy before start-up of work. Calibration gases to be used wiU be specUic to the instiument per manufac- turer instructions. HLA's standard operating procedures for field calibration and maintenance of dfrect reading instruments, personal sampling pumps, and detector tubes is presented ih^ Appendix BE. B-10.2 , Explosion Hazard A combustible gas indicator (CGI) may be used at the work areas as appropriate to morutor the possible presence of flahamable gases (e.g., methane) or vapors. Equipment calibration wiU be performed daUy before start-up of work as described in Appendbc BE. The alarm wUl be set to 10 percent of the LEL. If feasible, the calibration gas used will he specUiC to the combustible gases that may be present. Periodic monitoring for the presence of combustible gases will be performed at the sampling point. If the monitoring instrument indicates the LEL is greater than 10 percent, immediately shut down aU equipment, U possible, and personnel must leave the area. NotUy DHSO immediately. Explosion- proof engineering controls, such as supply fans should be used to lower the LEL U possible. Personnel must not reenter the area untU the LEL is less than 10 percent. B.10.3 Oxygen Deficiency in Confined Spaces Confined space entry is not anticipated during this project. Should the need arise, however, before entering a confined space, an oxygen meter must be used to measure the oxygen concentration in air. If the oxygen concentration is less than 19.5 percent or greater than 23 percent, entry to the space is prohibited. Supply fans should be used to ventUate the area.- If the oxygen concentration cannot be stabUized between 19.5 and 23.5 percent. Level B PPE must be dormed to enter the confined space. Contact DHSO before proceeding into confined spaces. Permits may be requfred to enter confined spaces. -.iia^- Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B.19 301959 B-11.0 RECOMMENDED LEVELS OF PROTECTION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Initial recommended levels of PPE for the various field activities are described below. They may be upgraded or downgraded, as necessary, by the SHSO as afr moiutoring results or site conditions permit. ip"'^ B-11.1 Site Clearance and Surveying Site clearance and surveying should present the lowest chemical hazard to personnel since these operations result in minimal disturbance of contaminated areas. Level D protection has been initially selected for site clearance and surveying. B-11.2 Monitoring Well Installation, Soil Sampling, and Groundwater Sampling Modified Level D PPE has been initially selected for soU sampling, groundwater sampling and slug unless afr monitoring results exceed the action levels described in Section B-9.0, in which case the PPE will be upgraded appropriately. For groundwater sampUng, the well head should ffrst be opened and allowed to vent for at least one minute prior to performing the work and personnel should approach the wells from an upwind dfrection. Personnel should remain in an upwind dfrection whenever possible. The St. Croix Department of PubUc Works (DPW) wiU be advised of proposed well locations prior to drUling. The DPW will advise whether proposed drilling locations will intercept underground utiUties in the area, if any. Safety cones, safety vests, barrier ribbon, or other tv'pes of highly visible placarding or warning devices wUi be used U drUling activities take place on or near roadways or raUways. • Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B.20 301960 y f i B-12.0 PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES Equipment decontamination procedures are described in the Sampling and Analysis Plan (Appendix B). The sequence for personnel decontamination for Level C PPE or Level B PPE field activities is described below. Personnel decontamination for Level D PPE or Modified Level D PPE activities wiil include the appUcable procedures described below. Decontamination will occur at a temporary job site decontamination pad as follows: 1. If gross contamination is present, remove using water or other appropriate solution and rinse in clean water taking care to prevent moisture from entering respfrator cartridges. 2. Remove disposable overboots, (if used). Remove outer gloves. 3. Wash chemical-resistant boots with detergent solution and rinse with clean water. 4. Remove belt of SCBA stiaps (u used) and remove coveralls. Starting at the neck, roU the coveralls off from the inside out and down past the boots. Take care to prevent the release and dispersion of dusts or prevent contact with decontamination water that may have accumulated on the coveralls. Do not contaminate clothing inside the coveraUs durins removal. 5. Place disposable PPE in an appropriate container for disposal. 6. Remove the respfrator. Clean and disinfect the respfrators and place into a plastic bag for storage. 7. Remove inner gloves. 8. Thoroughly wash hands and face. • • ' / • ( • ' • Information as to the container contents, the location the contents were collected, and the date fUled wUl be recorded on the container and in the daUy log. Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B.21 301961 ^^2^. sk^ B-13.0 GENERAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES The following health and safety procedures will be used: • HLA personnel conducting work activities at the site will be participants in the Companrs Health and Safety Program which includes mandatory OSHA training and.medical surveUlance. A copy of the HASP wUl be kept onsite at all times A supply of PPE will be kept onsite in sufficieiit quantity to enable field personnel to conduct thefr duties in a safe manner. TaUgate safety meetings wiU be conducted daUy or on an as needed basis to discuss hazards associated with tasks to be performed, personnel protection protocol, and emergency procedures. A copy of the HASP wUl be suppUed to aU field HLA field employees for thefr review and signature. No eating, drirUdng, or smoking wiU be permitted in contamination reduction or exclusion zones. No source ignition wUl be permitted in contamination reduction or exclusion zones areas unless cleared by flie DHSO or SHSO. Work wUl cease during hazaidous weather conditions such as thunderstorms or tornadoes. Revised per USEPA AugusI 5. 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates 3-22 301962 B-14.0 EMERGENCY INFORMATION AND CONTINGENCY PLAN B-14.1 E m e r g e n c y P h o n e N u m b e r s a n d Directions t o St. Croix H o s p i t a l Pertinent phone numbers for emergency situations are listed below: Ambulance Hospital Police Ffre 922 (809) 778-6311 St. Croix Hospital 915 921 St. Croix Hospital has been contacted to assure that they can handle chemical exposure cases. Dfrections to St. Croix Hospital are outlined below. Turn left out of facUity. Follow Mehin H. EvansiHighway east. Pass a shopping center and stay in the left lane. Make a left at the tiafnc Ught (at Texaco service station). Follow around curve past a Kentucky Fried Chicken Restaurant (KFC) and stay in the center lane. Make the next right (after the KFC) and follow signs to St. Croix Hospital. Emergency Contacts: Corporate Health and Safety Officer (CHSO) Peter Rice DHSO John Kohler Edward Nemecek Jason Schindler ;' Santo GuiUermain USEPA SUe Manager Sherrel Henr>- Project Manager Asst. Project Manager Client Contact USEPA SUe Mc GOVI Site Manager <415) 892-0821 (office) (215) 627-4505 (office) (609) 273-0194 (home) (215) 627-4505 (office) (215) 428-1950 (home) (215) 627-4505 (office) (215) 884-6085 (home) (201) 305-5408 (office) (212) 264-8675 (office) ( ) - (office) B-I4.2 E m e r g e n c y Signals All' field activities will cease in the event that an emergency situation occurs. The emergency situation wUl be signaled by a blast from a COj-propeUed afr hom, The following hand/body emergency communication signals should be used when other forms of commurucation are difficult or impossible: Signal Hand clutching throat Hands on top of head Thumbs up Grip partner's wrist or both hands around partner's waist Meaning Out of afr/can't breathe Need assistance OK/I'm all rightyi understand Leave area immediately Revised per USEPA AugusI 5,' 1994 \VV0RK\2 4231\02\HASP.RV 1 Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B.23 301963 «^^ If the emergency occurs in the Exclusion Zone, all field personnel will quickly move to the Contamination Reduction Zone for an appropriate decontamination before exiting to the Support Zone. In lUe-threatening emergencies, decontamination may not be appropriate. The emergency decon- tamination decision will be made by the SHSO. Emergency situations occurring outside of the Exclusion Zone or when using Level D PPE wUl not require decontamination at the Contamination Reduction Zone before administerfriS. ffrst-aid. Minor emergencies wUl be handled within the Support Zone utilizing the onsite first-aid kit. A ' portable emergency eyewash or a total of 32 ounces of eyewash fluid will be available in the CRZ. If working at a remote location (more than 15 minutes from an emergency medical facUity), at least one HLA field person wUl be tiained in first aid. The appropriate emergency response personnel (i.e., ambulance and ffre department) wiU be contacted for all major emergencies. The SHSO wUl drive the hospital route before field activities begin. A wn-itten report of all emergen- cies will be submitted to the DHSO. Accident related forms are located in Appendix BF. Copies of this report wUl also be sent to the appropriate agencies. B-14.3 C o n t i n g e n c y Plan This Contingency Plan has been developed by HLA to present procedures that should be followed in the event of an emergency at a field operation. A variety of events that are potential hazards to human health and the envfronment are discussed, including the following; Personnel Injury ' ' A funnel cloud or tornado sighting An explosion A chemical or petioleum spUl or accident Other events presenting a hazard to human health or the envfronment This section also specUies the general procedures you should follow, whom you should notUv', and the information you should report U you are the ffrst on the scene of an emergency. B-14.3.1 R e s p o n s e S e q u e n c e for First Arrivals If you are ffrst on the scene, respond as foUows: 1. Evacuate the incident area (U necessary). Remember that your safety must be the primary consideration. 2. Restrict access to the incident area. 3. Restrict the use of ignition sources for incidents involving flammable substances. 4. Contact the Field Operations Manager or the local emergency response organization (see Section B-14.1 for telephone numbers). Report the following information: Your name Company affUiation ' Telephone number from which you are calling Location and type of incident Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \wORK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B.24 301964 B Injuries, if any, and the number and type of those injuries (note respiration, consciousness and heart beat) - DetaUs concerning Uie substance(s) involved (identificaUon, amount, spUl rate, size of area involved), if known - Direction the spUl is moving and the dfrection the wind may be dispersing afrborne contaminants Surficial material on which the spUl occurred (i.e., asphalt, gravel, etc.) Any ffrst response action that has been taken The time the incident occurred or when you discovered it Any additional pertinent information 5. NotUy the SHSO after the emergency response team has been contacted. The SHSO wUl then notify the local DHSO. 6. Coordinate with emergency response personnel when they arrive. B-14.3.2 R e s p o n s e for I n c i d e n t s Involving A n o t h e r C o n t r a c t o r If the incident involves another contractor's activity: Evacuate the area immediateiy. Proceed to the predetermined assembly point (see Section B-8.5). Decontaminate and remove PPE U the incident is not lUe- or health-threatening. Make sure the SHSO knows you are present. B-14.3.3 E m e r g e n c y R e s p o n s e for S e v e r e W e a t h e r Conditions This section specUies what you should do in the event of a severe weather emergency, including electiical storms, high winds, hea\"v'rain or haU, and tornados. ' ' ' Electrical Storms / - - '" Seek shelter at the support facUity or in the field vehicles. Do not stand near or under high objects, such as trees and drilling rigs. - If possible, lower the driUing rig mast. High Wfrids Seek shelter at the support facUity [if anchored) or in the field vehicles. Do not drive high-profile vehicles at high speeds. Park vehicles heading into the wind. Avoid breathing dust (don a respfrator or wear safety goggles and a kerchief covering youx nose and mouth). Heavy Rain or HaU Seek shelter at the support facUity or in the field vehicles. Do not attempt to drive a vehicle if you are in an area that is or has the potential for flooding unless you are moving out of a low area. B Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HY\SP.RV1 Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B.25 301965 B Tornadoes Seek shelter underground or in a closet, bathroom, or interior wall of a substantial buUding. Get under something sturdy and cover your head. Do not stay in a traUer or vehicle. If you cannot get to shelter leave the trailer or vehicle and lie flat Ui the nearest ditch U substantial shelter is not avaUable. Stay away from large areas of glass. Be aware of the potential for Uve do-wned wires. Make sure the telephone handset is on the hook. Do not use the telephone for non emergency calls. B-14.3.4 E m e r g e n c y R e s p o n s e for E a r t h q u a k e s Inside If an earthquake occurs whUe you are in a buUding, foUow these instructions: If near an exit, leave the buUding fast. Stand in an interior doorway or get under a desk or table. Stay away from areas containing a large amount of glass. Do not use stafrways or elevators during the tremor. If possible, turn off gas suppUes and ignition sources. Be aware of the potential for Uve downed wfres. Make sure the telephone handset is on the hook. Do not use the telephone for non emergency calls. Evacuate the buUding when the tiemors have ceased. Be aware of the'potential for aftershocks. !- Report to a predetermined assembly area and notify your supervisor or the area monitor ' '; that you axe safe. Report missing persons. Outside If an earthquake occurs whUe you are outside, foUow these instructions: Avoid buUdings, tiees, areas with large amounts of. glass, and power lines. Avoid downed wfres. If operating heavy equipment or a motor vehicle, stop immediately but stay in the vehicle untU the tremors have stopped. ' . -, If operating a motor vehicle on a bridge, proceed to solid ground U the end of the bridge is close. If operating a motor vehicle on a bridge at mid-span, get out of the vehicle and walk to the nearest solid ground. B-14.3.5 E m e r g e n c y R e s p o n s e for Flash Floods If a flash flood warning is issued, climb to higher ground. Seek shelter on stable ground. Do not stay in an area that is characterized by uncompacted material on a steep slope. Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423i\02\HASP.RVi Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s 3-26 301966 / S - i ^ B-14.3.6 E m e r g e n c y R e s p o n s e for Fires If a small ffre occurs, extinguish it with the ffre extinguisher in the field vehicle (ABC extinguisher). Remember to follow these dfrections to put out the fire: Use the appropriate tv'pe.of ffre extinguisher (e.g., do not use a water type ffre extUigrdsher on an electrical ffre). Aim at the base of the flame. Remember that the contents of the extinguisher only lasts a few seconds. If a large ffre occurs at the work site, foUo%v these instiuctions: Move flammable and combustible items, if possible, out of the path of the ffre. Call the ffre department. Do not attempt to put out a large ffre with the field vehicle ffre extinguisher. Report the incident to the Field Operations Manager. B-14.3.7 Fire P r e v e n t i o n Steps to be taken to minimize the potential of a ffre include the following: Obey "No Smoking" signs Label and store flammable Uquid containers in a protected, ventUated and approved area Use orUy approved containers for flammable Uquid storage Use mirumal amourits of flammable Uquids Shut off engines before refueling, if possible . Do not refuel a hot engine unless an ABC-rated ffre extinguisher is nearby Store oUy rags in a self-closing metal coiitainer. Dispose container properly .-,. .' - Bond and ground all flammable liquid containers and transfer equipment when transfer- ring or fUling product Use intriri'sicaUy safe equipment in areas potentially containing flammable vapor. B-14.3.8 E m e r g e n c y R e s p o n s e for Explosions If an explosion occurs, follow these instructions: Evacuate the site immediately. If feasible, decontaminate yourself and others. Do not address medical emergencies until you are out of danger. Call the Field Operations Manager or local emergency response organization when you are out of danger to report the incident. B-14.3.9 E m e r g e n c y R e s p o n s e for Spills The following sections provide guidance regarding emergency response to a chemical spill or accidental discharge of groundwater, including initial response to the incident and cleanup. Precautions you should take to minimize the likelihood of a spill are presented in Section B-14.3.9.4. ^^^r Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B-27 301967 A B-14.3.9.1 Initial Spill R e s p o n s e When a spUl occurs: /^ Minimize or contain the flow by shutting off a valve, repairing the leak, righting an over- turned barrel, or whatever action is appropriate. Remember that your safety is of primary concern. Only attempt emergency response actions if you can do so without injury or harm to yourself. Provide ffrst-aid to injured persons as needed. If the spUl occurs on a porous surface (e.g., soU, gravel) mark the area in preparation for excavation U that is determined to be the appropriate response action. If the spUl occurs on concrete, asphalt, or similar material, use sorbent material to contain the spiU. Adsorbent materials wiU be kept in the support facUity. Cover the area with soU, a tarp, plastic, or other appropriate material U the spUled material is volatUe and cannot be cleaned up immediately. Contact the Field Operations Manager or the local emergency response organization (as applicable) to report the incident. At least two HLA personnel must remain near the work area in a safe location 30 feet upwind of the spUl untU emergency response representatives arrive. Depending on the location and chenucal nature of the spUled liquid, irutial response action may requfre donning Level C or Level B PPE. B-I 4.3.9.2 Spill S i t e D e c o n t a m i n a t i o n HLA and subcontractor site personnel involved in the response action will undergo personal decontamination upwind of the incident site. The SHSO will authorize field personnel to leave the job site or continue work, as appropriate. The Field Operations Manager wUl provide guidance regarding decontamination and/or disposition of equipment and vehicles. If personnel come in contact with fuel, they should remove and dispose contaminated PPE, change out of contaminated field clothing, and ^vash exposed skin with soap and water. B-14.3.9.3 C l e a n u p Materials a n d Used P e r s o n a l P r o t e c t i v e E q u i p m e n t Disposal Materials used in spUl cleanup must be containerized. The Field Operations Manager should assess whether the surficial material on which the spUl is located requfres treatment or removal and relay this information to the project manager. Equipment and tools used during spUl cleanup will be decontaminated following procedures described in the Sampling and Analysis Plan (see Appendix A). Jl Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\24231\02\HASP.RV1 H a r d i n g L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s B-28 301968 B B-14.3.9.4 Spill Prevention To nUnimize the potential for a spiU, you should foUow these guidelines: Inspect stored materials at the beginning of each work shift. Any abnormalities and steps taken to remedy the situation must be reported immediately to the Field Operations Manager. Inspect equipment at the beginning of each day. Equipment condition, as well as anv notation of leaks or staining that may be related to or indicative of a potential spUl, wiU be recorded in a field logbook and reported to the field operating manager. Loose and or worn connections and w^om hoses wUl also be noted. Any abnormalities must be reported immediately to the Field Operations Manager and steps will be taken to remedy the situation before continuing tiansfer activities. Make sure materials being stored are compatible with the containers in which they axe , being stored. Materials that are Ukely to react when exposed together will not be stored in the same area. Caustics and corrosives \sill be stored fri separate cabinets affixed with caution labels. SpiUable items, U stored on shelves, will be no higher than 4 feet off the floor surface. (This height is to limit the potential for getting a toxic substance in the eyes). Liquid storage containers must have a secondary containment system such as a liner i\ith a berm constructed of 4-inch by 4-inch boarding that can contain a quantity 10 percent greater than that of the original container. Transfer liquid with catch basins under each joint or valve or with the hose or pipe Uned so that no liquid can escape. B-14.3.10 Responsibilities of Field P e r s o n n e l Wear the correct and appropriate PPE for the task. Use monitoring equipment appUcable to the anticipated hazards Have a decontamination area set up for fieldwork. Use approved decontamination procedures as discussed in Section B-12.0 of this FLASP and in the project Sampling and Analysis Plan (Appendix A). Maintain a means to decontaminate affected personnel. Treat minor injuries using the onsite first-aid kit. Take personnel with serious injuries to St. Crobc Hospital or contact a medical emergency response team. Contact emergency response for health- or lUe-threatening injuries. Victims should be taken to St. Croix Hospital by the medical emergency response team All personnel at the site %vhere the incident has occurred must completely decontaminate and be debriefed by the SHSO before lea\ing the job site (see Section B-15.0). Revised per USEPA August 5. 1994 \VVORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B-29 301969 m B-14.3.11 Emergency Response Equipment The following is a list of equipment that is requfred to be avaUable for emergency response actions: 10-pound ABC-rated ffre extinguisher Ffrst-aid kit Eyewash station or eyewash bottles Cellular phone or radio t ^ ^ i * ^ Revised per USEPA AugusI 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVi Harding Lawson Associates 6-30 301970 B-I5.0 EMPLOYEE EXPOSURE/INJURY INCIDENT REPORT In the event of an employee exposure or injury incident, an employee accident report wUl be fUed with the DHSO and Project Manager. This form is included in Appendix BF. Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl Harding Lawson Associates B.31 3 0 1 9 7 1 /<-y/^rK-,V TABLES y^^ ,«.«r-f?j. Revised per USEPA August 5, 1994 \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.RVl HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301972 0i f ompound Water Solubility* Sf>ecific Gravity Vapor Density Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemicai Company, Ino. Flash Point (°F)'' Vapor Pressure" LELOJEL TLV- TWA"* IDLH Level Hazard Properties' P a g e l of 15 Acute Exposure Sjmiptoms' ceaaphthene cenaphthylene cetlc acid esters csi^lMgSitglMffU ilHsllii iM ;c|&fiis crololn irylonitrilo Idrin ipha-endosulfan uminum :.:.;<.:.:.x\.;.x.:'.^ ilhracone ilimony t>chlorl254 •ochlor 1260 WW. iboslos m/.lnn Insoluble 3.93 @ 25''C Soluble Miscible 12% Miscible Misciblo 40% 7.0% Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble Soluble Insoluble Insoluble nnsA Slightly 1 Insolublo 70 pjim 1.024 0.8908 1.0402 1.05 1.08 0.0 0.78 0,0410 O.oono 1.7 1.74 2.700 0.77 1.25 6.69 1.50 1.50 5.727 Varinblo 1.(17 5.32 N/I 5.32 N/I N/I 2.0 N/I 1.0 1.0 N/A N/A N/A 0.59 0.15 N/A N/I N/I • N/A N/A N/A N/A N/I 110 102 120 0 42 •ir. 30 121 N/A N/I N/A 250 N/A >28G >20G N/A N/F • N/A 10 @ 131.2°? 9.12 X IQ-'' 11 mm 11 mm 4 mm 180 73 mm 210 03 0 X 10'^ 1 X 10-' N/A : 0460 1.0 0.0 7.7 X 10-' 4.05 X 10-' N/A .^ N/A ;i.n X 10-' N/A, N/I - 5.4%/l6% 4.0%/l9.9% 2.7%/l0.3% 2.5%/l3% 3.0%/l0.0% 2,n%/ni% 3%/l7% N/A N/A h • 16%/25% 0.0%/? \' N/A N/I •• " N/l • •N/A N/F N/A N/I 0.2 mg/m' 10 mg/m' 10 ppm 5 ppm 750 ppm 20 ppm 0.1 ppm 1 ppm 0.25 mg/m' 0.1 mg/m' 5 mg/m' 25 ppm 0.2 mg/m' 0.5 mg/m' 0.5 mg/m' •0.5 mg/m' 10 ;ig/m' 0.2 lo 2 fil>or«i/cn ti iiig/tn' N/I • N/I 1000 mg/m' 1000 ppm 1000 ppm 20,000 ppm 4,000 ppm n pi)m 50 ppm 100 mg/m' N/E N/I 500 ppm 200 mg/m' 80 mg/m' 5 mg/m' 5 mg/m' 100 mg/m' N/E N/R Tox Flam, Tox, Carc Flam Comb, Cor, Tox Comb, Cor, Tox Flam, Tox, Vol Comb, Tox Flnm, Tox, RoncI, Vol Flam, Tox, React, Carc Flam. Tox, Scare Tox Flam, Tox, Scare Cor, Tox Flam, Tox, Carc , Tox Tox, Scare Tox, Scare Tox, React, Care : Tox, Cnro Tox Eye, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Diz, Drow, Eye. Resp, Skin CNS, Eyo, Skin Alxl, CNS, Conv. niz, Dinr. Drow, Eyo, llond, Ninm, Unii|), Skin, Trom, Uncon, Vom, Woiik, Diz, Eyo. Hond, Naug, Rosp, Skin, Trem, Weak CNS, Coma, Conv. Diz, Eyo. Head, Nnus, Resp. Skin, Uncon, Vom Coma, Conv, Dinr, Eye, Head, Naus, Resp Skin Eye Eye, Rosp, Skin Skin Diar, Eye, Head, Vom Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Abd, Coma, Conv, Diar, Fevr, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom, Wenk Resp, Skin Eyo, Rdiin, Skin last pago for nolos \WORK\24231\02\HASPDA-1.TAD ez.6ioe B I) Table B A l . Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. P a g e 2 of 15 3mp>ound Water Solubility' Specific Gravity Vapor Density Flash Point (° F)*" Vapor Pressure" LELAJEL TLV- • TWA"* IDLH Level Hazard Properties' Acute Exposure Symptoms' •:':':v:':'>:^> ;•;•:•;•;•;•;•;•;-.• jntonite MMM !nz(a)anthracene mmm' :•:•;•>;•:•;•:•:•;•; V fsiilliHil^ inzonolhlol mzldino inzo(a)pyrono mzo(gl\i)porylono in|(a^cl3 •.•'.••.•>:-:«'>:\y:<->y.-y.«-:« rjzopfi^iianB .•;-.-;%';*;-.i-;-;-;-;'.';-;-;-;-; •;•; •;•;> •.sv.^^^^^^^• AS VA%S*.'-\ nzolhiazol i nzyl alcohol ryllium IC, A, G (lindane) i-2(Elliylhexyl)- Ihalale Soluble N/A Soluble Slightly 820 ppm 3.6 2.5 1,043 N/I 0.0765 No Information Found Insolublo Solublo Slightly Insolublo Slightly solublo Insoluble Slightly SlighUy Slightly soluble 1 Insoluble 2000 ppm @ 25°C 1.0720 i,2r.o 1.351 N/I 1.2059 N/I 1.32 1.246 @ 20-0 1.040 to 1.050 1.05 1.85 0.9061 N/A N/A NI N/I 2.0 N/I ().:)o 0.7 N/l 4.21 . N/I N/I 3.72 N/A N/A 16.0 N/A N/A 62 N/I 12 127 N/A N/I N/I 121 N/I 100 N/I 220 N/A N/A 420 Insolublo 2.45 NA NA N/A N/A NI 38 x 10"' 75 0.0 N/A 0.32 NA • •- 11.850 X 10-' @ 2140°C N/A N/A > I NA • 1.3%/7.9% 2 NA >i i x lo-'" 1 @ 05°C NA 0.1 mm NA N/I N/A NA NA N/A NA NA NA- 0.0 h N/A NA 0.5 mg/m' 0.3 mg/m' NI NA 0.1 ppm .05 pprn No snfo lovol 0.1 mg/m' NA- - NA NA 0.4 mg/m' NA 250 mg/m' NA NI NA 3000 ppm N/I NAi; , NA NA NA NA 300 mg/m' NA Flam, Tox Tox Cor, Tox Tox, Scare Flam. Tox, Carc Flnm, Tox Flnm, Tox, Cnro Tox, Scare Tox, Scare Cor, Flam, Tox NA Cor, Tox React Eye, Resp, Skin Resp NI NA CNS, Coma, Conv. Diz, Drow, Eye, Hea Naug, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom, Weak Dl/., Eyn, Ilond, Nnus, Rosp, Skin, Vom Eyo, RoHp, Skill Eyo, Rosp NA Eyo, Rosj), Skin NA Eye, Skin NA 0.5 mg/n NA Tox Diar, Head, Naus, Skin, Vom 2 Mg/m' 0.5 mg/m' 5 mg/m3 NA 10 mg/m' 1000 mg/m' . N/E - NA • Tox, Carc Tox, Caic Tox, Tera Flnm, Ronct, Expl Scare Resp. Weak CNS, Eye, Resp, Skin Abd, Diar, Eye, Resp, Naus NA last pngo for nolcs \WORK\24231\02\IIASPDA-l.TAn ^z.6ioe ik Compound Water Solubility' Specific Gravity Vapor Density Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point Vapor Pressure' LELOJEL TLV- TWA-l IDLH Level :• Hazaid Properties' Page 3 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' l-Bromo-2- chloroelhene Bromodichloro- melhane Slightly 1.70 4.94 N/A Insoluble 1.900 NA N/F Bromoform Bromomethane iiHi iiUlliiS Dulylbonzyl-phlhnlnlo Iiiiiii Qulylphthalale mmtm. 0.01 g 0.1 g Solublo :).^3g/l Solublo Sohiblo Insolublo Insoluble Insoluble 1 2.887 1.732 0.0063 0.005 o.noi2 NA 1.12 NA 1.0484 8.642 NA 3.3 2.0 2.41 4.07 N/I 10.0 NA 9.50 N/A NA- NA' 09 10 N/I 200 300 -6.7 340 N/A 3iSelpiiB!^^^itoHM No Information Found . Carbon disulfide iHiiliilil !^arboxylic acids !^ement Chlordane (alpha and (amma) Slightly 0.0% Insoluble Soluble Insoluble 1.2632 1.5967 0.902 Variable 1.59 to 1.63 2.67 5.3 NA N/A 14 -22 NA' NA N/A 225 760 @ 82.7''C NA' ]liloroncolic acid Very sohiblo 1.50 3.20 302 , N/A 5 1428.8 0 77,n 0.70 NA 0.0 X IO-" NA <0.01 N/A 297 91 NA N/A O.OOOOl"® 68°C 1 @ 43°C --•NA' ti/V 10%/16% NA- N/E 0.5 ppm 5 ppm* 1.4%/U.2% 50 ppm 1.4%/11,4% 200 ppm NA 25 ppm NA NA NA: NA 0.5%/? •NA . NA 5 Mg/m' 0.2 mg/m'. 1.3%/50.0% 1 ppm N/F 2 ppm« NA N/A 12%/74% 0%/? NA NAi; N/A 2000 ppm 8000 ppm 3000 ppm NA NA NA NA 9300 mg/m' 50 mg/m' 500 ppm 300 ppm ...NA NA 5-15 mg/m' N/E 0.5 mg/m' 500 mg/m' NA^ NA; Tox Eye, Resp, Skin Tox, Vol, Scarc CNS, Eye, Resp. Skin Flam CNS, Conv, Eye, Head, Naus, Resp Tox, Vol, Carc CNS, Coma, Conv, Conf, Eye, Fevr, Head, Naus, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom, Weak Flnm Diz. Drow. Eye, Skin Flnm. Tox Diz. Eyo. Ilond, Rosp. Skin. Vom Flnm, Tox, Vol Diz. Eyn. RoHp. Skin NA NA ; Flam, Tox Skin Flam, Tox CNS, Exe, Resp, Skin Flam Eye. Resp. Skin Tox, Carc Abd, CNS, Diar, Drow, Eye, Head. Naus. Resp, Skin Vom, Weak Flam, Tox Eye, Head, Naus, Resp, Skin Tox, Vol, Carc Abd, CNS, Coma, Diz, Diar, Drow, Fevr, Head, Naus, Resp. Skin, Trem Tox Eye, Skin Tox Eye, Resp, Skin Flam, Tox CNS, Conv, Eye, Resp, Skin, Uncon Cor, Flnm, Tox Eyo, Rosp, Skin » last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-l.TAn SZ.6T0e B m iompound ,V::i>x.:sxV:.x<-x.>;.;.;.>:->N -Chloro-3-cresol hloroethane •Chloroethylvinyl Iher mmfsm •-.y..-.-:.i-:--.-M--i-.:-:-:.-.--.< hloromolhnno Iiiiiii ChIoro-3-melliyl- lenol Chloronaphlhalene Chlorophenol m¥mmm :--.<-[-;.:-:-:<-;<-w:--.«-:-:-^:.l :-y.->y.->:.:*'.-:-y.-» Kpmjujnpi- irysene .ball •'.•'.•y.<-»» ipper eosol (all isomers) anides Water Solubility' 0.05 g Soluble 0.6 g Insoluble 0.8 g 0.74% SlighUy Soluble 6.74 mg/l Slightly Specific Gravity 1.11 NA 0.8978 1.0475 1.4032 0.0150 1.00 NA i:i37i 1.24 No Information Found 1 Insoluble Insoluble 1 2% 58 lo 72% 7.20 1.274 8.92 8.92 1.03 1.5 Vapor Density 3.9 NA 2.2 3.7 4.12 1.0 NA N/I NA NA N/A NA N/A N/A NA N/A. Table BA1. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point 05 NA -58 80 N/F 32 123 N/A NA 107 N/A N/A N/A N/A 178 NA' Vapor Pressure" 8.8 NA 1033.6 30 160 30,000 • NA NA 0.017 1.0 N/A 6.3 X 10-^ 0.0 N/A 1.0 0,0 LEUUEL 1.3%/9.8% •m 3.8%/15.4% NA N/F n.1%/17,4% NA , , N/A' • NA N/A h N/A N/A h r.1%/? NA' TLV- TWA"" 75 ppm NA 1000 ppm N/£ 2 ppm* no ppm' 50 ppm NA NA N/E 0.5 mg/m'"'' 0.2 mg/m' 0.5 mg/m' 1.0 mg/m' 5 ppm 5 mg/m' IDLH Level 2400 ppm NA 20,000 ppm N/E 1000 ppm 10,000 ppm NA NA NA NAi: N/E 200 mg/m' 20 mg/m' N/E 250 ppm 50 mg/m' Hazard Properties Plain, Tox, Tox Flam, Tox, Flam, Tox, Tox, Vol Flnm, Tox, Care Tox Tox Tox Cor, Tox Tox, Carc Scarc Tox Tox Flam, Tox Tox, React 1 Vol Vol'. Vol Vol, ' • ' , Page 4 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' CNS, Coma, Diz, Eye, Head, Naus, Resp, Skin, Trem, Uncon, Vom, Weak Skin CNS, Diz, Drow, Eye, Head, Resp, Skin, Uncon Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Coma, Conv, Diar, Eye, Head, Naus, Rosp, Skin Alxi, CNS, Coma, Conv, Conf. Diz. Diar, Eyo, Fevr, Hond, Naus, Trom, Vom. Weak CNS, Conf, Diz, I'lyo, Rosp, Skin N/I Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Diz, Resp, Skin, Vom Resp, Skin Skin Diz, Diar, Eye, Fevr, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom. Weak CNS, Conf, Resp, Eye, Skin Diz, Head. Naus. Resp, Uncon, Vom ||gl|i|||i|GiJ| l-D 0.07 ppm last page for notes 9L6T0Z 1.410 N/A N/A 0.0 N/A 10 mg/m' 500 mg/m' Tox Conv, Conf, Eyii, Kosp, Skin, Trom, Weak \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-1.TAB ^ y i lompound ,4'-DDD ,'4'-DDE ,4'-DDT ,p'-DDD ,p'-DDE ,p'-DDT l-n-bulylphlhnlnto i-n-oclylphlhalnto iazlnon ilx)nz(n,h)nnlhmcono ibcnzofuran Ibromochloro- ethane ibromocUoro- •opane 2-Dibromomethene ichlorobenzene 2-Dichlorobenzene 3'-Dichloro- inzidine chlorodlfluro- slhane l-TDlcltIo««lhahe Inst pngo for notes Waler Solubility' Insoluble 0.010 ppm Insoluble 0.005 ppm 0.010 ppm NA Insolublo Insolublo Slightly Slightly Insoluble Insolublo 0.1% Slightly Slightly Insoluble Insoluble Insoluble 0.1 g Specific Gravity 1.476 0.99 0.99 1.305 NA 1.1070 1,05 0.09 1.117 1.202 1.00003 @99°C 2:451 2.8 2.48 1.30 ' 1.234 NA 1.406 @30°C 1.1757 Vapor Density 11 NA NA 11 NA 3.73 0,50 10.0 N/A NA 5;0 NA 2.09 NA NA NA NA 4.1 8.4 Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point (°F)'' 150 N/A 1.62 NA NA NA 322 420 N/A NA 32 NA 170 NA' 151 150 NA N/A 22 Vapor Pressure" 10.2 X 10-^ 6.5 X 10-^ '-:.. 1.7 X 10-' 10.2 X 10-'' 6.5 X 10-^ NA 1 mm 0 inCC <0.01' 4.1 X 10-* 1 X IO-'" 0.0044 @ 25°C NA 0.8 NA 1.2 1.2 NA 3000 @\6.1°F 182 LELAJEL , N/A ,N/A k/k m NA NA 0.5%/? NA N/A NA 2%/14% NA NA' NA' 2.2%/9.2% 2.2%/9,2% NA N/A 6%/16% 1 TLV- TWA-f N/A NA Img/m' NA N/i • NA 5 mg/m' 5 mg/m' 0.1 mg/m' NA .NAi N/E 10 ppb NA 500 ppm 50 ppm N/E 1000 ppm 100 ppm IDLH Level ., N/A •: ., NA N/E NA NA NA 0300 mg/m' NA3 300 mg/m' NA NA! NAJ NA NA 1000 ppm 1000 ppm N/E • . 50,000 ppm 4000 ppm Hazard Propwrties' Flam, Tox, Scarc Tox, Scarc Tox, Carc Tox, Scarc Tox Tox, Scnrc Tox Tox, Carc Tox, React Flam, Tox Flam, Carc Flam, Tox, Vol . Cor, Flam, Tox, Carc NA Flam, Tox Flam, Tox, Scarc Tox, Scarc Tox. Vol Flam. Tox. Vol Page 5 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' Abd, CNS, Coma, Conv, Head, Naus, Skin, Trem, Vom. Weak Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Conv, Conf, Diz, Eye, Head, Resp, Skin, Trem. Vom CNS, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Resp, Skin Eyo, Roup, Skill Eyo, Rusji, Skill Skin Eyo, Resp, Skin NA . CNS, Diz, Drow, Eye, Resp, Skin, Uncon, Vom Eye, Naus. Resp, Skin NA Eye, Resp, Skin Diz, Eye, Head, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Conf, Diz Abd, Dinr, Drow, Eye. Resp. Skin. Trem \WORK\24231\02\IIASPBA-1.TAB ^I6l0£ B kY-v. Table B A l . Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company. Inc. Page 6 of 15 Compound Water Solubility* Specific Gravity Vapor Density Flash Point Vapor Pressure*^ LELOJEL TLV- TWA"* IDLH Level Hazard Properties' Acute Exposure Symptoms' ]EPiiliao|pgt)M8a 0.9% 1.2554 3.4 55 1,1-Dichloroethene 2250 mg/l NA 3,4 14 1,2-Dichloroethene wmm )ichloromQlhane ,3-Dichloroplienol Soluble Slightly soluble Miscible NA 1.27 1.2505 1.33 NA 3.34 NA 2.9 N/I NA 36 N/A 237 ,4-Dlchlorophenol Soluble 'icyclopentndieno Slightly .2-Dlcliloropropnno 0.25% ^-1,3-Dichloro- xipene ans-1,3-Dichloropro- ine icyclopenladiene eldrin elhylphlhalate 12-Dimethybenz(n)- thracene Insoluble Insoluble Slightly 0.02% Insoluble Miscible Insoluble Insoluble 1.303 0.9302 1.0 1:2 1.2 5.02 4..'->5 3.9 3.0 3.0 nelhylmelhylphosp Soluble nnIo (DMMP) 0.9302 4.55 1.75 NA 0.81 to 0.90 NA 0.71 1.12 7.66 NA NA 1.15 @ NA 20"'C 200 32 72 03 83 32°C N/A 130 -15 325 187 NA 64 591 NA 400 350 ,179 mm 0.075 mm 1.4 40 28 28 1.4 7,8 X 10'^ NA 192 mm 1.65 X 10-3 NA NA 6.2%/16% 1 ppm8 \5.6%/11.4% 1 ppm8 9,7%/12.0% 200 ppm 9.7%/12.8% N/E 12%/19% .50 ppm NA NA • N/A N/E 0.0%/0.3% 5 ppm 3,4%/14.5% 75 ppm 5%/l4.5% 1 ppmS 5%/14.5% 1 ppm* 0.8%/6.3% 5 ppm N/A 0.25 mg/t 0.6%/7.5% N/E 1.0%/10.1% .:iO ppm NA 5 mg/m' NA NA 1000 ppm N/E • 4000 ppm N/E 5000 ppm NA NA; N/E 2000 ppm NA3 NAJ NAJ 450 mg/m' NA;: 2000 ppm NA NA Flam, Tox, Vol,;.: Carc Flam, Tox, Vol V: React, Carc Flam, Tox, Vol • Flam, Tox, Vol . Tox, Carc Cor, Flnm, Tox, •, Scnro Tox Flam, Tox, Vol Flam, Tox, Vol, , Carc Flam, Tox, Vol Flam, Tox, Vol i Flam, Tox, Vol Tox, Carc Flam, Tox Flam Tox Flam, Tox, Caic CNS, Coma, Diz. Diar, Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom CNS, Eye. Resp. Skin Eye. Resp. Skin Abd, CNS, Diz. Eye. Naus. Trem. Vom Eyo, Nnus, Rosp, Skin Eyo. Roup. Skill Abd. CNS. Conf, Eye, Head, Naus, Resp, . Vom, .Weak Diz, Eyo, Rosp, Skin Abd, CNS, Diar, Drow, Eye, Head, Rosp, Skin, Trem, Vom Abd, CNS, Dinr. Eye, Head, Naus, Resp, Skin, Trom Abd, CNS, Diar, Eye. Head. Naus. Resp. Skin. Trem Diz, Eye, Resp, Skin Coma, Conv. Diz. Head. Naus, Vom Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin NA NA NA NA NA last pago for nolos \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-t.TAD 8L6T0Z B ^i; m Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. P a g e 7 of 15 Compound Water Solubility* Specific Gravity Vapor Density Flash Point (°F)'' Vapor Pressure" LEUUEL TLV- TWA"* IDLH Level' Hazard Properties' Acute Exposure Symptoms' 2,4-Dimethylphenol Dimethylphthalate Dlmethylsulfide 2,4-Dinitrophenol llilllii 3inoseb Jloxin ' 1,2-Dlphonyl lydrazino jilSl^iiiiS )ilhlane lursban . indosulfan I and II ndrin thanol Ihion (byVitxiiitH Oxyvmm Ihylene dibromido ^lUili! Soluble Slightly Insoluble 5000 mgA 0.9650 1.109 0.8403 @ 20''C 1.003 No InformaUon Found 0.0052 g in.3 mg/l Misclblo No Informnll No Informnll I g 0.7 ppm Insolublo Insoluble Slightly Slightly Slightly Miscible O.OlSg Slightly solublo Insohinblo 1.2047 N/I 1.150 an Found - in Found 1.625 1.390 1.74 1.70 0.789 1.22 0.90 NA 0.067 2.17 IO2.10 1.49 NA 6.69 • 2.14 6.35 NA N/I NA 5.0 NA N/A NA 1.59 NA NA NA 3.7 5.07 NA >112 295 .55 NA 104''G N/A 100°C NA NA N/A N/A 12.8 -13°C 24 55.4 55 NA' 410 10 @92.3°C 0.01°C 15 2 x 10"' 1 @ IBl-C 7,4 X IO-'" 1 ® 103°C < 1 1.87 X 10"'• 1 X 10-' Low 40 1.5 @ 10-« 74 mm NA 10 17.4 @ 30''C 0.05 mm ; NA ,. XO.9%/? ':' 2.2%/l9.7% NA NA -,- N/A • 4.7 ppm . 100 ppm . ' !NA 'N/A N/A N/A 3 . 3 % / 1 9 % N/A 2.0%/11.5% NA 1.0%/6.75% NA' NA •N/l.. 5 mg/m' ,NA NA NA No snfo lovol 0.1 ppm 1.0 mg/m' 0.1 mg/m' 0.1 mg/m' 0.1 mg/m' 1000 ppm 0.4 mg/m' 400 ppm -NA • 100 ppm 0,045 ppm 0.1 mg/m' NA. ;:;,, •': 9300mg/mg' : NA . NA • ^ NA ^ •,: N/R : 00 ppm ' • - - : 200 mg/m' VN/E N/E 200 mg/m' N/E N/E 10,000 ppm NA 2000 ppm 400 ppm 500 mg/m' . Tox, Scarc • Tox 'k Flam, Tox '/ Flam, Tox :•: Flam, Tox Tox, Scnro Flam, Tox, Read, Carc, Expl '^°^ Z Flam, Tox '? Tox I Tox, Scarc Flam, Tox, Expl ( Tox • ' i Flam, Tox ^ Flam, Tox i Flam, Tox, Vol Cor, Flam, Tox, Scarc Expl. NA Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin Diz, Eye. Resp, Skin Drow, Eyo, Head. Resp. Skin, Uncon Eye, Rosp, Skin Eyo, Rtiiip, Skill Eyo, Rosp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Conv, Conf, Diz, Head, Naus, Trem Uncon, Vom Abd, Conv, Diz, Head, Naus, Weak, Vom Eye, Resp, Skin NA Eye, Resp, Skin Drow, Coma, Diz, Uncon, Vom Abd, CNS, Diz, Drow, Eye, Head, Naus, Resp, Skin, Uncon, Vom, Weak Eye, Resp, Skin CVS, Skill I last page for notes \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-1.TAB SLSXQZ Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island CHemicnl Compnny, Inc. Page 8 of l i Compound Water Solubilily* Specific Gravity Vapor ' Density Flash Point ("F)'' Vapor Pressure" LELAJEL TLV- TWA"' IDLH Level Hazard Properties' Acute Exposure Symptoms' Fluoranthene mmm : • ; • ; • ; • ; • : • : • ; • : • ; • : • : • : • : • : • ; • : WWM^^Wa^l Ililllll""" Fluoroacetic acid Freon 113 Gnsolino Cormanlum omsmMMfmis NA- Insoluble NA NA No Information Found Soluble in hot water Slightly Insolublo Insolublo Soluble 1.3696 1.5635 0.72 to 0.76 r).,n23 N/l NA NA NA 6.5 3,4 N/I N/I 107 NA NA - N/A -45 N/l N/I 0.0 10 @ 146''G NA 284 Vnrinblo N/I NA NA : ^ NA • NA N/A • 1.4%/i'.0% • ll . '• NA' ' 0.1 mg/m' NA • 2.5 mg/m' 1000 ppm 300 ppm NA , . NA , 700 mg/m' NA NA : 4500 ppm . N/E . N/I ,. NA Tox, Carc ;i Tox f •A • Ji' z • Tox Tox- l ' Flnm, Tox, Vol', Tox V NA ;i Eye, Resp. Skin NA Eyo, Resp, Skin Drow, Resp Eyo, Rosp, Skin NA NA No Information Found No Infonnnlion Found Heptachlor expoxide Heptachlor Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorobutadiene ifexachlorocyclo- Denladiene •lexane !-Hexanone Iiiiiiiii fydrocyanic ncid Insoluble Insoluble 0.035 ppm Insoluble Insoluble • 0.002% Slightly Miscible Misciblo No Informatlc NA 1.57 1.5691 @ 23.6°C 1.5542 1.7019 0.66 0.001 NA 0.69 n Found .NA N/A 9.83 8.99 9.4 2.97 3.5 NA 0.94 NA N/A N/A N/A NA? -21.67''C 64 NA OT NA 0.0003 1.09 X 10-' 1.675 @ 20°C 0.080 10 • 16 NA * \ 630 NA N/A • N/A • N/A - NA? l.l%/7.5% 1.2%/8.0% - NA 5.6%/40.0% N/E 0.5 mg/m' 0.5 mg/m' 0.02 ppm 0.01 ppm 50 ppm 50 ppm NA 4.7 ppm NAi . 100 mg/m' N/E '. NA • N/E 5000 ppm 5000 ppm NA 50 ppm Tox, Scarc Flam, Tox, Tox, Scarc Tox, Scarc Flam, Tox Flam, Tox Flam Cor Tox CNS, Conv, Conf CNS, Eye Eye, Head, Resp, Skin. Trem Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Diar, Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin, Vom Diz, Eye, Head. Naus. Resp. Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Abd, CNS, ConV, Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin, Vom Eye, Hond, Naus. Resp, Skin, Vom o last page for nolcs \WOUK\2423l\02\HASPnA-l.TAn 086I0£ r . \ I Compound r^JSp^TcHldndiJ ndene ndeno(l,2,3-CD) lyrene ran !0il indane (BHC) fagnanese - lagneslum ^^@i^H . falathlon mm- • ; • ; • : • : - : • ; • ; • ; • ; • : • • " ? ; • ielhane WWB Water Solubilily* Soluble in Warm Water Specific Gravity NA No Infontialion Found Insoluble Slightly/ Insolublo Insolublo Solublo Insolublo 1 7.3 ppm 1 Insolublo 145 ppm 1 Slightly Miscible 0.997 NA 7.07 1,31 0.70 0.03 to 1.0 11.3437 1.85 . NA . 1.74 1.23 13.5939 0.7168 NA Vapor Density NA NA NA N/A N/A 2.00 NA • N/A NA N/A N/A NA 7.0 0.554 NA Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point TF)" N/A 173 NA N/A NA' 53 100 lo 105 , N/A NA N/A' N/A >325 N/A -306 54 Vapor Pressure" >/ATM NA 1 X 10-'° N/A N/A 33 5 N/A 0.4 X 10-* N/A N/A 1.25 X 10"" 0.0012 1520 @ -152.3°C NA LELAJEL N/A \ NA NA h N/A 2%/l2% 0.7%/5,0%- h NA h h NA h 5%/l5% NA' TLV- TWA"" 5 ppm 10 ppm 0.2 mg/m' 5 mg/m' NA!^ 400 ppm NA! 50 ^g/m' 0.5 mg/m' 5 mg/m' N/E 10 mg/m' 50 /xg/m'"') Asphyxiant • N A • IDLH Level 100 ppm N/E 700 mg/m' NA NIV. 20,000 ppm NA! 700 mg/m' 1000 mg/m' NA N/E 5000 mg/m' 28 mg/m' NA NA Hazard Properties' ' N/A Tox Tox, Scaro Tox Tox Flnm, Tox Flnm, Tox, Vol Tox Tox Tox . Flnm, Rad Flam, Tox Tox Asphyxiant Flam, Tox P a g e 9 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' Eye, Resp, Skin Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Resp Eyo, Rosp, Skin Eyo, Rosp, Skin Eyo, Rosp, Skin Alxl, Coma, Conv, Diz, Diar, Head, Trem, Vom, Weak, NA CNS, Fevr, Weak CNS, Resp, Vom Eye, Resp Abd, Diar, Naus, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom NA Abd, CNS, Coma, Conf, Conv. Diz, Drow, (ethycyclohexane Insoluble 0.7694 1-Methyl bis . No Information Found mzene Molhyl-l-lioplnno No Infonnnlion Foiitul 3.39 NA 43 NA 400 ppm 10,000 ppm Flam, Tox Head, Naus, Nerv, Unoon, Vom CNS, Diz, Eye, Resp, Skin ) last pHigo for nolos \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-1.TAD T86T0E: B B ompound relhyfene'chlorfela te&yl iflbbutyl Melhylnaphthalene Methylphenol Methylphenol Iiiiiii mmmMM Irox olybdonum SB'ofinitnSTom'liiS ;s>: • ; ' : ' » x •;•;-;•;•:•;•;•:•:•;•;•;•:•;•:•;•:•:•;•:•;• ;•:• iliii nilrosodi- lenylamine :phthalene phthenes plha ii Iric acid 'Jitrophenol lane ilachlorobenzene :itachlorophenol last pago for nolcs Water Solubility* 2% Slightly Insoluble 2 % • 2% Specific Gravity 1.335 1.33 1.025 1.047 1.039 No Information Found No Information Found Insolublo Insolublo NA 10.2 No Information Found No Information Found Insoluble Insoluble <0.01% NA 1 Miscible Slightly 0.7 M&'ml 0.24 ppm Slightly NA 1.15 0.7003 0.89 to 0.97 8.9 1.50 1.495 0.7020 1.0342 1.90 Vapor Density 22.9 2.93 NA 3.72 3.72 N/A N/A . NA 4.42 NA. NA N/A NA NA 3.06 NA 9.20 Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. :, Flash Point None 22.78°C NA 178 107 N/F N/A NA 174 -4 20 N/A N/A NA 56 NA N/A Vapor Pressure" 350 360 0.0681 1 0.2 N/A 20 . NA 1 @ 52.6''F NA . <0.0 N/A. 48 1 @ 49.3°C 14.1 • iv 16.416 X 10'' 0.0001 LELAJEL 14%/22% 4.4%/7.5% NA 1.35%/? l.l%/2% N/F h NA 0,g%/5.9% 1.3%/8.4% l.l%/5.9% h N/A NA l%/6.5% NA N/A ^ TLV- TWA'' 50 ppm^ 50 ppm N/E 2.3 ppm 2.3 ppm N/E 10 mg/m3 NA 10 ppm NA — 100 ppm 0.1 mg/m' 2 ppm NA 300 ppm NA 0.5 mg/m' IDLH Level 5000 ppm 5000 ppm N/E 250 ppm 250 ppm NA! NA NA 500 ppm 10,000 ppm 10,000 ppm NA! 100 ppm NA 3750 ppm NA 150 mg/m' Hazard Properties' Tox, Vol, React Flam, Tox Tox Flam, Tox Flam, Tox Tox, Scarc Flam Flam. Tox. Scarc Flam. Tox Flam. Tox Flam. Tox Tox, Carc Tox Tox Flam. Tox Flam, Tox Tox, Carc Page 10 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' CNS, Coma, Eye, Head. Naus, Resp, Skin, Uncon, Weak CNS, Conf, Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Fevr. Head, Skin CNS, Conf, Eye, Resp, Skin CNS, Conf, Eye, Resp, Skin Skin Eyo, Rosp NA CNS, Eye, Resp. Skin CNS. Eye. Resp, Skin Diz. Drow. Eye. Resp, Skin Conv, Diar, Drow, Naus, Resp, Skin, Vom Eye, Resp, Skin Diz, Eye, Head, Skin, Uncon Eye, Resp, Skin Diz. Eye, Resp, Skin Diz, Eye, Head, Nnus, Resp, Skin, Vom, Weak \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-1 .TAB 386T0e B m>u> impound •<-:-:i-:-y.-.-:-:i Pentanone lenanthrene nm •.•y.vy.-v.< iiiiiii lychlorinated phenyls (PCBs) mmmB gpl9 •y/.-'y'y. •'.•y. -y.-yy.-'. •y.-yyy.-y.-y.-v.'i-y.-y. •:•; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ? mm .•.w-.i-.-K-y imm. :-;-y.y:<->:-:-y,--. ^:•^:^•;iv•>^^:.;^:.y.^^^J^^:.^;.^^Xi. [niain^jgliWcg^ imMMM ;•:.:.:.:.;.;.;•:•;•:•:•:.:.:.>;.;•:•:.:•:•: incline liHi I' • MM •..;.;.>w-;-.'>^ nsl pago for nolos • Waler Solubility' 0.04 ppm Insoluble Insoluble Specific Gravity 0.63 0.8051 1.06 No Information Found 8.4% Insoluble Insoluble Soluble 1.0576 NA 1.30 N/I No Information Found Solublo 1.35 mgA Miscible NA 1.271 0.9700 No Information Found Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Soluble Slightly Soluble Insolublo Insolublo NA NA NA NA 1.0900 NA 2.65 4,5 Vapor Density 3.0 6.14 3,2 NA N/A N/I NA NA 0;902 NA NA NA NA 4.45 NA N/A N/A Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point (op)b -57 45 171''C 175 NA 200 NA NA NA 68 NA NA NA NA N/A NA N/A N/A Vapor Pressure" 400 @ 65'' 16 1 @ 118.3°F 0.4 NA 0.0006 NA NA 6.85 X 10"' @20°C 20 NA NA NA NA 1 @ 59.7''C NA ' N/A N/A LELAJEL 1.5%/7.8% 1.5%/8.2% -N/A 1.8%/8.6% NA • N/A N/I NA NA 1.8%/12.4% NA NA NA NA 1.2%/? NA N/A N/A TLV- TWA-* 120 ppm 200 ppm 0.2 mg/m' 5 ppm NA 1.0 Mg/m"" NA NA 0.2 mg/m' 5 ppm NA NA NA • NA NA NA 5-15 mg/m' 0,2 rng/m' IDLH Level 15,000 ppm 5000 ppm 700 mg/m' 250 ppm NA : 5 mg/m' NA NA , 700 mg/m' 3600 ppm NA NA NA NA NA! NA N/A 100 tiig/m' .' • • • . ' } . Hazard Properties' Flam, Tox Flam, Tox ;.' Flam, Carc Cor, Tox NA Tox, Carc NA NA Flam, Tox, Carc Flam, Tox NA NA . NA NA Flam, Tox NA. Tox, Carc Tox P a g e 11 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' Eye, Resp, Skin Diz, Eye. Resp. Skin Resp, Skin Conv, Eye, Resp, Skin, Trem NA ' ' Comn. Drow, Nnus. Uncon, Vom. Skin NA NA Eye. Resp. Skin Diz, Eye, Resp, Skin NA NA NA . NA Eye, Resp, Skin NA Eyo, Rosp Eyo, Skin, Rosp \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-1.TAB £86I0e % # Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Ine. .• Page 12 of 15 mpound Water Solubility' Specific Gravity Vapor Density Flash Point CF)'' Vapor Pressure" LELAJEL TLV- TWA"* IDLH Level Hazard Properties' Acute Exposure Symptoms' Hi' •:•;•••:•:•;•>:•:•;•;•.•:•:•.•:•>:•:•:•>.-.•: iJHHlii 1 ^ ^ ^ mmmm ,',-y.-y,-:-y/.<-y.-y.-',-yyyy.iyy.-'if ;'X;;::-;'i>;'ft'j';':;''"''••••'••••'•'••'••'•'•'• .•y.--Fy.-y.-y.'y.tf :.-<-.««<<^-:t.-:\-i«-i\\--.«-:-:y IWM^y.^'MM-M mmm .:-:-:-M-.:.>;.;yi-:<-:^. xsna ,7,8-Telrachloro-di- izo-p-dioxin ,2,2-Telrachloro- sne l^p^iif rachloromelhane •i^MlM WM odiglycol 1 Slightly Soluble Solublo Slightly Soluble Soluble Solublo 10.5 N A • No Infonnnlion Fotiiul Solublo Solublo No Informi 135 mgA 19.3 mgA 0.3% 0.15 g/ml Slightly 2.13 N A • ilion Found 1.36 NA 1.5953 1.6227 1.59 No Information Found 1 Soluble Insolublo 11.85 1.10 5.75 7.28 N/A NA N/A NA NA NA 5.0 5.8 5.3 N/A NA N/A N/A NA N/A NA NA NA NA' NA' N/A N/A 320 N/A N/A NA 1.0 NA NA 91 N/A N/A N/A h NA N/A NA NA 7.4 X 10-" NA • 0 @ OO-F N/F 14 • N/F N/A N/A h 0.01 mg/m' N/E NA NA Tox NI Eye, Skin NA 2 mg/m' N/I NA ;. Lowest fwss. exposure. 1 ppm' 25 ppmS 2 ppm 0.1 mg/m' NA! 2.0 mg/m' 250 mg/m' NA NA NA! •; 150 ppm 500 ppm 300 ppm 20 mg/m' NA! NA! Tox NA Tox Tox, Scarc Tox, Vol, Carc Tox, Vol, Carc Tox, Carc Tox Tox, React Tox Eye, Rosp, Skin Eyo, Resp, Skin • Skin : CNS. Eye, Resp, Skin, Weak Abd, CNS, Coma, Diz, Drow. Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin, Trem, Vom Abd, Coma, Diz, Drow, Eye, Head, Resp, Skin, Uncon 1 CNS, Eye, Fevr, Naus, Resp, Skin Abd, CNS, Diar, Naus, Skin, Trem Resp, Skin Abd, Mead, Eyo, Resp, Skin, Vom Head, Naus Vom ast pago for nolos t'Seioe \WORK\24231\02\H/iSPnA-l.TAB ijH !ompound "oluenJe :,4,5-TP (silvex) Trichlorobenzene ,2,4-Trichloro- lenzene • • • ; • ; • • - . • ; - ; • ; • ; • : • ; • > ; • ; • ; • : • ; • ; V ; • ; • ; • ; • : • ; ' ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; • ; V ,1,2-Trlchloroolhnno i5^:ll?S!?Sl-.^!jM?; ,1,2-Trlchloroolliono 'richlorofluoro- 10 thane ,4,5-Trichlorophenol ,4,5-T richloropropane | | § | | | | i | | MMMMM rimelhyl benzene rinilrobe nzene ,4,6-Trinllrol6lueno nnndlum Wnler Solubilil/ 0.05 g 140 ppm 19 ppm 19 ppm @ 22''C 0,7 g 0.44 g/lOOg 0.1% 0.1% 0.11 g 1190 mg/kg Insoluble Soluble Miscible Soluble Insoluble Slightly 0.01% Insohililo Specific Gravity 0.866 1.209 1.4542 1.4634 1.3300 1,4397 1.4642 1.4642 1.'7 1.7 1.0 1.3009 NA NA 0.00 lo 0.95 1.70 1.65 7,14 Vapor Density 3.2 NA 6.28 6.26 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 NA None 11 5.1 NA NA 4.15 NA 7.05 N/A T a b l e B A l . H a z a r d o u s P r o p e r t y Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point CF)'' 40 NA' 105 210 NA' N/F 00 90 NA' NA' N/A l80 365 NA 130 NA 240''C N/A Vapor Pressure" 22 N/A 0.29 0.29 100 10 50 50 690 0.022 0.0 3 NA NA NA 3.2 X 10-^ 0,04-0.109 N/A LELAJEL 1.3%/7.1% N/A 2.5%/6.6% NA 7.5%" • 12,5% N/A 0%/l0.5% 8%/l0.5% NA' N/? N/A. 3.2%/l2.6% NA ." NA 0.9%/0,4% NA NA ll TLV- TWA"" 100 ppm NA 5 ppm 5 ppm 350 ppm 10 ppm 50 ppm' 50 ppm' 1000 ppm 10 mg/m' 10 mg/m' 50 ppm NA NA- 25 ppm NA 0.5 mg/m' O.nn nig/m' IDLH -. Level ;i 2000 ppm NA NA NA lOOn ppm GOO ppm 1000 ppm 1 ' 1000 ppm 10,000 ppm N/E 5000 mg/m' 1000 ppm NA NA NA NA NA! N/F. Hazard Properties' Flam, Tox, Expl Flam, Tox ' Flam, Tox Flam, Tox Flnrn, Tox, Vol, Road Tox, Caro Flam, Tox, Carc Flnm, Tox, Carc Tox, Vol Tox Tox, Scarc Flam, Tox NA NA - Flam, Tox Flam, Tox, Expl Flam, Tox, Expl Tox P a g e 1 3 of 1 5 Acute Exposure Symptoms' CNS Conv, Conf, Diz, Drow, Eye, Head, Naus, Resp, Skin. Trem, Unoon, Vom, Weak Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin Alxl, CNS, Conv, Conf, Drow, Eyo, Head. Nnus, Skin, Trom, Uncon CNS, Conv, Conf, Diz, Diar, Drow, Eyo, Head, Rosp, Skin, Trom, Uncon, Vom CNS, Diz, Eye, Head, Naus, Skin, Trem. Uncon. Vom CNS. Diz, Eye. Head. Naus. Skin, Trem, Uncon, Vom CNS, Diz, Drow. Head. Naus, Vom Abd, CNS, Conf, Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin, Vom Resp, Skin Eye, Resp, Skin NA Skin CNS, Eye, Resp, Skin Eye, Resp CNS, Comn, Eyo, Rosp, Skin F.yo, RoH)!, Skill 3 last pago for nolos \WORK\24231\02\HASPBA-1.TAB S86T0e B B I ' ' impound Waler Solubility' Specific Gravity Vapor Density Table BAl. Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Flash Point CF)'' Vapor Pressure" LELAJEL ; TLV-' TWA"" IDLH Level Hazard Properties' P a g e 14 of 15 Acute Exposure Symptoms' nyl chloride nyl ncetale Hiili i Negligible Insoluble 0.00003% 1 0.9100 0.9345 0.8642 7.14 2.24 3.0 3.7 N/A -108 30 63 N/A 2515.6 115 @ 25°C 7 N/A . 3.6%/33% " %6%/l3.4% l.l%/7% h 1 ppm 10 ppm 100 ppm NA! '. N / E :•• NA! 1000 ppm N/E Flam, Tox. React, Abd, CNS, Diz, Drow, Eye, Head, Naus, Carc Resp, Skin, Weak Tox Eye, Resp, Skin Flam, Tox, Vol . Abd, Diz, Drow, Eye, Naus, Resp, Skin Tox • Conv, Diz, Naus, Vom nsl pngo for notes \WORK\24231\02\HASPnA-l.TAB 986T0e ^fc^v ^t Tablo B A l . Hazardous Property Information Island Chemical Company, Inc. Page 15 of 15 ompound Water Solubility* Specific Gravity Vapor Density Flash Point Vapor Pressure" LELOJEL TLV- TWA"" IDLH Level Hazard Properties' Acute Exposure Symptoms' foies: .lSSSt3'^ 'ml i' I/A .pb indicates subslanco identified onsile. < Less than > greater than °C degrees Celsius degrees Fahrenheit Mg/n^' micrograms per cubic meter fig/l micrograms per liter g gram grams per millililer IDLH immediate danger to life and health; lbs pounds LEL lower explosive limit cubic meters mg/l milligrams per liter mg/m' milligrams per cubic meter mg/kg milligrams per kilogram nol applicable N/E none established N/F nonflammable NA no information is available parts per billion ppm parts per million UEL upper explosive linul Water solubilily is expressed in different terms in different references. Many references use the term "insoluble" for materials that will nol readily mix with water (e.g., gasoline). However, most of Iheso mnlorinls nro >vntor soluble al tho ppm or ppb lovol. Gnsolino, for oxnmplo, is insolublo in Iho gross sonso and found as n discreet layer on lop of Iho groundwater. But certain gasoline constiluonis (e.g., Iwnzono, toliioiia, nnd xyloiio) nro found in solution In Iho groiindwnlor al tho ppm or ppb lovol. Wnlor solubility oxprc8BO^r^-kyh A - -z- ^^yyyy^^ y^kzim^^ '\-5cn- V " • y ;{ A \ y '' ' - '^ ••••••: r z'-^yzy-^^'y yz^>y^\ k^kM^y^^^}kJ_^ yy^-i M A M A M z ^ ;..-r^-U \ z rz^yzc^y A- .f 1; h'-l:'-'.'/-y e - i ^ - ' kk^'A-'zk^ vkA'---^^k:-zAmz^^^t^^ \ \'':- "• ^ • s^- r"^"6--^ '^ZTyyi.'yz\^y^' ''•'^••'^AyZkkbZzAA'f^y-/--A-'- V I LEGEND FENCE EXISTING PRODUCTION V/ELL EXISTING ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK TANK PAD-FORMER ABOVE GROUND STORAGE TANK LOCATIO^i BASF MAP SOURCE ADAPTED FROM: PROPOSED ICC SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS i SITE MAP. VI CHEMICAL, ST. CROIX. U.S.V.l, SITE MAP ISLAND CHEMICAL COMPANY St. Croix. U.S. Virgin Islands ncuR£ B-2 APPROVED nL£ 24231B01 DATE 1/31/94 RCVlSeO DA1 301994 > j ^ ^ i Prevailing wind cL'=c:Icn Suppca Zone o Access Control Points. Contamination Reduction Ccrriccr. Contamination Reduction Zone (CRZ). Exclusion Zone. Note: Area dimensions not to sccie. Distances between points may vary. Source: DAS Environmental m to o H to to Ul Harding Lawson Associates Engineering ond '. Environmentol Services - — S S = r . — 131 North Third Street S — S Z ^ " -Philodelphio. PA 19106 " " • • " " " ~ ' 2 1 5 - 6 2 7 - 4 5 0 5 TYPICAL WORK ZONE LOCATION WAP ISLftjSD CHEMICAL COMPANY ST. CROIX, U.S. VIRGIN ISU^ND ncuRE B-3 ; DRAWN ;jsw JOB NUMBER 24231.2.C.4 APPROVED nL£ S-BASE DATE 1 0 / 1 2 / 9 3 REVISED DATE A P P E N D I X B A •^'^^ HAZARDOUS PROPERTY INFORMATION \WORK\2423l\02\HASPAPP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 301996 Table BAl presents available hazardous property information for the chemical compoimds identified as being present onsite. These compounds are indicated by shading. The nonshaded compounds were left in the table to provide information to job site personnel if these compounds are unexpectedly encotintered at the site. 301997 ^s^sk APPENDIX BB PERSONNEL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RECORDS ' ^ ^ \WORK\24231\02\HASPJ^PP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES I ' '•' 3^0^998 nn PROJECT PERSONNEL UST AND SAFETY PLAN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RECORD HLA Emplovees Project staff must sign the master copy of this document, indicating they have read and imdeistand it. The employee's signature indicates acceptance and compliance vvith the requirements of the HASP. Copies of this document must be made available, for their reviewr and readily available at the job site. LOG OF HLA PROJECT PERSONNEL '. Date Distributed L Emplovee Name/Tob Title • - • . , • y ' • . I • * . , . . • > • " ', , Signature • ! , \WORK\2423l\02\HASPJVPP March 17,1994 ,'BB-1 ' HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES ' , •• . • ^ y ' ~ ~ " " ~ " " 301999 B Contractors and Subcontractors Copies of this document vvill be provdded to contractors and subcontractors who may be affected by activities addressed herein. Contractors and subcontractors must comply vvith this document (and/or their own HASP if it is equally or more stringent than the HLA HASP), applicable OSHA, USEPA, and local government rules and regulations. The contractors' and subcontractors' signatures acknowledge reading and understanding the HASP and agreeing to comply with the procedures presented therein. LOG OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT PERSONNEL Contractor Name/Comnanv Signature Date Distributed \WORK\24231\02\HASPAPP March 17, 1994 BB-2 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302000 VISITORS: It is HLA's policy that visitors must furnish their own PPE. Visitors are required to sign the Visitor Log and comply with guidelines, rules, and procedures presented herein. If the visitor represents a regulatory agency concerned vvrith site health and safety issues, the SHSO must immediately notify the DHSO. .. --.-.Z-Z-'- _ / li V: Name of Visitor - . . ; _ • - : . V : • • • • " ^ • • - ' - ' - • /. VISITOR LOG Companv Name Date of Visit i SiRnatiue \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.APP March 17,1994 BB-3 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302001 HEALTH AND SAFETY MEETINGS: Project personnel must receive initial health and safety / ^ ^ ^ orientation. Thereafter, a brief tailgate safety meeting is required as deemed necessary by the SHSO. Health and safety meetings will be held at least once every week or when risks and/or hazards change. HEALTH AND SAFETY MEETING LOG Name of Date Topics Attendee Comoanv Name \WORK\24231\02\HASPAPP March 17,1994 BB-4 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 3 02 002 HEALTH AND SAFETY MEETINGS: Project personnel must receive initial health and safety orientation. Thereafter, a brief tailgate safety meeting is required as deemed necessary by the SHSO. Health and safety meetings will be held at least once every week or when risks and/or hazards change. HE.\LTH .-^ND S.-VFETY MEETING LOG Name of Date Topics Attendee Companv Name \WORK\2423l\02\HASP.APP March 17,1994 BB-5 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302003 :* HEALTH AND SAFETY MEETINGS: Project personnel must receive initial health and safety orientation. Thereafter, a brief tailgate safety meeting is required as deemed necessary by the SHSO. Health and safety meetings wiQ be held at least once every week or when risks and/or hazards change. HEALTH AND SAFETY MEETING LOG Date Topics Name of Attendee Companv Name \WORK\24231\02\HASPj\PP March 17. 1994 BB-6 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302004 APPENDIX BC MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS ^ ^ \WORK\24231\02\HASPAPP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES • ' • - ' • ' • • ' • • Z Z • - • : • : - - - • - • z " " . ' : - - z - . : . z y ^ 3 0 2 0 0 5 Flinn Scientific, Inc. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CHEMICAL NAME & SYNONYMS ACETONE FLINN CATALOG NUMBER A X 0 0 9 , A X O l O , A X 0 8 1 FORMULA CH^COCH^ FORMULA WEIGHT (FW.) • • 5 8 . 0 8 CAS NO. 6 7 - 6 4 - 1 PHYSICAL DATA (DENSITY, SOLUBILITY, ETC) - . Specific Gravity .785 Miscible with water and irost organic solvents APPEARANCE AND ODOR Clear liquid, sweetish odor COMPATIBLE CHEMICAL FAMILY . O r g a n i c #4 • S t o r e i n a flammables c a b i n e t See Flinn Chemical Calalog/Reference Manual DOT CLASS Flammable L i a u i d REACTIVITY Stable CONDITIONS TD AVOID (IF ANY): Avoid any source of ignition. Avoid breathing vapor. HEALTH HAZARDS (IF ANY): Irritation to eyes, skin and mucous me.mbranes. causes'weakness, fatigue, nausea and headache, Vapor TOLERANCE LIMIT VALUE CTLV) (IF ESTABUSHED) 750 ppm FIRE HAZARDS (IF ANY): Use ABC fire extinguisher Serious fire hazard SPILLS AND LEAKS: Absorb liquid with vermiculite or other absorbent material and follow suggested disposal procedure at right. DISPOSAL NO. 18 See Flinn Chemical Catalog/ Reference Manual SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS (IF ANY): Safety glasses Gloves (rubber) FIRST AID (IF SUBSTANCE DANGEROUS): External: Wash affected parts with copious quantities of water. Internal: Wash mouth; see a physician.' Respiratory: Transport to fresh air. Consult your copy of the Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual for even more information about laboratory chemicals. N/A = NOT APPLICABLE to O IO o o cn 348. Flinn Scientific, Inc. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET z z cn o Ffi z Tl P z o -a o CD o X CO I z g to c CO • > T3 o 2 m -!2 ca cn U3 o O CHEMICAL NAME & SYNONYMS HEXANES FORMULA ^ y - i A ( ^ 2 H e x a n e ) 6 JL4 FORMULA WEIGHT (F.W.) 86.18 (as Hexane) FLINN CATALOG NUMBER HX002 CAS NO. As Hexane 110-54-3 PHYSICAL DATA (DENSITY, SOLUBILTrY. ETC.) Sp.Gr. 0.66 Soluble in alcohol and acetone;.not water. APPEARANCE AND ODOR C o l o r l e s s l i c j u i d . COMPATIBLE CHEMICAL FAMILY O r g a n i c #3 See Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual DOT CLASS . Flammable Liquid REACTIVITY Stable CONDITIONS TO AVOID (IF ANY): Heat, sparks.and open flame. HEALTH HAZARDS (IF ANY): I r r i t a n t t o body t i s s u e s . Vapor t o x i c . TOLERANCE LIMIT VALUE fTLV) (IF ESTABLISHED) 3 180 mg/M FIRE HAZARDS (IF ANY): Fire hazard; store in a dedicated flammables cabinet; use Triclass, dry chemical fire extinguisher. SPILLS AND LEAKS: Absorb on sand or vermiculite. Place in a suitable container and use suggested disposal method at right. DISPOSAL NO. See Flinn Chemical Catalog/ Reference Manual SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS (IF ANY): Chemical gloves and goggles, Fume hood. FIRST AID (IF SUBSTANCE DANGEROUS): External: Wash affected p a r t s with copious q u a n t i t i e s of water. I n t e r n a l : Wash mouth; see a physician. Respiratory: Transport to fresh a i r . Consult your copy of the Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual for even more information about laboratory chemicals. to ! O to i o 1 o ~ -J N/A = NOT APPLICABLE 35- Flinn Scientific, Inc. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CHEMICAL NAME & SYNONYMS HYDROCHLORIC A C I D ( 3 6 . 5 - 3 8 . 0 % ) FLINN CATALOG NUMBER FORMULA . H C l FORMULA WEIGHT (F.W.) 3 6 - 4 6 • CAS NO. 7647-01-0 PHYSICAL DATA (DENSITY. SOLUBILITY. ETC.) Sp.Gr. 1.2 Soluble in water. APPEARANCE AND ODOR Clear l i q u i d ; pungent odor; constantly fuming. COMPATIBLE CHEMICAL FAMILY I n o r g a n i c # 9 " See Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual DOT CLASS Corrosive Liquid REACTIVITY Stable CONDITIONS TO AVOID (IF ANY): Strong oxidants. Avoid breathing vapor. Avoid body contact. ' HEALTH HAZARDS (IF ANY): Irritant to body tissues; fumes harmful. TOLERANCE LIMIT VALUE (TLV) (IF ESTABLISHED) 5 ppm in air FIRE HAZARDS (IF ANY): Non flammable. SPILLS AND LEAKS: Absorb on sand or vermiculite. Place in a suitable container and use suggested disposal method at right. DISPOSAL NO. 24b • See F.'inn Chemical Catalog/ Reference Manual SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS (IF ANY): Chemical gloves and goggles. Fume hood. FIRST AID (IF SUBSTANCE DANGEROUS): External: Wash affected parts with copious quantities of water. Internal: Wash mouth; see a physician. Respiratory: Transport to fresh air. CO o to o o 00 Consult your copy of the Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual for even more information about laboratory chemicals. N/A = NOT APPLICABLE * * * H X 0 3 1 , H X 0 0 4 , H X 0 0 5 , H X 0 0 6 . H O n n . w n m / i r>^-.o-.r.^. - - . - - J 455 " " S E K Flinn Scientific, Inc. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET CHEMICAL NAME & SYNONYMS METHYL ALCOHOL (Methanol; Wood Alcohol) FLINN CATALOG NUMBER M X 0 5 4 , M X 0 5 5 , .MX056 FORMULA . CH OH FORMULA WEIGHT (F.W.) 3 2 . 0 4 CAS NO. 67-56-1 -n r z z tn o m z H Tl p Z o PHYSICAL DATA (DENSITY, SOLUBILITY. ETC.) Sp.Gr. 0.7924 Miscible with water, alcohol and e t h e r . APPEARANCE AND ODOR ' C l e a r , c o l o r l e s s , mobile, highly polar licjuid. p o / / X xa I z o CO c > -a •X o z m "co 03 > C7> (O O COMPATIBLE CHEMICAL FAMILY Organic #2 See F|inn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual DOT CLASS Flammable , Liquid REACTIVITY Stable CONDITIONS TO AVOID (IF ANY): 'Avoid any source of ignition. HEALTH HAZARDS (IF ANY): Toxic by ingestion (causes blindness) TOLERANCE LIMIT VALUE (TLV) (IF ESTABUSHED) 200 ppm in a i r FIRE HAZARDS (IF ANY): Flammable l i q u i d ; dangerous f i r e r i s k ; flash p o i n t 54°F. dry chemical f i r e e x t i n g u i s h e r . ' Use T r i c l a s s , . SPILLS AND LEAKS: ' .. " • Absorb spill using sand or chemical absorption pillows or pads. Avoid any source of ignition. Follow suggested disposal procedure at right. 'v. DISPOSAL NO. 18 See Flinn Chemical Catalog/ Reference Manual SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS (IF ANY): Avoid large containers; dispense and use under a hood; store in an approved flammables cabinet. Chemical gloves and goggles. • FIRST AID (IF SUBSTANCE DANGEROUS): External: Wash affected parts with copious quantities of water. Internal: Wash mouth; see a physician. Consult your copy of the Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual for even more information about laboratory chemicals. to o to o o vo N/A = NOT APPLICABLE 494 Flinn Scientific, Inc. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET -n z z tn o m z H ID p z o o 00 CO I z o CO c CO > CHEMICAL NAME & SYNONYMS N I T R I C A C I D , 7 0 . 0 % FORMULA HNO.. FORMULA WEIGHT (F.W.) 63.01 FLINN CATALOG NUMBER R 3 8 0 0 A , R 3 8 0 0 5 , N X A 1 7 N X 0 4 3 , N X 0 1 6 , N X d l 7 CAS NO. 7697-37-2 PHYSIC:AL DATA (DENSITY, SOLUBILITY. ETC.) Sp.Gr. 1.504 Miscible with water. APPEARANCE AND ODOR Transparent, colorless or yellowish, fuming, suffocating liquid. Yellow color (if present) results from exposure to light and release of nitrogen dioxide. COMPATIBLE CHEMICAL FAMILY • I n o r g a n i c #3 See Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Ktenual DOT CLASS - Corrosive Oxidizer .REACTIVITY Stable CONDITIONS TO AVOID (IF ANY): Avoid body contact; avoid breathing fumes; avoid storing near oxidizable materials.// HEALTH HAZARDS (IF ANY): Eyes: severe • damage; possibly blindness. Skin: causes severe and deep burns. - Respiratory: can cause respiratory passage damage. Ingestion: severe tissue damage. TOLERANCE LIMIT VALUE (TLV) OF ESTABLISHED) 2 ppm in air FIRE HAZARDS (IF ANY): Dangerous fire risk in contact with organic materials, dedicated acid cabinet away from all other chemicals. Store in a -0 •X o 2 m CO to • to o o SPILLS AND LEAKS: Absorb on sand or vermiculite. Place in a suitable container and use suggested disposal method at right. DISPOSAL NO. 24b. See F^nn Chemical Catalog/ Reference Manual • SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS (IF ANY): Chemical gloves and splash goggles, concern in handling and.storing. This substance requires utmost FIRST AID (IF SUBSTANCE DANGEROUS): External: Wash affected parts with copious quantities of water. Internal: Wash mouth; see a physician. Respiratory: Transport to fresh air. Consult your copy of the Flinn Chemical Catalog/Reference Manual for even more information about laboratory chemicals. N/A = NOT APPLICABLE '. ~ ^ '- '. '. ^ OJ O o M o A&t.. APPENDIX BD FIRST AID AND EMERGENCY CARE # \WORK\24231\02\HASPjyP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 3 020.11 ^w APPENiDIX BD FIRST AID AND EMERGENCY CARE B Most accidents occurring at job sites require minimal first aid available through use of the first aid kit{s) at the virork site or in the support facility. For more serious medical emergencies that may or may not'require professional medical attention, the American National Red Cross (1988) has developed first-aid procedures that can be followed imtil professional medical attention is obtained. The following sections present a siunmaiy of these procedures. , When temperature exceed 70°F, take frequent breaks in shaded area. If virorking in a heat stress environment, vmzip or remove coveralls during breaks. Have cool water or electrolyte replenishment solution available. Drink small amounts frequently to avoid dehydration. Count the pulse rate for 30 seconds as early as possible in the rest period. If the pulse rate exceeds 110 beats per minute at the beginning of the reist period, shorten the work cycle by one-third. ' HEAT EMERGENCIES There are three forms of heat emergencies: heat, stroke, heat exhaustion, and heat cramps. Of these three, heat stroke is the most serious because it is life-threatening. Heatstroke Svmptoms i ' Hot, red skin Very small pupils Very high body temperature Skin may feel dry First Aid Call for medical assistance.' s . Move the victim to a cool (not cold] place immediately. Cool the victim quickly by immersing him/her in a cool (not cold) bath.-Avrapping wet sheets around the victim and fanning him/her, or spraying the victim •with cool water. Monitor the victim for shock imtil medical assistance arrives. ' '\. Heat Exhaustion *^BI^- Symptoms' Cool, pale, and moist skin Heavy sweating Dilated pupils Headache Nausea Dizziness Vomiting Normal body temperature \WORK\24231\02\HASPJ«J'P March 17, 1994 BD-1 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302012 First Aid B Move the victim out of the heat. Have the victim lie down with feet elevated. Loosen or remove the victim's clothes. Cover the victim w t h wet towels or sheets or apply cold packs wrapped in cloth. Fan the victim. Have the victim drink one-half glass of water every 15 minutes if they are conscious and able to keep the fluid dovra. Heat Cramps Svmptoms Muscular pains and spasms First Aid Move the victim out of the heat. - Have the victim drink one-half glass of water every 15 minutes for one hour. COLD EMERGENCIES Cold emergencies are not anticipated during this project. Severe cold exposure can be an immediate danger to life and health. The two most serious forms of cold exposure are hypothermia and frostbite. Hypothermia • Svmptoms ._.... Stages Siiivering Dizziness Numbness Confusion Weakness Impaired judgement Impaired vision Drowsiness Shivering Apathy Loss of consciousness Decreasing pulse rate and breathing rate - Death First Aid Call for medical assistance. Move the victim to a warm place. Remove the victim's wet clothing, as applicable. \WORK\24231\02\HASP.APP March 17, 1994 BD-2 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302013 ,^ - Cover the victim with a dry blanket. •'^B^ - Warm the viclim slowly. Monitor the victim's breathing and heart rate. Give the victim warm broth or water - no alcohol or caffeine. Frostbite Symptoms • Area is very cold to the touch and numb Slightly flushed skin Mild frostbite will appear on the edges of appendages as white or grayish-yellow with hardened skin Moderate frostbite will show a larger portion of the appendages as white or gravish-yellow and skin will have blistered Severe frostbite is grayish-blue and skin will be hard, cold, and numb. There is a danger of gangrene developing from severe frostbite First Aid Move the victim to a -ivann place. Place the frostbitten ares in warm (not hot) water. Handle the frostbitten areas gently. Do not rub, massage, or apply unnecessary pressure to the frostbitten area. Place dry gauze between frostbitten toes or fingers. Bandage frostbitten areas loosely. ' ANIMAL BITES . Z- Infection from an animal bite can develop quickly: first aid should be administered immediately. First Aid Control the bleeding. . Gently wash the wound unless bleeding heavily. Cover the bite with a bandage. Have the victim see a trained medical person. RABID ANIMAL BITES Rabies can be found in the saliva of animals. First Aid Observe the animal for unusual behavior. Get the victim to medical care. Give a description of the animal and where it was last seen to the police and/or animal control so they can capture the animal for determinaUon of rabies infection. Do NOT attempt to capture or restrain the animal yourself. \WORK\24231\02\HASP.APP March 17,1994 BD-3 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 3 02 014 INSECT BITES AND STINGS Insert bites and stings may be tolerated by some individuals more so than others. A past history of bite and sting tolerance is not indicative of continued tolerance. All bite and sting victims should be monitored for allergic reactions. The following is a summary of symptoms and first-aid response for an allergic reaction to a bite or sUng. - Svmptoms Pain Swelling of the bite or sting area, wiiich may be accompanied by swelling of the throat Redness or discoloration of the bite pr sting area Itching Hives Decreased awareness Breathing noisy or difficult First Aid Remove the stinger with tweezers or scrape with a rigid item without squeezing it (which may release rnore venom). . . . Wash the area of the bite or sting. Place a cold pack vwapped in cloth on the area. Keep the bite or sting below heart level. I Get the victim to medical assistance if an allergic reaction is observed. /•• - Provide over the counter anesthetic if allergic reaction occurs. '• SNAKE BITES '' ': , z"-' Quick response to 9.^ snake bite is imperative. Fu-st Aid Call for medical assistance. Immobilize the bitten area. Keep the bitten area below the heart level. Keep the victim calm and stiU. Observe victim for symptoms of shock. Give a description of the snake to the medical responder. Do not cut above the bite and aspirate the poison. Do not use a tourniquet. SEVERE BLEEDING . . ' First Aid Stop external bleeding by: - Applying direct pressure to the wound using a clean cloth. - Apply cloths on top of the first one if bleeding persists; do not remove original cloth. - If there is no fracture, raise the wound above the level of the heart. \WORK\2423l\02\HASPAPP March 17,1994 BD-4 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302015 Apply pressure at the appropriate pressure point (squeezing the main artery against the y bone in the forearm or against the pelvis in the groin) while continuing pressure on and elevation of the wound. - Wrap the wound using subtle pressure to tighten the wrap. - Check for a pulse on the injured limb to determine that the wrap is not too tight. Call for medical assistance. . INTERNAL BLEEDING Internal bleeding may be as innocuous as a bruise to a condition that threatens life and health. Symptoms Tender, bruised, swollen or rigid abdomen Vomiting small to large amounts df blood Injuries that have penetrated the body cavity Rectal or vaginal bleeding Difficulty breathing ' ' - Pulse rate is abnormal Cool, moist skin First Aid Treat small bruises by appl3ang a cold pack to the injury. Obtain medical help immediately if more severe internal bleeding is suspected. Observe the victim's breathing and monitor his/her pulse. Keep the victim calm and still. Loosen the victim's clothing. Place the victim on his/her side if vomiting. Monitor.the victim for symptoihs of shock (below). SHOCK Shock can be caused by internal and external bleeding, insect bites or stings, snake bites, electrical shocks, severe injuries or bums, as well as other medical conditions. First aid and medical assistance is imperative for shock victims because shock is caused by a lack of sufficient blood supply to such vital organs as the heart, the lungs, and the brain. Symptoms Confused behavior Either very slow or vet}' fast pulse rate Either fast, shallow breathing or very slow breathing Weak and trembling limbs Cool, moist skin Pallor or bluish skin Pupils are dilated First Aid Improve victims's circulation by laying them down with feet elevated if there are no leg fractures or suspected neck/head injuries. (Lay the victim flat if injuries are suspected.) \WORK\24231\02\HASP.APP March 17, 1994 BD-5 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302016 i,r-. If no injuries are suspected, a semi-reclining position may be used to alleviate breathing ^*|i» problems. If the victim is vomiting turn him/her onto their side. Cover the victim with a warm blanket. Call for medical assistance. Monitor the victim's heart rate and breathing. VICTIM NOT BREATHING AND HAS PULSE First Aid Victim unconscious, tap or gently shake the victim to see if there is a response. Ask, "Are you okay?" Roll the victim onto his/her back and toward you. Tilt the head back while lifting the chin. Check for breathing for 3 to 5 seconds. Pinch the nose shut, seal your mouth over the victim's mouth and give two 1- to 1-1/2-second breaths while keeping the head tilted back. Call or send someone for help. Check victim for a pulse approximately every minute. Perform 6 to 10 abdominal thrusts. Do finger sweep. Repeat last three steps until the obstruction is cleared or help arrives. Continue rescue breathing, if necessary, by breathing into the victim's mouth for 1 to 1-1/2 seconds every 5 seconds. l VICTIM NOT BREATHING AND HAS NO PULSE First Aid . . . "' ' Roll thp; victim onto his/her back and toward you. ' Tilt the head back while lifting the chin. Check for breathing for 3 to 5 seconds. Pinch the nose shut, seal your mouth over the victim's mouth and give two 1- to 1-1/2-second breaths while keeping the head tilted back. Check for a pulse. Call or send someone for help. Locate the notch at the lower end of the breastbone. Place the heel of your hand two fingers-wdth up from the end of the notch. Place your other hand on top keeping the fingers of your hands off the chest. Position your shoulders directly over your hands. Using a steady, firm force, bending at the waist, compress the breastbone 1-1/2 to 2 inches for 15 counts in 10 seconds. Perform rescue breathing (2 quick breaths as above). Repeat this for a total of 4 cycles. Recheck pulse. Continue cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) procedures as described above until medical assistance arrives. BURNS ^ ^ There are four types of burns: heat burns, chemical burns, electrical burns, and radiation burns. Each .J^B type has three degrees of burns: first degree, second degree, and third degree. \VVORK\2423i\02\HASPAPP March 17,1994 BD-6 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302017 First Degree Burn Svmptoms Least severe Skin will be red or discolored Mild swelling Pain Second Degree Bum Svmptoms Burn extends deeper into the skin Skin is red or mottled Blistering May appear wet from skin fluid loss Painful Third Degree Burn Symptoms Deepest bmn; extends through all skin layers Skin appears white or charred Can look like second-degree bums Pain may be severe or, if nerve endings are destroyed, may not occur at all Can occur in patches \vith less severe bums First Aid for Heat Bums For first-degree bums and second-degree bums with no open hlister,: flush with lots of cool running water. Apply moist dressings, and bandage loosely. For second-degree bums •with open blisters and third-degree burns, apply dry dressings and bandage loosely. Do not use water, as it increases the risk of shock. Have the •yictim He do\\'n. Elevate the burned area if doing so does not cause further drain. Maintain normal body temperature. First Aid for Chemical Burns Flush the chemicals from the skin •with lots of water. Continue flushing for 15 to 30 minutes. Remove any contaminated clothing or je%velry. Cover bums loosely •with a dry bandage or dressing. Call for medical assistance. First Aid for Electrical Burns Avoid contact •with electrical source. Shut dov\m the electrical source. Cover all burns •with a loose dry dressing and bandage. Provide care for shock as needed. Call for medical assistance. \WORK\24231\02\HASPj\PP March 17. 1994 BD-7 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302018 First Aid for Radiation Burns Decontaminate the victim. Obtain medical assistance immediately. EYE INJURIES Eye injuries should always be treated as a serious injury. S^vmptoms - - - - - First Aid Visible foreign object Redness Burning Pain Headache Tearing A iW^ - . Use care and be gentle when touching the eyes. Wash hands before caring for an eye injury, if possible. If an object is in the eye, lift the upper eyelid, have the victim look do^wn and flush the eye with clean water or eye wash solution. ; If there are chemicals in the eye, flush the eye vnth clean water or eye wash solution from the nose outward for 15 to 30 minutes. For objects in the eye (•vyhether removed through flushing or not) and for chemicals in the eye, •wrap a bandage loosely around'both eyes. ' —-:.-- If the eye is cut or there is a penetrating object in the eye, place a cup over the injured eye and wrap both eyes loosely •with a bandage. Do not attempt to remove the penetrating object; Obtain medical assistance for all (even minor) eye injuries. NOSE INIURIES Nose injuries can be indicative of more serious injuries to the head, back, or neck. Caution should be used to assess this type of injury. Nosebleeds are typically a less serious injury but can be severe enough to cause shock from loss of blood. Be sure to ask the victim how the nosebleed began. First Aid Have the victim sit down. Have him/her lean forward •with the chin resting on the chest. Pinch the nose. Keep the victim calm and quiet until the bleeding has stopped. Svmptoms of a More Serious Nose Iniurv Swelling and pain Pupils dilated unevenly - Bloody or clear fluid draining from either the ears or the nose Loss of feeling and movement in appendages \WORK\2423i\02\HASP.APP March 17,1994 BD-8 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302019 /•Zam^ B B First Aid for a More Serious Nose Injury Do not attempt to stop the flow of fluid from the nose. Keep the victim's head and neck stable. Keep the victim calm and quiet. Call for medical assistance. FRACTURES There are two types of fractures: simple (one internal fracture) and compound (two or more fractures often breaking the'skin). The compound fracture is more serious because of the accompanying open wound. Fractures occurring in the body may be indicative of internal injiu-ies. S^ymptoms A grating sensation and/or a snapping sound when the appendage is moved Deformities Pain and tenderness Bruising and swelling Immobility of the injured part Note: First aid for fractures, dislocation, sprains, and strains are similar for these injuries. The first aid for these injuries •will be discussed after the symptoms. • ; ! DISLOCATIONS . . . _ . . ' ' Syrhptoms . "•-' Deformity Swelling and tenderness Pain in the joint Loss of or limited movement SPRAINS OR STRAINS Sprains are the result of stretched or torn tendons or ligaments around the joints. Tom muscles are indicative of strains. Symptoms Pain in the joint Sharp pain Tender to the touch Bruising and swelling Stiffness First Aid for Fractures. Dislocations. Sprains, or Strains If the injmy is to the head, neck, or back, stabilize the head and neck. Do not attempt to move the victim unless absolutely necessary. Obtain medical assistance immediately. Keep the victim calm and quiet. \WORK\2423i\02\HASP.APP March 17,1994 BD-9 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302020 B Determination of the precise injury is often difficult, so remember this rule of thumb: ' ^ ^ "When in doubt, splint." Splint only if it can be done \vithout causing more pain and discomfort to the victim. The injury must be splinted in the position in which it is found. Do not attempt to straighten the injured part. Splint the injured area as well as the surrounding joints so that the entire limb is immobilized. Check for a pulse before and after splinting. Call for medical assistance. First Aid for Head. Neck, and Back Injuries If the •victim has obvious head injury, suspect the possibihty of spinal cord injury also. If the victim is unconscious and your survey of the scene suggests traumafic injury to the head, care for him or her as if there is a spinal injury. If you suspect the victim has a head or neck injury, keep him or her lying flat and wait for EMS. Do not move the •victim unless there is immediate danger from extreme hazards such as fire, toxic fumes, heavy traffic, electrical vwres, or deep or svdftly moving water. If you must move him or her, try not to bend or t\vist the body. If you have any doubts about the victim's injuries, keep him or her lying flat. If you suspect a spinal injury, stabilize the •victim's head and neck as you found them hy placing your hands along both sides of the head. This keeps the head in line with the spine and prevents movement. i If you must move the •victim, do it carefully, using the clothes drag rescue method. Stay •with the victim and continue to stabilize the head and neck until EMS arrives. Monitor ABCs. tt ^9?.- \WORK\2423l\02\HASPJVPP March 17,1994 BD-10 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302021 • APPENDIX BE EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE ^ ^ \WORKV24231\02\HASPJ\PP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302022 y r ^ % APPENDIX BE EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE This appendix presents Harding Lav/son Associates' (HLA's) standard operating procedures for field calibration and maintenance of direct reading instruments, personal sampling pumps, and detector tubes that may be used during field activities. Each equipment item is described and the calibration, operation, and maintenance procedures are detailed to the extent necessary to ensure proper care and use. Detailed procedures are pro-vided in instrument-specific manuals from each manufacturer. These standard operating procedures are intended to ensure that equipment is properly maintained and operated. These procedures were developed on the basis of the foUov^ring assumptions: Procedures are consistent •vvith the manufacturer's calibration, operafion, and maintenance guidelines. Equipment calibration, operationi and maintenance procedures vrill be performed by properly frained HLA personnel. Only designated personnel •wiU cahbrate, operate, and maintain certain instruments. Records •wiU be maintained to allow tracking of the calibration, operation, and mainte- nance of a given instmment. ; PHOTOIONIZATION DETECTOR (HNU PI 101/HNU DLlOl/PHOTOVAC MICROTIP) Theory of Operafion The portable'photoionizafion detector (PID) detects the concentration of organic gases as well as a few inorganic gases. The basis for detecfion is the ionizafion of gaseous species.' Every molecule has a characterisfic ionizafion potenfial (IP) that is the energy required to remove an electron from the molecule, yielding a positively charged ion and the free electron. The incoming gas molecules are subjected to ultraviolet (UV) radiafion, which is energetic enough to ionize many gaseous compounds. Each molecule is transformed into charged ion pairs, creating a current between two electrodes. Three lamps, each containing a different UV light soiu-ce, are available for use with most PIDs. Ionizing energies of the lamp are 9.5, 10.2, and 11.7 electron volts (eV). All three detect many aromatic and large molecule hydrocarbons. The 10.2 eV and 11.7 eV probes, in addifion, detect some smaller organic molecules and some halogenated hydrocarbons. The 10.2 eV lamp is the most useful for environmental response work because it is more durable than the 11.7 eV lamp and detects more \WORK\2423i\02\HASPBD.APP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-1 302023 ' compounds than the 9.5 eV lamp. The following secfions detail the proper calibration and field maintenance methods to be used with these PIDs. HNU PI 101 The HNU PI 101 PID is designed for trace gas analysis in ambient air. The HNU PI 101 is factory-calibrated •with certified standards of benzene, •yinyl chloride, and isobutylene, •with the reference standard being benzene. Because of the inherent toxicological risks associated %vith benzene and •vinyl chloride, the primary calibrafion standard to be used should be isobutylene. When calibrating the unit with 100 parts per million (ppm) isobutylene, the SPAN control should be set at 9.8 and the unit should read approximately 70 ppm. This method of calibration converts the response of the unit to isobutylene to yield a direct reading of benzene that is based on the response factor of the unit using a 10.2 eV probe at a span setting of approximately 9.8. More simply stated, the required reading for calibrafion •wall be as follows: ; , , , photoionizafion sensiti^vity (isobutylene) ' i = isobutylene ppm x phuluium^aUuu ^ensilivily (benztjiie) = 100 X 7/10 ; ^ J V J = 70 ppm When using probes •with 9.5 eV or 11.7 eV lamps, consult the user's manual for photoionizafion sensitivities.and required SPAN control settings because these units may change for each indi"vidual lamp. In cases where hazardous chemicals have been, identified, the HNU PI 101 can also be calibrated to provide direct reading results of these chemicals. Please consult the user's manual and the Designated Health and Safety Officer (DHSO) to select chemicals for concern of appropriate calibration. The steps calibrafion method for the HNU PI 101 with a 10.2 eV lamp follows: 1. Identify the probe by the lamp label: If a question exists, disassemble the probe and inspect the lamp. The energy of the lamp should be etched into the glass envelope. 2. Connect the probe to the readout assembly, making sure the red interlock swdtch is depressed by the ring on the connector \WORK\2423l\02\HASPBDAiPP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-2 4 302024 • 3. Set the SPAN confrol potenfial to 9.8. 4. Battery check - turn the funcfion switch to BATT. The needle should be in the green region. If it is not, recharge the battery. 5. Zero set - turn the funcfion switch to STANDBY. In this position, the lamp is off and no signal is being generated. Allow the unit to sit for a minute to warm the parts. Set the ZERO point with the ZERO set control. 6. FiU a dedicated tedlar bag -with the 100 ppm isobutylene in air SPAN gas. 7. Turn the funcfion s^witch to the 0 to 200 range posifion. Attach the sampling bag to the probe inlet. Adjust the SPAN control setting to read approximately 70 ppm at a span setting of 9.8. 8. Record the units achieved at the set SPAN control and the calibrafion phase used. 9. Lamp cleaning - if cahbration cannot be achieved at the desired span potential, the lamp must be cleaned. (See specific instrument manual for instrucfions) HNU DL-101-2 The HNU DL-101-2 applies microprocessor capabilities to the basic photoionization detection /' principles exhibited by the HNU PI 101. The microprocessor provides electronic zeroing, site and time i B f data logging, and the ability to store up to 12 calibrations. The unit provides two basic modes of . •• ' operation, the first being the survey mode and the second being the hazardous waste mode. Like the PI 101, the DL-101-2 is also factory-cahbrated using benzene as the reference standard. The primary method of calibration •will also use 100 ppm isobutylene in air (the calibration gas standard) with the unit in the survey mode. If several compounds are suspected, the hazardous waste mode may be utilized to store the needed amount of calibration curves. In either case, it is essential to identify the lamp voltage being used and the photoionization sensitivities of the chemical species of interest To calibrate in the survey mode, follow these instructions: 1. Identify the lamp energy. If this information is not available on the outside of the probe, disassemble the probe and inspect the lamp. The energy of the lamp should be etched into the glass envelope. 2. Press the power button to start the unit. Wait one minute to allow the unit to warm up. 3. Fill a dedicated tedlar bag completely •with isobutylene calibration standard. 4. Press the CALIBRATE key on the front panel. "Calibrate" should appear on the liquid \WORK\24231\02\HASPBDJ\PP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-3 302025 B . ^ ^ s crystal display (LCD). 5. Press ENTER. "Zeroing Unit" wiU appear on the LCD. The unit will display the unit concentration before the electronic zero. The display -wUl then prompt: CE/ENT/'EXIT Cone = ppm. Enter the concentration of the calibration gas and press enter. "Attach gas to probe and /ENTER/" should appear on the LCD. 6. Attach the tedlar bag to the probe and press ENTER. Allow the sample to be naturally dra-wn into the unit. Press ENTER when ready, "xxxx ppm" should appear on the LCD. When the readings reach 100 ppm ( ± 1 0 percent), press ENTER. The LCD should then display "CalibTating...please wait.' U In the survey mode, the unit wiU save the calibration and then the LCD reverts to the operation screen. When additional calibrations are called for, utilize the hazardous waste mode and cross reference calibration responses •with the DL-101-2 user's manual. Photovac MicroTIP The MicroTIP must be cahbrated to display concentiations in units equivalent to ppm. First, a i supply of zero gas (total hydrocarbon concentiation <1 ppm) is used to set the zero point. Then Span Gas (100 ppm isobutylene in air) is used to set the sensitivity. Follo^wing these steps for JvficroTlP calibration: 1. Turn the MicroTIP on and allow five minutes for warm up. 2. Ffil the dedicated zero gas tedlar bag with zero gas calibration standard. 3. Fill the dedicated span gas tedlar bag with 100 ppm isobutylene in air calibration standard. 4. Press SETUP and select the desired Cal Memory (i.e., 100 ppm) •with the arrow keys and press ENTER. Press EXIT to leave setup. 5. Press CAL and attach the filled zero gas bag to the MicroTIP probe. Press ENTER and the MicroTIP sets its zero point. 6. MicroTIP then asks for the span gas concentration. Enter 100.0 and then connect the span gas bag to the MicroTIP probe. 7. Press ENTER and MicroTIP sets its sensitivity. • K ^ ^ - \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-4 3 02 02 6 Mt B 8. When the display reverts to normal, the unit is calibrated and ready for use. Remove the . span gas bag from the inlet. 9. Record applicable calibration information. Organic Vapor Analyzer Foxboro Model 128 Theory of Operation The Foxboro Model 128 organic vapor analyzer (OVA) is designed to detect and measure hazardous vapors and gases. The instiument utUizes the principle of hydrogen flame ionization for detection and measurement of organic vapors. The instrument measures organic vapor concentration • by producing a response to an unkno^vvn sample, which can be related to a gas of known composition to which the instiument has been pre^viously calibrated. During normal survey mode operation, a continuous sample is dra^wn into the probe and tiansported to the detector chamber by an internal pumping system. The sample stream is metered and passed through particulate filters before reaching the detector chamber. Inside the detector chamber, the sample is exposed to a hydrogen flame that ionizes the organic vapors. When most organic vapors bum, they leave positively charged carbon-containing ions. An electric field drives the ions to a collecting electiode. As the positive ions axe collected, a current corresponding to the collection rate is generated. This current is measured •with a linear electiometer preamplifier that has an output signal proportional to the ionization current. A signal conditioning amplifier is used to amplify the signal from the preamp and to condition for display on the probe/readout assembly. The OVA •vdll primarily be used in the survey mode. In the survey rnode, the OVA is internally calibrated to methane by the manufacturer. When the instrument is adjusted to manufacturer's instructions, it indicates the true concentiation of methane in air. In response to all other detectable compounds, however, the instrument reading may be higher or lower than the true concentiation. The following procedures detail the operation, calibration, hydrogen refilling, and recharging methods to be used •with the OVA: \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-5 302027 " ^ /^fw^\. n y. B 1. Startup Procedures a. Cormect the probe/readout assembly to the sidepack assembly by attaching the sample line and electronic jack to the sidepack. b. Select the desired sample probe (close area sample or telescoping probe) and connect the probe handle. Before tightening the knm-led nut, check that the probe accessory is firmly seated against the flat seals in the probe handle and in the tip of the telescoping probe. c. Move the INST/BATT s^witch to the test position. The meter needle should move to a point beyond the white fine, indicating that the integral battery has more than four hours of operating life before recharging is necessary. d. Move the INST/BATT s^witch to the "ON" position and allow a five-minute warm up. e. Turn the PUMP s^witch on. f. Use the Cafibrate Adjust knob to set the meter needle to the level desfred for acfivating the audible alarm, if this alarm level is other than zero, the CALIBRATE switch must be set to a appropriate range. g. Turn the Volume knob fully clockwise (optional). h. Using the Alarm-Level Adjust knob, turn the knob untU the audible alarm is activated (optional). i. Move the Cafibrate Swtch to xl and adjust the meter reading to zero using the Calibrate Adjust (zero knob). / , . / • j . Open the hydrogen Tank Valve one or two turns and observe the reading on the Hydrogen Tank Pressme Indicator. (Approximately 150 pounds per square inch [psi] of. • pressure is required for each hour of operation.) - •' . k. Open the Hydrogen Supply Valve one or t^wo turns and observe the reading on the Hydrogen Supply Pressure Indicator. The reading should be between 8 and 12 psi. 1. After approximately one minute, depress the IGNITER BUTTON until the hydrogen flame lights. The meter needle will tiavel upscale and begin to read "Total Organic Vapors." Caution: Do not depress igniter for more than six seconds. If flame does not ignite, wait one minute and try again. m . The instrument is ready for use. NOTE: If the ambient background organic vapors are "zeroed out" using the Calibrate Adjust knob, the meter needle may move off-scale in the negative direction when the OVA is moved in a location with lower background. If the OVA is to be used in the 0 to'lO ppm range, it should "zeroed" in an area with very low background. A charcoal filter (Part No. 510095-1) can be used to generate the clean background sample. 2. Calibration Using Known Samples for Each Range •The accuracy is obtained when the instrument is calibrated with known concentrations for \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17.1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-6 302028 r i B each range. Prepare separate samples of methane-in-air in these concentration ranges: 7 to 10 ppm, 90 to 100 ppm, and 900 to 1000 ppm. Calibrate the instrument as follows: a. Place the instrument in normal operation and allow a minimum of 15 minutes for warm-up and stabilization. b. Set the Gas Select control to 300. c. Set the Cafibrate switch to xl. d. Set the Cafibrate Adjust (Zero) knob so that the meter reads zero. e. Check that the meter reads zero on the xlO and xl 00 ranges. f. Set the Cafibrate switch to xl and intioduce the sample •with kno'wm concentiation in the 7 to 10 ppm range. g. Adjust R31 so the meter reading corresponds to the sample concentiation. h. Set the Calibrate switch to xlO and intioduce the sample with kno^wn concentiation in the 90 to 100 ppm range. i. Adjust R32 so that the meter reading corresporids to the sample concentiatioru j . Set the Calibrate s'witch to xlOO and introduce the sample •wnth known concentration in the 900 to 1000 ppm range. ' :: k. Adjust R33 so that the meter reading corresponds to the sample concentration. 1. The instiument is now cahbrated for methane and ready for service. ' If the flame-out alarm is actuated, check that the pump is running, then press the IGNITER button. Under normal conditions, flame-out results from sampling a gas mixture that is above the lower explosive level, which causes the hydrogen flame to extinguish. If this is the case, reignition is all that is required to resume monitoring. Another possible cause for flame-out is restriction of the sample flow line, which would not allow sufficient air into the chamber to support combustion. The normal cause for such restriction is a clogged particle filter. It should be noted that the chamber exhaust port is on the bottom of the case and blocking this port with the hand will cause fluctuations and/or flame-out. 3. Shut Do^wn Procedure a. Close HYDROGEN TANK valve b. Close HYDROGEN SUPPLY valve c. Move INSTRUMENT switch to OFF ' d. Wait five seconds and move PUMP suitch to OFF. The instrument is now in a shut down configuration. \WORK\2423l\02\HASPBD.APP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-7 302029 iS!^ \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-8 302030 i i ^ B 4. Fuel Refilling Note: Use Prepurified or Zero grade hydrogen (certified total hydrocarbons as methane <0.5 ppm is recommended). a. The instrument and the charger should be completely shut down during hvdrogen tank refilling operations. Refilling should be performed in a ventilated area. There should be no potential igniters or flame tn the area. b. If you are making the first filling on the instiument or if the filling hose has been allowed to fill •with air, the filling hose should be purged with hydrogen before filling the instiument tank. This purging is not required for subsequent fillings. c. The filling hose assembly should be left attached to the hydrogen supply tank when possible. Ensure that the Fit .1 /BLEED valve on the instimnent end of the hose is tn the OFF position. Connect the hose to the refill connection on the Side Pack Assembly. d. Open the hydrogen supply bottie valve on the instiument panel and place the FILI/BLEED valve on the filling hose assembly in the FILL position. The pressure in the instrument tank will be indicated on the Hydrogen Tank Pressure indicator. e. After the instrument fuel tank is filled, close the REFILL valve on the panel, the FILL/BLEED valve on the filling hose assembly and the hydrogen supply bottie valve. f. The hydrogen tiapped in the hose should not be bled off to atmospheric pressure. Caution should be used in this operafion as described in Step (g) below because the hose •will contain a significant amount of hydrogen at high pressure. g. The hose is bled by turning the FILL/BLEED valve on the filling hose assembly to the Blee'd posifion. After the hose is bled dovim to atmospheric pressure, the FILL/BLEED valve should be turned to the FILL posifion to allow the hydrogen trapped in the connection fittings to go into the hose assembly. Then, again, turn the FILI/BLEED valve to the Bleed posifion and I exhaust the tiapped hydrogen. Then turn the FILL/BLEED valve to OFF to keep the hydrogen at one atmosphere in the hose so that at the time of the next filling there will be no air trapped in the filling line. h. Close the HYDROGEN TANK valve. i. With the HYDROGEN TANK valve and the HYDROGEN SUPPLY valve closed, a small amount of Hydrogen at high pressure will be present in the regulators and plumbing. As a leak check, observe the Hydrogen Tank Pressure indicator while the remainder of the system is shut down and ensure that the pressure reading does not decrease rapidly (more than 350 psi/hour), which would indicate a significant leak in the supply system. 5. Battery Charging Warning: Never charge in a hazardous environmient. a. Plug charger connector into mating connector on battery cover and insert alternating current (AC) plug into 115V AC wall outlet. b. Move the battery charger switch to the ON position. The lamp above the switch button \VVORK\2423l\02\HASPBDj\PP March 17. 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-9 302031 should illuminate. c. Battery charge condifion is indicated by the meter on the front panel of the charger; meter will deflect to the left when charging. When fully charged, the pointer will be in line with the "charged" marker above the scale. d. Approximately one hour of charging time is required for each hour of operation. However, an overnight charge is recommended. The charger can be left on indefinitely •without damaging the batteries. When finished, move the battery charger switch to OFF and disconnect from the Side Pack Assembly. It has been established that these battery charging procedures may not be effecfive when the battery has completely discharged. When this happens and the above procedures fail to charge the battery, perform the following addifional steps: e. Remove the battery from the instrument case. f. Connect to any variable direct current (DC) power supply. g. Apply 40 volts at 1/2 ampere (A) maximum. h. Observe the power supply meter. As soon as the battery begins to draw current, gradually reduce the power maintaining 1/2 A maximum until the meter reads approximately 15 volts. Note: The time required to reach the 15-volt reading •will depend on degree of discharge. ;"'. - i. Repeat steps (a), (b), (c), and (d) above to complete the charging cycle. SAMPLING PUMPS (SKC. MSA, or Gilfian) -.. Z - Sampling pumps utilized to collect personal and- area samples will be calibrated before and after sampling. In each case, the sampling pumps •will be calibrated in accordance with parameters . established tn National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Manual of Analyfical .Methods (1984). Calibration will be performed onsite using a primary standard (i.e., electronic bubble meter or 1-liter glass buret). Calibrafions of sampling trains will be conducted •with the collection media (i.e., charcoal tubes, XAD-2 tubes, tenax, cyclone separators, impingers, etc.) in line with the primary standard to ensure quafity data. The following calibration procedures should be followed when calibrating sampling trains: 1.' Electronic Bubble Meter Method \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-10 302032 .fCETfv J - ^ ^ a. /Jlow the pump to run five minutes before voltage check and calibratipn. b. Connect the collection media to the bottom of the cahbration meter by Tygon tubing. Then coimect the pump and the tubing to be used to the top of the meter. This will allow the sampling tiain to be calibrated as il is to be used. c. Visually inspect all Tygon tubing connections. d. Wet the inside of the electronic flow cell •with the supplied soap solution by pushing on the button several times. e. Turn on the pump and adjust the pump rotameter, if available, to the appropriate flow rate setting. f. Press the button on the electionic bubble meter. Visually capture a single bubble and electronically time the bubble. The accompanying printer •will automatically record the cafibrafion reading in titers per niinute. g. Repeat step f unfil two readings are within 5 percent. h. While the pump is stiU running; adjust the pump, if necessary. i. Repeat the procedure for all pumps to be used for sampling. The same cassette and filter may be used for all cahbrations involving the same sampling method. Bubble-meter Method Perform calibration using the bubble-meter inethod as foUows: 1. /VUoW; sampling pumps to run for five minutes before calibration. Check voltage after five minutes. If the voltage is below the level specified by the manufacturer, the pump needs to be recharged. Check the manufacturer's instructions for proper charging procedures. 2. Wet the inside of the burette with the soap solution before setup. 3. Assemble the bubble meter and connect the sampling pump and the type of collection device intended for the field sampling. 4. Momentarily submerge the opening of the burette to capture a film of soap. 5. Draw two or three bubbles up the burette to ensure that they will reach the top. 6. Visually capture a single bubble and time (with a stopwatch) the bubble from 0 to 1000 milliliter (ml) or 0 to 100 ml, depending on the pump being calibrated. 7. Adjust the pump flow rate until the desired flow rate is achieved. For example, for a flow rate of 2 liters per minute, the bubble must travel from 0 to 1000 ml in 30 seconds. Verify the flow rate at least twice. 8. For pumps with rotameters, mark or record the position of the float (ball) when the pump is running at the desired flow rate. This will allow the industrial hygienists to adjust the \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES. B E - I I 302033 _ j . . ^ pump flow rate back to the correct rotameter position if the float moves off the marked f||^, setting during sampling. DETECTOR TUBES/PUMPS (SensidTOe/Gastech. Drager. MSAl Principle/Description 1. Detector tubes/pumps, when used with a variety of commercially available detector tubes, are capable of measuring the concentiations of a wide variety of compounds in industiial atmospheres. 2. Operation consists of using the pump to draw a known volume of air through a detector tube designed to measure the concentiation of the substance of interest. The concentiation is determined by a colorimetric change of an indicator that is present tn the tube contents. Applications/Limitations 1. Detector tubes/pumps can measure more than 200 organic and inorganic gases and vapors or for leak detection. Some aerosols can also be measured. 2. Detector tubes of a given brand are to be used only'with a p'ump of the same brand. The tubes are calibrated specificaUy for the same brand of pump and may give erroneous results if used •wdth a pump of another brand. ..f^=N. B 3. A limitation of many detector tubes is the lack of specificity. Many indicators are not highly selective and can cross-react with other compounds. Manufacturer's manuals describe the effects of interfering contaminants. / • • • ' ' 4. Another important considerafion is sampling time. Detector tubes give only ah instan- taneous interpretafion of environmental hazards. This may be beneficial in potenfiaUy dangerous situafions or when ceiling exposure determinations are sufficient. When long- term assessment of occupafional environments is necessary, short-term detector tube measurements may not reflect time-weighted average levels of the hazardous substances present. 5. Detector tubes normaUy have a shelf-life at 25 degrees Celsius (°C) of one to two years. Refrigeration during storage lengthens the shelf-life. Outdated detector tubes (i.e., beyond the printed expiration date) should never be used. Performance Data 1. The specific tubes are designed to cover a concentration range that is near the Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL). Concentiation ranges are tube-dependent and can be anywhere from one one-hundredth to several thousand ppm. The limits of detection depend on the . particular detector tube. 2. Accuracy ranges vary with each detector tube [+_ 25 percent). 3. The pump may be handled during operation (weighing from 8 to 11 ounces) or it may be an \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-12 302034 / •• Ssaii-" automatic type (weighing about 4 pounds) that collects a sample using a preset number of pump strokes. A full pump stroke qf either type of short-term pump has a volume of about 100 cubic centimeters (cm^). 4. In most cases where only one pump stroke is required, sampling time is about on minute. Determinations for which more pump strokes are required take proportionately longer. Leakage Test is>: 1. Each day before use, perform a pump leakage test by inserting an unopened detector tube into the pump and attempt to draw in 100 ml of air. Alter a few minutes, check for pump leakage by examining pump compression for bellows-type pumps or return to resting position for piston-type pumps. Automatic pumps should be tested according to the manufacturer's instmctions. 2. In the event of leakage that cannot be repaired in the field, notify the DHSO to expedite repairs. 3. Record leakage test on the HLA Air Monitoring. Calibration Form. Calibration Test 1. Calibrate the detector tube for proper volume measurement at least quarterly. 2. Simply connect the pump dfrectiy to the bubble meter with a detector tube in-line. Use a detector tube and pump from the same manufacturer. '. - 3. Wet the inside of the 100 cm' bubble meter with soap solufion. 4. For volume calibrafion, experiment to get the soap bubble even with the zero mark of the buret. a. For pistoh-type pumps, puU the pump handle all the way out (full pump stroke) and note where the soap bubble stops; for bellows-type pumps, compress the beUows fully; for automatic pumps, program the pump to take a full pump stroke. For either type pump, the bubble should stop between the 95 cm' and 105 cm' marks. Allow four minutes for the pump to draw the full amount of air (This time interval varies •wdth the type of detector tube being used in-line with the calibration setup). b. Ailso check the volume of 50 cm' (1/2 pump stroke) and 25 cm' (1/4 pump stroke) if pertinent. As in Section 1 above, a ±5 percent error is permissible. If error is greater that ±5 percent, send the pump for repair and recalibration. 5. Record the calibration information-required on the Calibration Log. 6. It may be necessary to clean or replace the rubber bung or tube holder if a large number of tubes have been taken with the pump. Additional Information \WORK\2423l\02\HASPBD.APP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-13 302035 "^ ly, 1. Draeger, Model 31 (bellows) When checking the pump for leaks with an unopened tube, the bellows should not be completely expanded after 10 minutes. 2. Draeger, Quantimeter 1000, Model 1 (automatic) A battery pack is an integral part of this pump. The pack must be charged before inifial use. One charge is good for 1000 pump stiokes. Dming heavy use, it should be recharged daUy. If a "U" (undervoltage) message is continuously displayed in the readout window of this pump, the battery pack should be immediately recharged. 3. Mine Safety Apphances, Samplafr Pump, Model A, Part No. 463998 (piston) The pump contains a flow rate confrol oriSce protected by a plastic fUter that periodically needs to be cleaned or replaced. To check the flow rate, the pump is connected to a buret and the piston is withdra^wn to the 100-ml position -with no tube in the tube holder. After 24 to 26 seconds, 80 ml of afr should be admitted to the pump. Every six months, the piston should be relubricated with the oU provided. 4. Sensidyne-Gastec, Model 800, Part No. 7010657-1 (piston) This pump can be checked for leaks as mentioned-for the Kitagawa pump; however, the handle should be released after one rninute. Periodic relubrication of the pump head, the piston gasket, and the piston check valve is'needed and is use-dependent. Special Considerations / .. ,.,:.- 1. Detector tubes should be refrigerated when not in use to prolong shelf life. 2. Detector tubes should not be used when cold. They shoiUd be kept at room temperature or in a shfrt pocket for one hour before use. - •' 3. Lubrication of the piston pump may be requfred if volume error is greater than 5 percent. COMBUSTIBLE GAS INDICATOR (Model 361 or eouivalent) Theory of Operation The Model 361 Hydrogen Sulfide combustible gas and oxygen sensors operate simultaneously. Each sensing cfrcuit is equipped with an individual, visual alarm descriptor. There is a common, pulsating audible alarm. One position of the FUNCTION switch enables the audible alarm to be turned off, if so desired. The alarm descriptors -wUl remain on untU the concentration returns to •within the alarm setpoints and the reset button is depressed. A low-battery alarm wdll activate the BATT descriptor on the display and a continuous, steady- \WORK\2423i\02\HASPBDAPP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE.14 302036 , ^ ^ sounding audible alarm. This steady sound indicates that the Model 361 must be removed from service and charged in a nonhazardous area. o WARNING: Exposure of the combustible gas sensor to a concentration high enough to cause the readout to indicate a reading higher that 100 percent Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) wOl cause the readout to latch. When latched, the LEL readout wUl be blank and the descriptors for OVER and LEL ALARM vdll appear. This latching cfrcuit is a warning that the gas concentiation has exceeded the LEL and that all personnel must evacuate the area. This latching cfrcuit can be reset by remo'ving the Model 361 to an area kno^wn to be free of combustible gas (fresh afr) and turning off the instrument. The Model 361 can then be-turned on and rezeroed in fresh afr. This latch cfrcuit does not operate during the ffrst 30 seconds after turning on the instrument, thus providing sufficient time for sensor warm-up and rezeroing. Toxic Gas Sensor The toxic gas sensor used in the Model 361 is a membrane-sealed electiochemical ceU. The cell requfres an external voltage source to function and produces a current output that is proportional to the amount of HjS present. The HjS diffuses through the front membrane of the cell and is oxidized- • at the working electrode. Current flows through.the fiquid electrolyte (acid solution) to the counter/reference electrode where oxygen reduction occurs. The amount of current produced for a concentration of H2S is dependent on the voltage across the working reference electrodes as weU as the electrode materials and the electiol}'te. The choice of the particular noble metal electiodes and the setting of the cell voltage optimizes the sensor for the detection of HjS. The current from the cell is fed to a current-to-voltage converter. This voltage signal is appfied to an amplifier that drives the toxic gas readout and pro^vides and input for an alarm comparator circuit. Combustible Gas Sensor The flammable properties of combustible gases are used as the basis of detection. The sensor consists of a pafr of pelletized fUaments called Pelements" arranged in an electrically balanced bridge \WORK\24231\02\HASPBDJ\PP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-IS ""^ 302037 ^g "^^^^ cfrcuit. The detector pelement is tieated •with a catalyst that causes the combustible gases to combine with oxygen at much lower temperatures than would be requfred for normal burning. The inactive compensator pelement is also exposed to the sample flow and acts to offset any electrical changes caused by flow conditions, sample temperature, pressure,- and/or humidity. Combustible gases in the sample combine with oxygen tn the afr at the surface of the catalyzed detector pelement. Heat is Hberated by this chemical reaction, thus increasing the temperature of the pelement and causing an associated increase in the pelement elecfrical resistance. Increased resistance of the detector pelement unbalances the bridge cfrcuit, causing a voltage change at the mid-point connecfion between the detector pelement and the compensating pelement. This voltage signal is appfied to an amplifier that drives the combusfible gas readout and pro"vides an input for an alarm comparator cfrcuit. Oxygen Sensor ... i The oxygen sensor is a galvanic type cell containing gold and lead electiodes in a potassiiun hydroxide solution. The ceU is sealed with a membrane that allows oxygen to diffuse into the active area. The current generated by the ceU is proportional to the oxygen partial pressure in the atmospheric sample passing over the face of the membrane. The generated current passes through a resistance to provide a voltage input signal for an amplifier. The output of the amplifier drives the oxygen readout and also serves as an input to the alarm comparator cfrcuit. The following instructions detaU the procedures for operation and calibration of the MSA Model 361 Combustible Gas Indicator. Operating Instructions The Model 361 oxygen cahbration and toxic and combustible zero checks must be made in fresh afr or with the inlet end of the sampling fine in fresh afr. • 1. Tum the FUNCTION contiol to the HORN OFF position; the HORN OFF indicator wUl light and the descriptor percent LEL •wdll show in the readout. 2. Set the readout to zero (00) by adjusting the LEL ZERO control (NOTE: this must be done \WORK\24231\02\HASPBDAPP March 17.1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-IS 302038 within 30 seconds of turning ON to prevent the possibUity of activating the off-scale LEL latching alarm). 3. Press the SELECT button firmly to obtain percent OXY on the readout; then set the readout to 20.8 percent by adjusting the OXY CALIBRATE contiol. 4. Press the SELECT button ffrmly to obtain PPM TOX on the readout; then set the readout to zero (00) by adjusting tiie TOX ZERO confrol. 5. Press the RESET button. . . . 6. Tum the FUNCTION contiol to MANUAL for continuous readout of any one gas or to SCAN for automatic scanning of the three gas readings. (NOTE: AH alarm functions operate in either position.) 7. MomentarUy place a finger over the sample inlet fitting or the end of the sample fine, if one is used. Observe that the FLOW indicator float drops, indicating no flow. If it does not, check the flow system and sample line for leaks. 8. The insfrument is ready for cahbration. WARNING: If an alarm is indicated by an ALARM or OVER sign in the readout or a pulsing horn, evacuate personnel from the area and notify the safety officer. j A low battery condifion is indicated by a BATT sign in the readout or by a steady horn; remove the Model 360 or 361 and recharge in a nonhazardous area to prevent potenfial ignition of combusfible atmospheres. / • Model 361 Calibration 1. Attach the flow control to the 0.75 percent pentane/15 percent oxygen caUbration gas tank, 2. Connect the adapter-hose to the flow contiol. 3. Open the flow control valve. 4. Connect the adapter-hose fitting to the inlet of the instrument; •within 30 seconds, the LEL meter should stabUize and indicate between 47 and 55 percent. If the indicator is not in the correct range, remove the right end of the indicator and adjust the LEL SPAN control to obtain 50 percent. 5. Verify the oxygen reading; it should be between 13 and 17 percent; 6. Disconnect the adapter-hose fitting from the instrument. 7. Close the flow contiol valve. " - 8. Remove the flow control from the calibration gas tank. 9. Attach the flow control to the 10 ppm hydrogen sulfide calibration gas tank (40 ppm gas may be used; the choice of HjS calibration •wUl depend on concentrations anticipated in the \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-17 302039 y^^^. work place). 10. Open the flow contiol valve. 11. Connect the adapter-hose fitting to the inlet of the instrument; after approximately one minute, the TOX readout should stabUize and indicate between 7 to 13 ppm (35 to 45 pprh for 40 ppm HjS). If the indication is not in the correct range, remove the right end of the indicator and adjust the TOX SPAN contiol to obtain 10 ppm (40 ppm for 40 ppm H,S). 12. Disconnect the adapter-hose fitting from the instrument. 13. Close the flow contiol valve. 14. Remove the adapter-hose from the flow cohtroL 15. Remove the flow contiol from the caUbration gas tank. CAUTION: Cafibrafion gas tank contents are under pressure. Do not use oU, grease, or flammable solvents on the flow contiol or the caUbration gas tank. Do not store cafibrafion gas tank near heat or ffre, nor in rooms used for habitafion. Do not throw in ffre, incinerate, or punct^ure. Keep out of the reach of chUdren. It is Ulegal and hazardous to refUl this tank. Do not attach any gas t-ank other than MSA calibrafion tanks to the flow contiol. . i Ji B \WORK\24231\02\HASPBD.APP March 17,1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES BE-18 302040 y B APPENDIX BF -ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION \WORK\24231\02\HASPAPP March 17, 1994 HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302041 Harding Lawson Associates requfres that an Accident Investigation form be completed for accidents occurring durfrig working hours. The form, which is included in this appendix, can be obtained from the DHSO. This form must completed as soon as possible (Umit - within three working days) after occurrence of any injury that results in medical treafrnent or property darriage. After completion, the form must be returned to the DHSO for processing. • - • \WORK\24231\02\HASPJ\PP March 17, 1994 ' HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302042 ^ : i ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION COMPLETED FORM MUST BE FORWARDED TO CORPORATE HEALTH AND SAFETY WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS Rc-.-ision 1 JENERAL DATA ployce name B ice OT last week /hrs ation of injury (address; description of job site) Social Security No. Immediate Supervisor Sex Age Case No. Date of injury Time of injury Date injur)- reported Date of Hire MEDICAL DATA A- Qass of i!\jury (check one only) Fatality Lost workday No lost time First aid only Other B. Nature of injury (check all that apply) Amputation Asphyxiation Bum, scald Bum (chemical) Concussion Contagious, infectious disease Contusion, bruise Cut, laceration, bruise Dermatitis Dislocation Electric shock, electrocution Flesh bum Foreign body in eye Fracture Freezing, frostbite Hearing loss or impairment Heat stroke, sunstroke Hernia rupture Poisoning—systemic Pneumoconiosis Radiafion effects Scratches, abrasions Strains, sprains Occupational disease Other Unclassified, not determined C Part of Body Affected (check all that apply) Trunk (abdomen, back, Head and neck (ear, eye, chest, hips, pcMs, face, mouth, scalp, skull, shoulder, otner) neck, other) Lower extremities (anUCj foot, knee, lower leg, thigh, toe, other) Upper extremities (upper arm, elbow, forearm, finger, hand, wrist, other) Body system (ciniilatoiy, digestive, gcaitourinaiy, nemato- logic, inteeumental, muscuIo-SKelctal, nervous, respiratory, other) A C a O E N T ANALYSIS AC Accident Type (check one only) :by . ^ ^ ^ : against ^Bffrom elevation all to foot level Motor •vehicle accident Public transportation Rubbed or abraded Bodily reaction Overexertion Contact with electric cjrrcnt Contact with tempera- ture extremes Contact with chemical or toxic substance Exposure to physical hazards (noise, UV radiatiori) Inhalation of toxic s-jbstancc . Other C a u ^ t m, under, or bera'cen B. Souree of Injury (check all that apply) Air pressure Animals, insects, birds, reptiles Animal prtxlucts (not food) Body motion Boilers, heating equip- ment, pressure vessels Boxes, barrels, containers, packages Building and structures Ceramic items Chemicals (liquids, solids, gases, vapors, fumes, etc.) Qothing, apparel, shoes Coal and petroleum products Cold (atmospheric, environmental) Conveyors, unpowered ^hutes, rollers, etc) Dollies, hand trucks Drugs and medicines Electrical apparatus Excavations, trenches, tunnels Flame, fires, smoke Roots, level surface Furniture, fixtures, furnishings Glass items Hand tools, not jxjwered Heat (atmospheric, environmental) Hoisting apparatus Infectious, parasitic agents iSdders, scaffolds Liquids Machines Mechanical power transmission apparatus ' Metal (plate, sheet, coil) Noise, vibration Paper, plastic, foU Particulate (undefined) Plants, trees, vegetation Plastic items Pumps, prime movers Radiating substances, equipment Soaps, detergents, d i n i n g compounds Silicates Scrap, -R-astes, debris Steam Textile items Tooling and fixtures Vehicles, powered Wood items (pulp, lumber, slabs, chips) Working surfaces Work area environments Other C Unsafe Act (check all that apply) Horseplay Failure to secure, warn, lockout, or assure clearance Improper lifting or carrying Improper task selection Working on ener^cd, pressurized equipment Misuse of equipment, tools, matenais, vehicles Driver/operator error Failure to use equipment provided Failure to follow instruaions Failure to use proper personal protective Improper use of hands or body parts Unsafe placing, mbdng, loading Operating or acting without authorization or in unauthorized location Taking an unsafe bodily position or posture (climbing, reaching, stretching) Failure to wear safe personal attire Inattention to footing or s-jrroundings Using unsate equipment Removing or making safety devices mcpcratrve Other D. Unsafe Condition (check all that apply) J Dusekeeping ng not provided uatc traffic control, traffic . . ; ^;fects of rnachines, equipment, •"' JOIS, materials, vehicles Inadequate illumination Inadequate or improperly designed ventilation Unsuitable design construaion, layout of prescribed work method Natural hazards (terrain, elements, etc.) Hazardous conditions Inadequate or improper guarding Other Una-vailability of required equipment or devices No hazardous condition Improper stackings, palletizing. and banding W I to O l W | E. Supervisory Conditions (check all that apply) Failure to enforce safety Failure to follow rules, standards, or instructions procedures Incorrect iob assien- Inadequate training or instruction provided Failure to orovide Other Ineffective immediate Failure to provide correct or safe tools jctirv^rvi.^ion A. Names of witnesses # -J. How did accident happen? (Give a brief description) C Why did accident occur? (Explain more fully any unsafe acts/conditions which contributed to this acadenL) D. Was the person(s) involved in the accident aware of the safe procedures to complete the job? Describe. E. What corrective action is to be, or has been, taken to prevent a reoccurrence. Who is responsible for correctwc action and when is the expected completion date? ^^^Fisated bv: Reviewed by Proiect Manaeer. Reviewed by Manaeer H/S: "Date: Date: Date; Reviewed bv DHSO: Reviewed by Office Manager: Office Manager Review with CEO: Date: 1 1 Date: 1 Date: i (required for all lost time injunes) to O IO o Appendix C Quality Assurance Project Plan -B \WORK\24231\02\WORKPLAN.REP HARDING LAWSON ASSOCIATES 302045 U--^- Appendix C Quality Assurance Project Plan Prepared for Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Island 24231 2.C.3 James L. Collins Staff Geologist Jason M. Schindler Senior Geologist August 5, 1994 Harding Lawson Associates : = . = Engineering antd Environmental Services " 131 North Third Street Philadelphia, PA 19106 - (215) 627-4505 302 04 6 Section CO.O Revision 1 August 5,1994 Paee 1 of 4 Quality Assurance Project Plan Approval Form The vmdersigned have read and approved this Quality Assurance Project Plan for Island Chemical Company St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Santo GuiUermain, ICC Project Officer Edward A. Nemecek, HLA Project Manager Jason M. Schindler, Deputy Project Manager Bharat Patel, HLA .Quality Assurance Manager Sherrel Hemy, U.S. EPA RI Project Manager Elaine Wild, ETC Laboratory QA Officer (201) 305-5408 (609) 936-0700 (215) 627-4505 (609) 936-0700 (212) 264-8675 (504) 283-4223 Date Date Date Date Date \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302047 Section CO.O Revision 1 August 5,1994 Page 2 of 4 CONTENTS Cl.O QUALITY ASSURANCE OBJECTIVES Cl-1 Cl.l Level of Quality Control Effort . ., Cl-1 Cl.1.1 Field Duplicate Samples Cl-1 Cl.l.2 Rinse Blank Samples Cl-2 Cl.1.3 Trip Blank Samples Cl-2 Cl.1.4 Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duphcate Samples Cl-2 Cl.2 Precision, Accuracy, and Sensitivity Cl-3 Cl.3 Representativeness, Completeness and Comparability Cl-4 Cl.3.1 Representativeness Cl-4 Cl.3.2 Completeness Cl-4 Cl.3.3 Comparability Cl-5 C2.0 INTENDED DATA USES AND DATA QUALITY OBJECTIVES C2-1 C3.0 SAMPLE CUSTODY C3-1 C3.1 Field Custody Procedures '. . .' C3-1 C3.1.1 Field Procedures C3-1 C3.1.2 Field Docmnentation C3-1 C3.1.2.1 Sample Labels i . .* C3-1 C3.1.2.2 SampUng Data Sheets C3-2 C3.1.2.3 Field Logbook C3r3 C3.1.2.4 Chain-of-Custody Record i . . . . " C3-3 C3.1.3 Sample Custody Transfer and Shipment Procediues C3-4 C3.2 Laboratory Custody Procedures ; C3-5 C3.3 Corrections to Documentation C3-6 C3.4 Final Evidence File Custody Procedures C3-6 C4.0 CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND FREQUENCY C4-1 C4.1 Inspection of Field Equipment • • • • C4-1 C4.2 Field Equipment Calibration . . . . . ' C4-1 C4.2.1 Organic Vapor Analysis C4-2 C4.2.2 Water-level Measurements C4-2 C4.2.3 pH Measurements C4-2 C4.2.4 Specific Conductance C4-3 C4.2.5 Water Temperature C4-3 C4.3 Laboratory Instnmient Calibratipn C4-4 C4.3.1 Organic Analyses , C4-4 C4.3.2 Inorganics Analyses C4-5 C4.3.3 Non-Contract Laboratory Program Analyses C4-5 C5.0 ANALYTICAL METHODS ANT) PROCEDURES C5-1 C5.1 Non-Contract Laboratory Program Analytical Methods C5-1 \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding L a w s o n Associates 302048 V- Section CO.O Revision 1 - S ^ ^ August 5,1994 Page 3 of 4 CONTENTS (Continued) C5.2 Field Screening Anal\-tical Procedures C5-1 C5.3 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures for Field Analyses C5-1 C5.4 Laboratory Analytical Parameters and Methods C5-1 C5.5 Method Reporting Limit Requirements C5-2 C5.6 Laboratory Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures C5-2 C6.0 INTERNAL QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES C6-1 C6.1 Field Quality Control Sample Collection C6-1 C6.1.1 Water and Soil Samples C6-1 CB.2 Field Measurement Quality Control Procedures C6-1 C6.3 Laboratory Quality Control Procedures . C6-1 C6.3.1 Laboratory Quality Assurance Program C6-2 C6.3.2 Organic Analysis . C6-2 C6.3.3 Inorganic Analysis C6-3 C6.3.4 Miscellaneous Analyses C6-3 C7.0 DATA VALIDATION, REDUCTION AND REPORTING . . ' . . . " C7-1 C7.1 Data Validation C7-1 C7.1.1 Field Measurement Data Validation Procedures C7-1 C7.1.2 Analytical Data Validation . i . .- C7-2 C7.1.2.1 Laboratory Data Validation Procedures '. C7-2 C7.1.2.2 Harding Lawson Associates Data Validation Procedures C7;3 C7.1.3 Data Qualifiers ,- • • • C7-5 C7.2 Data Reduction C7-5 C7.2.1 Field Measurement Data Reduction Proced\n-es C7-5 C7.2.2 ' Laboratory Analytical Data Reduction Procedures C7-6 C7.2.3 Harding Lawson Associates Analytical Data Reduction Procedures C7-7 C7.3 Information Transfer C7-8 C7.4 Reporting Requirements and Document Control C7-9 C7.4.1 Laboratory Deliverables C7-9 C7.5 Reconciliation With Data Quality Objectives C7-9 CS.O PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEMS AUTDITS C8-1 C8.1 Field Audits C8-1 C8.1.1 Sample Labels C8-1 C8.1.2 Chain-of-Custody Records C8-1 C8.1.3 Field Logbooks C8-2 C8.1.4 Sampling Operations C8-2 C8.2 Laboratory Audits C8-3 C8.3 Document Control C8-3 C9.0 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES C9-1 C9.1 Field Equipment C9-1 C9.2 Laboratory Instruments C9-1 \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302049 Section CO.O {Revision 1 August 5,1994 Paee 4 of 4 CONTENTS (Continued) *a Cl 0.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR DATA ASSESSMENT Cl 0-1 ClO.l Procedures for Assessing Field Data Precision and Accuracy ClO-1 ClO.2 Procedures for Assessing Laboratory Data Precision, Accuracy, Representativeness, Completeness and Comparability ClO-1 ClO.2.1 Precision Evaluation ClO-2 ClO.2.1.1 Duplicate Samples . ClO-2 ClO.2.1.2 Matrix Spike Samples ClO-2 ClO.2.2 Accuracy Evaluation ClO-2 ClO.2.2.1 Blank Samples ClO-2 ClO.2.2.2 Matrix Spike Samples ClO-3 ClO.2.3 Representativeness Evaluation ClO-3 Cl0.2.4 Completeness Evaluation ClO-3 Cl0.2.5 Comparabihty Evaluation ClO-4 ClO.2.6 Sensitivity Evaluation Cl0-4 Cll.O CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURES . Cll-1 Cll.l Field Situations Cll-1 Cll.2 Laboratory Situations Cll-1 Cll.3 Immediate Corrective Action Cll-1 Cll.4 Long-Term Corrective Action '. Z Cll-2 C12.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT . C12-1 C13.0 ACRONYMS AND ABBRE\T\TIONS C13-1 ,C14.0 REFERExNCES , C14-1 TABLES Cl-1 Summary of Tasks Covered in QAPJP Cl-5 Cl-2 Groimdwater Sampling Summary Cl-6 Cl-3 Soil Sampling Sumnaary Cl-7 Cl-4 Target Compound List Volatile Organic Compounds - Contract Required Quantitation Limits Cl-8 Cl-5 Target Compound List Semi-Volatile Organic Compounds - Contract Required Quantitation Limits Cl-10 Cl-6 Target Compound List Pesticides and PCBs - Contract Required Quantitation Limits . . . Cl-13 Cl-7 Target Analyte List Inorganics - Contract Required Method Detection Limits Cl-14 C4-1 Summary of Laboratory Data to be Collected C4-6 APPENDICES CB Resumes of Key Quality Assurance/Quality Control Professionals CC Corrective Action Form \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302050 Section Cl.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 1 of 15 Cl.O QUALITY ASSURANCE OBJECTIVES The overall Quality Assurance (QA) objective for this project is to develop and implement standard United States Environmental ProtecUon Agency (USEPA) procedures for field sampling, chain-of- custody, laboratory analyses and reporting that will provide results that are technically usable and legally defensible in a court of law. The objectives of the analytical program are to generate data of sufficient quality: 1. To be compared to ARARs identified; 2. To be used in development of a baseline himfian health and/or ecological risk assessment, if necessary; and 3. To be used to develop a feasibiUty study, if necessary. Table Cl-1 presents a summary of tasks covered by this Quality Assvirance Project Plan (QAPP). Specific QA procedures for sampling, chain-of-custody, laboratory instrument calibration, laboratory analyses, data reporting, internal quahty control (QC), laboratory audits, preventive maintenance of field equipment and corrective action are described in other sections of this QAPP. The purpose of this section is to address the specific objectives for precision, accuLracy, representativeness, complete- ness and comparability (PARCC). Definitions for PARCC follow (USEPA, 1986a): Precision - a measine of mutual agreement among individual measurements of the same property, usually under prescribed similar conditions, usually expressed in terms of the relative percent difference. Accuracy - the degree of agreement of a measurement v^dth an accepted reference or true value. Representativeness - the selection of analytical methods, sampling protocols and sample locations such that results are representative of the media being sampled and the conditions being measured. Completeness - the iamount of valid data obtained from a measurement system compared to the amount that was expected and needed to be obtained to meet the project data goals. Comparability - the confidence with which one data set can be compared to another. C l . l Level of Quality Control Effort Project QC checks will be accomplished by submitting controlled samples to the laboratory from the field. Three types of QC samples will be used: field duphcates, blanks (rinse blanks and trip blanks) and matrix spike samples. These QC samples will be analyzed to assess the data quality resulting from the field sampling program. Field duplicate samples will be submitted to the laboratory as blind samples. Any samples submitted as blind will be noted in the field log and given a sample number that does not indicate to the laboratory that the sample is a QC check. QC samples will be collected and submitted to the laboratory to ensure that the data generated are representative of the study area environmental conditions. Soil and groundwater samples, including QC samples to be collected during this project, are summarized on Tables Cl-2 and Cl-3, respectively. Each type of QC sample to be collected is discussed separately below. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302051 Section Cl.O Revision 1 AugusI 5, 1994 Page 2 of 15 C1.1.1 Field Duplicate Samples Field duplicates will be co-located, independent samples collected in such a marmer that they are equally representative of the parameter(s) of interest at a given point in space and time. Co-located samples, when collected, processed and analyzed by the same organization, provide intra-laboratory precision information for the entire measurement system, including sample acquisition, homogeneity, handling, shipping, storage, preparation and analysis. Field duplicate samples can also be used to estimate the overall precision of a data collection activity and to check sampUng and analytical reproducibility. At least one field duplicate sample wUl be coUected for every 20 investigative samples per sample matrix. Field QC samples will be handled identically to environmental samples. C1.1.2 Rinse Blank Samples Rinse blank samples wUl be obtained by running andyte-free distilled water through sample coUection equipment after decontamination and coUecting the rinsate in the appropriate sample containers for analysis. These samples will be used to evaluate the overall accuracy of the data by assessing whether decontamination procedures have been sufficient to minimize sample contamination. Rinse blank samples will be collected at a frequency of once each day a decontamination event takes place for each type of equipment used, not to exceed one per day. Field documentation wUl clearly indicate Z^ which field blank corresponds' to which samples so that the data validator will compare the correct samples. ' The water used for rinse blanks will be demonstrated analyte-free water. The water will be analyzed prior to use tn the field and foimd to be contaminant-free to the levels required for the project. The water will be evaluated in accordance with the criteria specified in the USEPA Region U QA manual (p.59) as follows. Purgeable Organics Semi-volatUe Organics Pesticides and PCBs Inorganics Methylene Chloride'' Acetone' Toluene' 2-Butanone' Dimethylphthalate' Diethylphthalate' di-n-Butylphthalate' Butylbenzylphthalate' bis(2-ethylhexyl)phthalate' di-n-Octyl phthalate' < 10 parts per bUlion (ppb); < Contract Required Quantitation Limit (CRQL) (Table Cl-5) < CRQL, see Table Cl-6; < Contract Required Detecfion Limit (CRDL) (Table Cl-7) < 6 ppb < 15 ppb < 3 ppb < 15 ppb < 15 ppb < 15 ppb < 15 ppb < 15 ppb < 15 ppb < 15 ppb ' For common laboratory contaminants listed, allowable limits are three times the respective CRQLs. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302052 ( ^ Section Cl.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 3 of 15 The rinse blank samples will be collected, preserved and handled in the same manner as the aoueous samples for the associated analysis. C l . 1 . 3 Trip Blank S a m p l e s Trip blank samples will be prepared by the analytical laboratory before the sampling event by filling 40-millUiter vials with reagent-grade water demonstrated free of volatUe organic compounds (VOC). The trip blanks are preserved in the same manner as the groundwater samples. Trip blank samples are kept with field sample containers throughout the sampling event, then packaged for shipment \vith the other samples and sent to the laboratory for VOC analysis. One trip blank sample wUl be included in each cooler that contains samples to be analyzed for VOCs, each day aqueous volatOe organic samples are collected. At no time after their preparation will the trip blank sample containers be opened before they are returned to the laboratory. Trip blank samples wUl be collected to assess the potential for VOC contaminafion introduced by sample bottles or sample handling during field operations and shipping. C l . 1 . 4 Matrix S p i k e S a m p l e s Matrix spike samples vdll be created in the laboratory by adding known amounts and concentrafions of target analytes to a prepared portion of a sample immediately before extraction or analysis. Matrix spike samples provide informafion on matrix effects encountered during extraction, digestion and analysis (i.e., suppression or enhancement of instrument signal levels). Matrix spike sample results are principally used to evaluate accuracy, but, when combined with MSD sample data, they also \-ield information on analytical precision. During the field activities, addifional sample material wUl be coUected from field-selected locafions to provide sufficient sainple volume for the laboratory to prepare matrix spike samples. The matrix -spike water samples each require three addifional sample container volumes for aqueous samples to be analzyed for TCL extractable organics. SoU matrix spike samples do not require additional sample volume. At least one set of matrix spUce samples wUl be collected for every 20 investigative samples per sample matrix. C1.2 Precision, A c c u r a c y a n d Sensitivity The fimdamental QA objective with respect to precision, accuracy and sensifivity of laboratory analytical data is to achieve the QC acceptance criteria of the analytical protocols. The precision of the data wUl be evaluated by examining results obtained from the analysis of sample blanks, field and laboratory duplicate samples, laboratory matrix spike samples and Contract Laboratory Procedure (CLP)-reqiaired laboratory QA/QC samples. The accuracy of the data wUl be evaluated for CLP methods by comparing the QC criteria stipulated in these methods to the results from laboratory matrix spike samples. Analytical accuracy for non-CLP methods wUl be evaluated in relafionship to method validation/start-up QC control criteria. Instrument sensitivity will be monitored by analyzing method blanks, calibration check samples (organic analyses), by laboratory control samples (organic samples analyzed by Superfund Analytical \ W O R K \ 2 4 2 3 1 \ 0 2 \ Q A P P . R V - 1 Harding Lawson Associates 302053 Section Cl.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 4 of 15 Method - Low Concentration Water for Organic Analysis (SAMLCWOA)) and by detection limit standards. The achievement of the method detection limits depends on instrument sensitivity and possible matrix effects. Therefore, it is important to monitor instrument sensitivity by regular instrument checks. Accuracy and precision goals for the study area wiU be adopted from the appropriate CLP statement of work (SOW) as available for the matrix spike results. Data wUl be qualified in accordance with the appropriate USEPA functional guidelines if either external (field) QC blanks or internal (laboratory) QC blanks indicate that the precision or accirracy of analytical resiUts is compromised. Duphcate sample agreement goals will be compared with method QC criteria. The use of the method validation/startup QC criteria will also be used to evaluate matrix spike results for non-CLP methods when specific matrix spike control criteria are unavailable. If control criteria are unavailable for a targeted parameter, the laboratory-specific method control criteria wdll be adopted. Methods for calculating QA/QC sample precision and acciu'acy are provided in Section ClO.O of this document. The sensitivities required for these analyses wUl be the method reporting limits showm in Tables Cl-4 through Cl-7. Standard operating procedures (SOP) for selected laboratory analyses wUl be reviewed prior to selecfion. These SOPs include the required precision, acciuacy and sensitivity of the analyses. SOPs for the field equipment to measiure pH, conducfivity and temperatme are outlined in the Samphng and Analysis Plan (SAP) presented as Appendix A of this Work Plan. C1.3 R e p r e s e n t a t i v e n e s s , C o m p l e t e n e s s a n d Comparability This section describes the QA objecfives with respect to representafiveness, completeness and comparabUity. -.• / C1.3.1 R e p r e s e n t a t i v e n e s s Representativeness expresses the degree to which sample data accurately and precisely represent a characterisfic of a populafion, parameter variafions at a sampling locafion, a process condition or an environmental condition. Representafiveness is a quahtafive parameter most concerned with the proper design of the sampling program, proper sampling locations, implementing proper sampling protocols and collecting a sufficient number of invesfigafive samples. Representafiveness is addressed in detaU in the Workplan and SAP by describing the rationale used to select sampling locations and proper samphng techniques. Representativeness will be satisfied by- ensuring that the SAP is followed, proper sampling techniques are used, proper analytical procedures are followed and technical holding times of the samples are not exceeded. Representafiveness will be assessed by analysis of field duplicate samples. Furthermore, representafiveness will be assessed by the analysis and interpretation of the results of an appropriately defined number of internal (laboratory) and external (field) QC samples. Precision and accuracy information developed from the evaluation of QC samples wUl be used to qualitafively evaluate representativeness. A representativeness evaluation will be performed through a" careful comparison of results from the study area. The chemical constituent t\"pe, breakdown characteristics and concentrafion will be used to qualitatively evaluate the representativeness of the reported results. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302054 Section Cl.O Revision 1 August 5. 1994 Page 5 of 15 C1.3.2 Completeness This QA program is designed to achieve a goal of 100,percent data completeness. Realizing that under normal conditions this goal may not be achievable, the completeness goal for this program, on the basis of HLA's experience, is 90 to 95 percent. This completeness goal is considered adequate to meet the intended data uses for this site oa the basis of prior considerafion of PARCC parameters, the sampling design plans and data coUecfion activifies,proposed for the remedial acfion. Follovrang completion of the analytical testing, the percent completeness will be calculated by the following equation: Completenes(%) = Number of valid samples (Number of samples collected for each parameter analyzed) x 100 Cl.3.3 Comparability ig and ComparabUity of the data coUection acti\ities must consider field conditions as well as sampHi analytical techniques. ComparabUitv- of the data wiU be enhanced through the use of standard sampling and analytical methods or analyfical niethods that are equivalent in method performance criteria and reported units. For the purposes of the remedial action, the analytical methods, the quality of the data and the samphng design will be evaluated for data comparabUity. The extent to which existing and planned analyfical data wiU be comparable depends on the similarity of sampling and analytical methods. The procedures used tol obtain the planned analytical d^ta, as documented in the QAPP, are- expected to provide comparable data; If data do not appear comparable after the initial evaluation, HLA will attempt to identify- other components possibly affecting comparabUity, including^ but not limited to, field conditions, samplirig protocols and the occmrrence of true data anomahes. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302055 ^ Section Cl.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 6 of 15 Table C l - 1 . S u m m a r y of T a s k s Covered In P r o j e c t Work P l a n Island Chemical Company Site Sl. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Data Collection Activity Rafionale/Objective(s) Covered in QAPP' Review existing data Validate existing sampling data Clear the site of vegetation and perform a reconnaissance Repair and re-sample existing w-eUs Install and sample new monitoring wells Acquire access approvals and permits Install soil borings Collect surface soil'samples Survey wells and borings Understanding previous work and site conditions as known. Evaluate quahty of existing data. FacUitate access to site; confirm areas of concern and sampling locations Confirm existing data regarding groundwater quality Evaluate whether affected groundwater is present; Assess groimdwater flow Ensure compliance with local rules and regidations Evaluate local geology; determine if clay layer reported by ESI is present; determine if affected soUs are present Evaluate whether affected sediments are present Measure exact locations of sampling points; ensure accuracy and consistency No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No ' See Work Plan and Sampling and Analysis Plan for additional details on items not specifically covered in this QAPP. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP-TAB.RV1 Harding Lawson Associates 302056 Aiiiilylicinl i'.-iniiiicliir VOCs SVOs I'yriiUim Pcsl/PCn.s IiiorUiiiiiiis Section Cl.O Revision 1 AiiRiist 5, 1094 I'ago 7 of 15 Table C1-2. Groundwater Sampling Summary Island Chomicnl Company Silo St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Iiivesligntivc Samples Nc I''r(:(|. Tot. Qualily Conlrol Samples Rinse ninnk No. 'Il!(|. •iv.i. Field Duplicalo ,N(J. IV.I. Trip ninnk No. I'ni.|. lot. 20 20 20 20 20 Tfili :)2 20 20 20 2(1 ' Uinso blanks to be collccled ut a frequency of once each day ndocoiilnminntion event tnkos place for cncli type of equipment. The scope of work assumes four quarterly groundwater sampling events, each of which is expected to take one day. VOCs Target Compound List (TCL) Volatile Organic Compounds using SAMLCWOA (10/92) SVOs - TCL Semi-volatile Organic Compounds using using SAMLCWOA (10/92) Pyridine SW-846 Method 8270 Pest^CBs TCL pesticides and PCBs using SAMLCWOA (10/92) Inorganics Target analyte list inorganics by CLP SOW ILMO3.0 (May 1993); antimony, beryllium and thallium will be analyzed using the atomic absorption furnace technique given in the CLP SOW 1LMO2.0, Part B, pages D-28 through D-40) to C i IO o Ol - J \WORK\24231\02\QAPP-TAB.RV1 Harding Lawson Associates B B B Section Cl.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Pngo fl of 15 T a b l e C1-3. Soil S a m p l i n g S u m m a r y Island Chemical Company Site St.^Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands Aniilylical I'liniiiiolor VOCs SVOs I'osl/l'CDs Inorganics Invest No. 20 20 20 20 gnlivo Snmplos I'lTO], 1 1 1 1 Tol. 20 20 20 20 Quality Control Snmples Rinso ninnk No, 1 1 1 1 rni0' Section C4.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 3 of 6 be traceable lo iMational Bureau of Standards (NBS) calibration thermometers. All temperature meters are calibrated weekly with a mercurv- thermometer. C4.2.4 pH M e a s u r e m e n t s The digital pH meter (Beckman Model 021 or equivalent) vdll be calibrated daily with two standard buffer solutions before field measurements. Calibration procedures and frequency will be recorded in the field logbook along vdth the lot number of the buffer solutions. General procedures for cahbrating the digital pH meter are described below: u. x«.i>' 1. Connect pH electrode to pH meter and turn on the pH meter. 2. Measure temperature of bufier solution. 3. Adjust the temperature setting on the basis of the buffer temperature, then place the electrode in the fhst buffer solution. 4. Set the span or slope adjustment to display correct value after the reading has been stabilized. 5. Rinse electrode in distiUed vvater and repeat this procedure for the second buffer solution. 6. Place pH electrode in the sample and record the pH measurement displayed. 7. Remove pH electrode from sample and rinse vdth distUled.water. 8. Re-calibrate the pH meter every time it is turned off and turned back on or if it exhibits erratic results. •- _ The calibrations performed, standards used and sample pH values measured are recorded in the field logbook and sampling forms, as appropriate. New batteries will be purchased and kept with the meters to facUitate immediate replacement in the field as necessary. - C4.2.5 Specific C o n d u c t a n c e The conductivity cells of the specinc conductivity meter (YSI Inc. Model 33 S-C-T or eqmvalent) vdll be cleaned and checked daUy against knov\Ti conductivity standards before use. The cahbration procedure follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Place the probe in conductivity cahbration standard solution. Set temperature knob to the temperature of the standard solution. Turn to the appropriate scale and set the instiument for the calibration standard value including zeroing and red-lining the instiument as described in the manufacturer's set-up and operations procedures. Rinse the conductivity electiode vvith distilled water. Measure the conductivity of distiUed water, ensuring the temperature is set correctly for the temperature of the sample to be measured. Sample readings and calibrations wiU be recorded in the field logbook and sampling forms as appropriate. C4.3 L a b o r a t o r y I n s t r u m e n t Calibration Calibration of laboratory equipment v\ill be performed on the basis of method-specific procedures. Records of calibration, repairs or replacement vdll be fUed and maintained by the designated \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302077 B ??3S^ Section C4.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 4 of 6 laboratory personnel performing QC activities. These records wUl be fUed at the location where the work is performed and may be subject to a QA audit.. For instruments, the laboratory wUl maintain a' factory-trained repair staff vdth in-house spare parts or wUI maintain service contracts with equipment vendors. The calibration records wUl be maintained as follows: • If possible, each instiument wiU have a calibration record permanentiy affixed to it with an assigned record number. • A label wUl be affixed to each instrument showing description, manufacturer, model numbers, date of last calibration, caUbrator's signature and due date of next cahbration. Reports and compensation or correction figures v%iU be maintained with the instrument. • Written step-wise calibration prccsdures vdll be avaUable for each measurement instiument. • Any instrument that is not cahbrated to the manufacturer's original specifications wiU display a warning tag to alert the analyst that the instrument has orUy a limited caUbration. The calibration procedures and frequency of cahbration for laboratory equipment used for sample analysis will be consistent vdth CLP SOW protocols as specified in the current CLP SOWs for organic and inorganic analyses. Calibration procedures and frequency of calibration for laboratory equipment used for non-CLP sample analyses are discussed in appropriate laboratory method SOPs. C4.3.1 Organic Analyses *• i Before calibration, the instrument(s) used for gas chromatography/mass spectiometry (GC/MS) - --'. analyses are tuned by analysis of p-bromofluorobenzene for VOC analyses and decafluorotiiphenyl phosphine for semi-yplatUe organic compomid (SVO) analyses. The instiument tunevvUl be verified every 12 hours of operation. Once the tuning criteria for these reference compounds are met, the instrument is initially caUbrated by using a five-point calibration curve. Continuing cahbration is verUied every 12 hotirs of operation. The calibration standards vdll be tiaceable to USEPA or NBS standards and are spiked with internal standards and surrogate compoimds. CaUbration and continuing caUbration verification of instruments vdll be performed at approved intervals as specified by the mantifacturer or the analytical method (whichever is more frequent). C4.3.2 Inorganics Analyses The Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer and Inductively Coupled Plasma (ICP) Eirussion . Spectrophotometer instruments are initially calibrated by use of a minimum of three calibration standards prepared by dilution of certified standard stock solutions. An analysis blank is prepared with one calibration standard at the quantitation limit for the metal. The other standards bracket the concentration range of the samples. Cahbration standards vdll contain acids at the same concentiation as the digested samples. A continuing calibration standard, prepared from a different stock solution that is used for preparation of the initial calibration standards, is prepared and analyzed after every 10 samples or every 2 hours of continuous instrument operation. The continuing cahbration standard concentrations must agree \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302078 Section C4.0 Revision 1 |i® August 5, 1994 Page 5 of 6 within 10 percent of the initial cahbration value or the appropriate corrective action is taken. Corrective action may include re-caUbrating the instrument and reanalyzing the previous 10 samples. For the ICP, linearity near the lower quantitation limit vvUl be verified with a blank. This blank must be run at the beginning and end of each sample analysis sequence or a minimum of twice per 8-hour period of instrument operation. C4.3.3 Non-Contract Laboratory Program Analyses Currentiy, the only non-CLP analyses to be performed vdll be analysis of water and soU samples for pyridine. Pyridine in water wiU be analyzed in accordance with SW-846 method 8270. On January 11, 1993, ETC performed a detection Umit study for semi volatUe organic compounds including pyridine, in water. A copy of ETC's method detection limits for this analysis is included in Appendix CA. If possible, pyridine in soU vdll be analyzed by extending the CLP analysis. ETC is currentiy working to confhm that this procedure is practicable. The laboratory vdll develop a specific methodology for these analyses prior to project startup. Anal3^cal accuracy for pyridine vdU be evaluated in relation to method vaUdation/startup QC contiol criteria. "^^^7 \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302079 Section C4.0 Revision 1 AugusI 5, 1994 Page 6 of 6 Table C4-1. Summary of Laboratory Data to be Collected During Remedial Investigation Activities Island Chemical Company Site St. Croix, U.S. Vhgin Islands Sample Matrix VOCs ..Semi-VOCs Inorganics Pyridine Groundwater sample collection and analysis CLP Soil sample collection and analvsis CLP CLP CLP CLP CLP SW-846 8270 CLP^ CLP Contract Laboratory Program ^ CLP analysis for semi-volatUe organic compounds in soU wUl be modified to include pyridine \WORK\24231\02\QAPP-TAB.RV1 Harding Lawson Associates 302080 Section C5.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 1 of 3 CS.O ANALYTICAL METHODS AND PROCEDURES The analytical methods and procedmes include a description of field and analytical parameters, method reporting limit requhements, QA/'QC procedures for laboratory and field analyses and laboratory deliverables. Samples v\iU be analyzed by USEPA-CLP laboratories as noted in the SAP. HLA currently plans to contract laboratory services through ETC Laboratory of Edison, New Jersey. The intent is to have measurements requhed for plume definition be performed at a CLP laboratory using CLP protocol. Other analyses conducted for tieatabihty, permitting and/or geotechnical purposes not requhing CLP protocol vdll also be performed at CLP laboratories, when feasible. C5.1 Non-Contract Laboratory Program Analytical Methods Pyridine is currently the only substance proposed for analysis that is not included in the CLP program. This substance wUl be analyzed and reported vdth the TCL semi-volatUe organic compounds. C5.2 Field Screening Analytical Procedures The procedures for field measurement of pH, specific conductivity, .temperature and relative VOC concentiation are provided in the SAP. C5.3 Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures for Field Analyses HLA's Site Manager vdll be responsible for QA/QC procedures for field analyses. Field Q/VQC analyses vdll include cahbrating field measurement instiuments and equipment and comparing data to previous measurements obtained at the specific location. Variations in field data measurements, greater than those specUied by the manufacturer of the equipment, at a specific location will be examined tO' evaluate whether general tiends may be developing. Variations in data that carmot be explained will be assigned a lower level of confidence and will be used for limited purposes. A variety of instiuments, equipment and sampling tools vdll be used to coUect data and samples and to monitor site conditions. Proper cahbration, maintenance and use of instruments and eqmpment are requhed to ensure the quality of data coUected in the field. Equipment and instrument caUbration, maintenance and operational procedures are described in detail in Section C4.0 of this QAPP. The QC objective of these data coUection activities is to obtain reproducible and comparable measurements to a degree of accuracy consistent vdth the intended use of the data. The QC objectives vdll be accomplished through the use of documented standard procedures. The procedures for performing these activities and the standardized formats for documenting them are presented in the SAP. ' • \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302081 B SecUon CS.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 2 of 3 C5.4 Laboratory Analytical Parameters and Methods Laboratory analytical parameters and methods to be used during this project are as follows: Groundwater VOCs, SVOCs and Superfund Anal3rtical Methods for Low Concentration Waters for Organic - pesticides/PCBs Analysis (SA\a.CWOA), Rev. 10/92 Pyridine SW-846 Method 8270 Inorganics CLP SOW ILMO3.0 (May 1993); anthnony, beryUium and thalUum wiU be analyzed using the atomic absorption furnace technique given in the CLP SOW ILMO2.0, Part B, pages D-28 through D-40) Soil VOCs, SVOCs Statement of Work for Organics Analysis, OLMOl.9 Quly 1993) modified for including pyridine pyridine analysis and pesticides/PCBs Inorganics Statement of Work for Inorganic Analysis ILMO3.0 C5.5 Method Reporting Limit Requirements Method reporting limits (MRL) for analytical data wiU be consistent vdth the objective of the ' ' ' investigation and the intended use of the data. The MRLs are reported in Tables Cl-4 through Cl-7 (see Section Cl.O). Contract requhed quantitation limits and MRLs for target analytes may be sample-specific for samples vdth complex matrices (i.e., samples containing one or more analytes at widely varjong concentrations). In this case, detection limits for certain samples vdll increase when a sample has to be diluted to provide on-scale instrument response for high-concentration analytes. However, target analytes not requiring dUution vsiU be analyzed accordingly and analytical resiUts will be included in the laboratory deliverables. For samples requhing lower detection limits, the dUuted samples vdll be reanalyzed by the laboratory upon approval of HLA's QA review officer. Samples that requhe lower detection limits, if any, vdll be identified before analyses, if possible, and the laboratory will be notUied in this event. C5.6 Laboratory Quality Assurance/Quality Control Procedures Analytical QA/QC for laboratory testing wiU be based on (1) CLP SOW requhements as stated in the current CLP SOW and (2) the laboratory's specific QA/QC procedures. Laboratory precision and accuracy wUl be evaluated on the basis of CLP-requhed system checks and results of requhed laboratory Q/VQC samples introduced into the sample analysis stream. The types and frequency of requhed system checks and laboratory Q/VQC samples are provided in the CLP SOWs and SOPs. As listed in the SOW requirements, any non-CLP laboratories if used, wUl be amenable to analysis of performance evaluation samples submitted by USEPA for QA purposes. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302082 Section C5.0 Revision 1 , August 5, 1994 Page 3 of 3 In addition to the laboratory QA/QC described above, project QA/QC checks vdll be used to quantitatively and qualitatively evaluate the analytical performance of the laboratory. QA/QC samples will also be used qualitatively to assess external effects on the accuracy and comparabUity of the reported resiUts. Project QA/QC checks v\ill consist of controlled samples from the field. Project QA/QC samples will consist of rinse and tiip blanks, field duplicates and matrix spikes. Field duplicates and matrix spikes vdU be designated in the field before analysis by the laboratory. B \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding L a w s o n Associates 302083 Section C6.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 1 of 4 B- C6.0 INTERNAL QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES QC procedures are designed to ensure and document data quality. Field and laboratory QC checks wUl be used to evaluate the laboratory's analytical procedures. Key project QA/QC personnel are identified on the Approval Form located at the beginning of this QAPP. Resumes of key QA/QC personnel are included in Appendbc CB. C6.1 Field Quality Control Sample Collection QC samples wUl be collected in the field and subnutted to the laboratory vdth the investigative samples. Three types of QC samples will be collected: blanks (rinse blanks and trip blanks), matiix spikes and field duplicates. The QC samples wiU be used to assess the field sampling program data quality and the laboratory analytical data quaUty and are described in Section Cl.O of this QAPP. Field blanks wUl be collected at a rate of 10 percent for non-aqueous samples and one field blank per day for aqueous samples. DupUcates wiU be coUected at a frequency of 1 per 20 investigative samples of each matiix. The levels and types of project QC check samples that vdll be infroduced into the analjrtical program , are described below. C6.1.1 Water and Soil Samples The follovdng project QC check samples v%iU be submitted for analysis to ensure and document vvater and soU data quality for samples coUected from borings and monitoring weUs: "'.- • Rinse blank for Target Compound List (TCL) organics. Target Analyte List (TAL) inorganics and pyridine' • - • Trip blank for VOCs only • Field duplicate for TCL organics, TAL inorganics and pyridine Rinse blanks vdll not be collected if the sample is coUected dhectiy into the container. The frequency of QC sample collection was previously presented'in Tables Cl-2 and Cl-3 (see Section Cl.O). C6.2 Field Measurement Quality Control Procedures Field measurement QC procedures for pH, conductivity and temperature measurements are limited to checking the reproducibility of the measurement (1) by obtaining multiple readings on a single sample or standard and (2) by calibrating the instruments. Field measurement procedures are described in the SAP (Appendix B). C6.3 Laboratory Quality Control Procedures Laboratory QC checks (for CLP procedures) represent internal system checks and confrolled samples introduced by the laboratory into the sample analysis stieam. These procedures are used to validate the data and calculate the accuracy and precision of the chemical analysis program. The level of QC effort provided by the laboratory will be eqmvalent to the level of QC effort specified in the CLP SOW methods. The level of QC effort for inorganics testing (metals and cyanide) vdll conform to the \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302084 iec'jcn C5.0 Revision 1 A-j;i;sf5, 1S94 ?3:e 2 ci A protocols of the SOW (5/93 ILM03.X5). The levels of QC effort for TCL crg;i.".;cs tcsii.riu (VOC;. S'.QCri. Pesticides and PCBs) wUl conform to the protocols of the SOW (7/93 OLMOl.Sj or the Su-£::u.-i Analytical Method Low Concentration Water for Organic Analysis (SA.MLCVVO.A, 10/Q2), as appropriate. The QC level wiU meet the criteria m the CLP SOWs or appropriate SOPs or the SAAILCWO.-.. These specifications include the types of QC checks requhed (method blanks, reagent/preparation blanks, matrix spikes, calibration standards, internal standards, surrogate standards, the frequency of each QC analysis, specific calibration check standards and laboratory duplicate/replicate analysis], co~rcur.ds and concentrations to be used and the QC acceptance criteria. Laboratory system checks and Q.A QC samples are requhed by the current CLP SOWs and are defined below. C6.3.1 L a b o r a t o r y Quality A s s u r a n c e P r o g r a m The selected laboratory will have a v\-ritten QA/QC program that provides rules and guideli-ri :: ensure the reliabUity and validity of work conducted at the laboratory- Complia.nce with the :^.-^ QC program is coordinated and monitored by the laboratory Quality Assurance Unit (QAU), whizz, ii independent of the operating departments. The stated objectives of the laboratory QA/QC are intended to: B '''*SS*='" for Ensure that procedures are documented, including any changes in administrative ar.dcr technical procedures. / : ^ Ensure that analytical procedures are conducted according to sound scientific princip'.es and have been validated. Morutor the performance of the laboratory by a systematic inspection program and prc'.'ice fo corrective action, as necessary. Collaborate with other laboratories in estabhshing quality levels, as appropriate. Ensure that data are properly recorded and archived. Laboratory procedures are documented in writing as either SOPs or Method Procedures, which are edited and controlled by the laboratory QAU. Internal QC procedures for analytical services \-Zll be conducted by the laboratory in accordance vdth theh SOPs. Laboratory QC checks will be performed and samples vdll be analyzed at a frequency established by the appropriate CLP SOWs (or SANfl^CWOA) for organics and inorganics and by the SOPs fcr r.cr.-CLP samples. C6.3.2 O r g a n i c Analysts The following QC samples are analv-zed along vdth samples that are analyzed for crgLinic cz~.zz'zz::s: a Initial Calibration - analysis of analytical standards for a series of diiferen! specified concentrations; used to define the linearity and dynamic range of ihe resrio;-se of ;he C-C :T, GC/MS to the target compoimds. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding L a w s c i A~:5cc\ates 302085 Section C6.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 3 of 4 Continuing Calibration - analvlical standard rvin frequently to verify the calibration of the GC or GC/MS system. Method Blank - an analytical contiol consisting of all applicable reagents, internal standards and surrogate standards carried through the enthe analytical procedure. The method blank is used to define the level of laboratory background contamination. Internal Standards - compounds added to every standard, blank, dupUcate, matrix spUce sample (for volatUe organic analysis) and sample extiact (for SVOs), at a known concentiation, before analysis. Internal standards are used as the basis for quantitation of the orgaruc target compounds. • • Surrogates - orgaruc compounds added to every blank, sample, duplicate, matiix spUce and standard; used to evaluate analytical efficiency by measuring recovery. Surrogates are brominated, fluorinated or isotopicaUy labeled compoimds not expected to be detected in envhonmental media. • Storage Blank - (SAMLCWOA orUy) Upon receipt of the fhst samples from a Sample Dehvery"' Group (SDG), two 40-mL VOA vials with a Teflon'™-faced sUicon septum are filled with reagent water. The vials are stored imder the same conditions as the samples in the SDG. A 25.0 mL aliqot of this reagent vvater is spiked vdth a 10.0 ^L internal standard and 10.0 ^tL of surrogate solution and analvzed after aU samples in the SDG have been analyzed. The storage blank indicates whether contamination may have occurred during sample storage. • : Instrument Blank - (SAJvfLCWOA only) 25.0 mL of reagent water spiked with a 10.0 ftL " internal and 10.0 ^L of surrogate solution carried through the enthe analytical scheme. Instrument blanks are analyzed after a sample/dUution which contains a target compound at a concentration greater than 25 pg'L (ketones 125 pg/L) or a non-target compound at a concentration greater than 100 pg/L or satirrated ions from a compound (excluding the compound peaks in the solvent front)., The restUts from instrument blank analysis indicate whether there is contamination from a previous sample. • Laboratory Control Sample (LCS) - The LCS is an internal laboratory QC sample designed ot assess (on an SDG-by-SDG basis) the capabUity of the contiactor to perform the analytical method. C6.3.3 Inorganic Anaiysis The following QC samples are analv-zed along vdth samples that are analyzed for inorganic arameters: • Calibration Blank - a volume of acidUied deionized and/or distUled water. • Continuing Calibration - analvlical standard run every 10 analytical samples or every two hours, whichever is more frequent, to verify the calibration of the analytical system. - ' . - ^ i ^ ^ ^ ^ t ^ ^ \WORK\24231 \02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302086 B iuas^ Section C6.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 4 of 4 • Instrument Calibration - analysis of analytical standards for a series of different specified concentrations; used to defme the quantitative response, linearity and dynamic range of the instrument to target compounds. • Preparation Blank - an analv-tical contiol that contains distUled and/or deionized water and reagents, carried through the enthe analytical procedure (digested and analyzed). An aqueous method blank is freated vdth the same reagents as a sample vdth a water matrix; a soUd method blank is treated vdth the same reagents as a soU sample. • Laboratory Duplicate - a second aUquot of a sample, which is prepared and analyzed using the same procedures as the original sample, to evaluate method precision. • Interference Check Sample - consists of two solutions: Solution A and Solution AB. Solution A consists of the interferer and Solution AB consists of the analytes mixed vdth the interferer. The solutions are analyzed consecutively to verify inter-element and background correction factors. • Inler-element Correction Factors - values determined to correct for spectial interference caused by aluminum, calcium, hon and magnesium for ICP instiuments at wavelengths used for each analyte. C6.3.4 Miscellaneous Analyses i ; The; following QC samples are analv-zed, where appropriate, with samples for miscellaneous analyses. ^ • Calibration-Blank - a volmne of distiUed water containing the same reagents as the other calibratiori standards. ' • Continuing Calibration - analytical standard run every 10 analytical samples to verify the calibration of the analytical system. • Instrument Calibration - analysis of analytical standards for a series of difierent specified concentrations; used to define the quantitative response, linearity and dynamic range of the instrument to target compounds. • Preparation Blank - an analvlical contiol that contains distiUed and/or deioiuzed water and ' reagents, carried through the enthe analytical procedure (digested and analyzed). An aqueous method blank is treated with the same reagents as a sample with a water matiix; a sohd method blank is treated vdth the same reagents as a soU sample. • Laboratory Duplicate - a second ahquot of a sample that is prepared and analyzed using the same procedures as the original sample to evaluate method precision. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302087 Section C7.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Pace 1 of 9 C7.0 DATA VALIDATION, REDUCTION AND REPORTING Data collected during implementation of the Work Plan wUl be managed, distributed and preserv^ed to substantiate and document that data are of knovyn quaUty and are properly maintained. Laboratory sample analyses will be tracked and validated to monitor performance. C7.1 Data Validation C7.1.1 Field Measurement Data Validation Procedures Field measurement data validation procedures include reviewing the raw data and supportive docu- mentation generated from field investigations and v%iU include, but not be limited to, the foUowing: Field logbooks Field investigation daUy reports Field instrument readings and cahbration data sheets Field well completion data Field boring logs Well test data - • Groundwater sampling forms Sample tags , Chain-of-custody forms - i, Sample tracking records . Elevation survey information • Maps Validation of field data wUl be performed by HLA's QA Manager or designated representative. Data validation will be performed to meet the project's intended data uses by checking the procedures used in the field and comparing the data to previous measurements. The follovdng areas will be addressed during validation: Sampling methodology Sample technical holding times and preservation Instrument selection and use Instrument calibration and standardization Instrument preventative maintenance Field deviations Sampling limitations Field measurements that could affect the quality of the data (such as temperature, pH, conductivity, water level) will also be validated. Additional evaluations of data integrity, including those for-non-CLP procedures, vdll be performed on 10 percent of the data, including the foUowing: • Review chain-of-custody forms. • Review the appropriateness of field methodologies. - Silfaiii^ \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302088 Section C7.0 Revision 1 j 5 g j ^ August 5, 1994 Page 2 of 9 • Review data for transcription, calculation, completeness and accuracy. • Analyze field noles to evaluate possible bias. C7.1.2 Analytical Data Validation For parameters noted in the SAP, a CLP laboratory v\iU be selected to perform chemical analyses to ensure that laboratory QC and data packages comply vdth CLP guidelines and are completed vdthin reasonable turnaround times. Laboratory validation of samples analyzed by methods imder the CLP SOW will be performed in a manner consistent with the foUov\ing gvudeUnes: • CLP Organic Data Review, SOP No. HW-6 (Rev. 8, 1/92); • Evaluation of Metals Data for the CLP based on SOW 3/90, SOP No. HW-2 (Rev. 11, 1/92); • SAMLCWOA, SOP No. HW-13 (Rev. 1, 10/92). Validation of samples analyzed bv^ non-CLP methods vdll be consistent vdth USEPA functional guidelines and/or method-specUic SOPs. Pyridine data will be validated foUowing SOP No. HW-6, noted above. C7.1.2.1 Laboratory Data Validation Procedures Under the direction of the Laboraton' QA Officer, the laboratory vdll review analytical data to ensure that results for investigative and QC samples meet CLP-specified criteria and USEPA Region U SOP Nos. Hazardous Wa.ste Division memoranda 2 and 6 (January 1992). The follovdng analytical data will be checked during the laboratory vahdation process: Sample techrucal holding times GC/MS tuning Calibration Initial Continuing Blank results Surrogate recovery matrix spike results Internal standards performance TCL compound identUication Compound quantitation and reported detection limits Tentatively identUied compoimd identUication System performance Overall data assessment ... The laboratory will perform analytical data reduction and in-house validation under the dhection of the Laboratory QA Officer. The Laboratory QA Officer wUl be responsible for assessing data quahty and advising appropriate laboratory Section Supervisors and HLA's QA Manager of any data that are \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates -L 9 B 302089 Section C7.0 Revision 1 Augiist 5, 1994 Page 3 of 9 rated "unacceptable" or have notations that wotUd caution the data user to possible unreliabUity. Data reduction, validation and reporting by the laboratory wiU be conducted as follows: 1. Raw data produced by the analyst vdll be turned over to the respective Section Supervisor. 2. The Section Supervisor wUl review the data to ensure it has met QC criteria as outUned in CLP protocol and established USEPA methods. 3. Upon acceptance of the raw data by the Section Supervisor, a computerized report wiU be generated and sent to the Laboratory QA Officer. 4. The Laboratory QA Officer wiU complete a thorough audit of the computerized reports at a frequency of 1 in 10 and audit every report for consistency. 5. The Laboratory QA Officer and Section Supervisor vdll decide whether any sample re-analvsis is required. 6. . Upon acceptance of the preliminary reports by the Laboratory QA Officer, final reports wiU be generated and signed by the Laboratory Dhector. The laboratory package will be presented to HLA in the sequence in which the samples were analyzed. The Laboratory QA Officer vdll evaluate the laboratory report package. These evaluations wUl consider the finished data sheets, calculation sheets, document control forms, blank data, duphcate data and recovery data for matrix and surrogate spikes. The material vdll be checked for legibihty, completeness, correctness and the presence of necessary dates, initials and signatures. The resiUts of these checks vdll be assessed and reported to the HLA Project Manager and HLA QA Manager, noting any discrepancies and theh effect on acceptabihty of the data. i i C7.1.2.2 Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s D a t a Validation P r o c e d u r e s A descriplion of the validation steps that will be used by HLA's QA Manager or representative to independently validate the laboratory data is provided in this section. Consistent with USEPA Functional Guidelines, all sample cases will be vahdated. The vahdation steps foUow: 1. Compile a list of investigative samples. 2. CompUe a list of QC samples, including the foUovdng: • Rinse blanks • Trip blanks • Laboratory blanks • Blind field duplicate samples (rephcated or co-located samples) • Laboratory replicates • • matrix spikes 3. Review laboratory analytical procedures and instrument performance criteria as follows for organic and inorganic analyses: Organic Analysis • Sample technical holding time • GC/MS instrument cahbration and performance • GC/MS tuning and performance \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302090 Section C7.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 4 of 9 Blanks Surrogate recovery matrix spike recoverv' Compound identification and quantitation System performance Overall data assessment Inorganic Analysis Sample technical holding time Instrument calibration Blanks Interference check sample analysis Laboratory contiol sample analysis Matrix spike recovery- Laboratory replicates Quarterly verUication of instrument parameter report Overall data assessment B Evaluate the integrity of the data as foUows: • Review chain-of-custody forms for completeness and correctness. • Review data for tianscription, calciUation, corripleteness and accuracy. • Review laboratory analvlical procedures, appropriateness and instiument performance criteria. 5. Prepare a data summary that includes the foUovdng: Results Sample media identification Sample location and descriptions Appropriate.concentiation units Appropriate significant figures Data qualifiers Definitions Review the data summary for potential data quality problems, including the following: Unexpected results Common laboratory contaminants Field-induced contaminants Unusual spatial concentiation/identification relationships Unexpected compound or parameter relationships Samples in which dUution was necessary - Samples that may have been contaminated with carryover from the previous sample analyzed Missed technical holding times % 3 ^ \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302091 Section C7.0 Revision 1 Augiist 5, 1994 Page 5 of 9 Laboratory records and data package requhements vdU be checked to assess completeness of the data package. The validation effort vdll be performed by personnel qualUied and experienced in laboratory data validation. The laboratory data vaUdation and QA review summary wUl be provdded as an appendix to the final report. Despite all efforts lo achieve the objectives of the project, the potential for error exists in the laboratory chemical analyses and the data reporting process. Every reasonable effort will be made to compare and double-check data reported from the laboratory and data managed during the process. C7.1.3 Data Qualifiers Data qualifiers and definitions, consistent vdth CLP SOWs, method-specUic SOPs and/or USEPA functional guidelines, vdll be used where appropriate in validation. Data qualUiers wUl be attached to the tabulated data to indicate the data quahty according to intended data use. The qualifiers wUl be attached to the data whenever they appear in hard copy or computerized form to ensure that data users are aware of limitations and quahty of the data. Upon completion of data vaUdation, stimmaxy reports vdll be placed in the fUe along vdth qualified analytical result summary forms. C7.2 D a t a R e d u c t i o n Reduction of analytical data vdU be performed in accordance with validation procedures described above. These procedures spechy the documentation needed and the technical criteria requhed to validate the data. Data quahty and utihty depends on many factors, including sampling methods, sampling preparation, analytical methods, QC and documentation. 7.2.1 Field M e a s u r e m e n t D a t a R e d u c t i o n P r o c e d u r e s '/ Reduction of field nieasurement data v\iU be performed in accordance vdth validation procedures described previously in Section C7.1. Vahdity of data will be evaluated by checking cahbration procedures used in the field and by comparing the data to previous measurements obtained at the site. The Site Manager vdll summarize the data obtained from field measurements and will include this information in the field activities documentation report, which vdU be submitted to the QA Manager and the Project Manager for review. Independent data enfry checks wUl be performed and computerized data storage vdll be routinely checked to verUy accurate retrieval of data. To evaluate the field measurement data supporting the analytical data, the following items wUl be documented: Sampling date and time Sampling team, sampling observ^er and recorder and sampling crew leader Sampling location Physical description of sampling location Sample collection technique Field preparation techniques (e.g., sample fUtiation) Visual classification of sample using an accepted classUication system (U applicable) A thorough description of the methodology used and a rationale for the use of that methodology \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Assoc;3i?3 302092 Section C7.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 6 of 9 • Complete documentation of record keeping practices • Field logbooks and all custody documents stored in a secure repository or" under the confrol of a document custodian • All forms completed in indehble ink vdthout alterations, except as initialed C7.2.2 L a b o r a t o r y Analytical D a t a R e d u c t i o n P r o c e d u r e s The selected laboratory vdU perform in-house analytical data reduction under the dhection of the Laboratory QA Officer. The Laboratory QA Officer is responsible for assessing data quality and advising of any data that were rated "preliminary" or ."unacceptable" or other notations that would caution the data user of possible unrehabUity. Data reduction will be conducted as foUows: 1. Raw data produced by the analyst is subnutted to the respective area supervisor. 2. The area supervisor reviews the data (1) for attainment of QC criteria as outlined tn CLP protocols and/or established USEPA methodsjand (2) for overall reasonableness. 3. Upon acceptance of the raw data by the area supervisor, a computerized report is generated and sent to the Laboratory QA Officer. : ' 4. The Laboratory QA Officer vviU complete (1) a thorough audit of reports at a frequency of 1 in 10 and (2) an audit of every report for consistency; . . . . 5. The QA Officer and area supervisors vdU decide whether any sample re-analysis is requhed. 6. Upon acceptance of the preliminary reports by the.QA Officer, final reports will be generated and signed by the Laboratorv- Project Manager. The laboratory package shall be presented in the same order in which the samples were analyzed. ' Data rediiclion reporting procedures vdU be those specified in the CLP SOWs for inorganic and orgaruc' analyses. The laboratory wiU prepare and retain fuUi analytical and QC documentation simUar to that required by the CLP! Such retained documentation need not be hard (paper) copy but may be in other storage media (e.g., magnetic tape). As needed, the laboratory vdll supply the hard copy of the retained information. Data reduction procedures for non-CLP methods vvUl be performed in accordance vdth method-specific SOPs. 7.2.3 Harding L a w s o n A s s o c i a t e s Analytical D a t a R e d u c t i o n P r o c e d u r e s When field measurements and chemical data are validated and assembled, these data are further evaluated with respect to P/LRCC parameters. The definitions of these parameters were presented in Section Cl.O and are repeated here for convenience. • Precision - a measure of mutual agreement among individual measurements of the same property, usually under prescribed simUar conditions, usually expressed in terms of the relative percent dhference. • Accuracy -the degree of agreement of a measurement with an accepted reference or tine value. • Representative - the selection of analytical methods, sampling protocols and saple locations such lhat results are representative of the media being sampled and the conditions being measured. ' \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302093 W j ^ ^ % n Section C7.0 Revision 1 August 5. 1994 Page 7 of 9 • Completeness - the amoimt of vahd data obtained from a measurement system compared to the amount that was expected and needed to be obtained to meet the project data goals. • Comparability - expresses the confidence vdth which one data set can be compared to another. Satisfaction of these criteria wUl be documented as foUows. Chemical data must meet criteria of (1) quantitative statistical signUicarice in relationship to the standard analytical methods employed and (2) satisfactory custody and document contiol. Field measurement criteria include (1) complete documentation of sampling location, time and personnel; (2) satisfactory documentation of field activities; and (3) correct sampling methodologies. To determine the quantitative statistical signUicance of chemical data, the follovdng items vdll be documented, as appropriate: Laboratory/field instrumentation, including cahbration data, standardmethods and references Laboratory analysis methods, including reference methods Laboratory method detection lhnits Analysis of laboratory (reagent) blanks at a frequency of at least 1 per 20 samples Analysis of laboratory matiix spikes at a frequency of at least 1 per 20 samples if the analyte is amenable to spiking. -• • . Analysis of field duplicates at a frequency of at least 1 per 20 samples for each matrix Analysis of laboratory rephcates (duphcates or sphts) at a frequency of at least 1 per 20 samples for inorganic analyses i.: Presentation of tabulated QC data or QC charts and acceptance criteria ., QA/QC certUication of the laboratory and/or participation in roimd-robin' testing by USEPA- ... - ... accredited agencies • QC limits consistent vdth USEPA's CLP limits '.-/ ' ' ' To evaluate the cust'ody and document contiol for samples and results, the follovdng items vvUl be documented: • Field custody noted in field logbook or chain-of-custody form Samples hand-delivered to the laboratory vdth a chain-of-custody form Laboratory custody documented by chain-of-custody form from either field persormel or shipper lo the designated laboratory sample custodian Sample designation number(s) traceable through enthe field monitoring system Field logbooks and all custody documents stored in a secure repository or imder the contiol of a document custodian All forms completed in indehble ink vdthout alterations except as irutialed Identity of sampler Dale of sample collection and shipping To determine sample representativeness, the following items must be checked: • Comparability between field and laboratory measurements or smtable explanation of discrepancy • Analysis within time limits sihtable for the preservation and analysis methods used • Sample storage within suitable temperature, Ught and moisture conditions \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding L a w s o n Associates 302094 n Proper sample containers used Proper sample collection eqiupment used Proper decontamination procedures used for sample collection equipment Proper sample preservation techniques used Proper laboratory preparation techniques used Factors to determine bias screening evaluated Sample site selection criteria must provide representativeness C7.3 Information Transfer Section C7.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 8 of 9 Data structures for the project database wUl be implemented using electionic media compatible with commercially available computer software. C7.4 Reporting Requirements and Document Control Appropriate documents vdll be prepared and distiibuted to summarize both field activities performed and the results of all data collected. These reports, to the extent possible, wUl include the foUowing: • Presentation of results • Summaries of data from field measurements • Field location of sampling points i ' - i In addition, USEPA vdll be provided copies of the foUovdng documents for each sampling event within 180,calendar days of the last sample shipment to the laboratory of that event: ..-'-'_., • Field measurements and logbooks • Laboratory purge fUes, including, but not limited, to sample tags, chain-of-custody records, copies of sample tracking records, analysts' logbook pages, instrument logbook pages (including instrument conditions), bench sheets, insfrument readout records, compute- printouts, chromatographic charts, raw data summaries, correspondence and memoranda and document inventory • Data validation reports summarizing the vaUdation process used and specific comments pertaining to a sample or group of samples C7.4.1 Laboratory Deliverables The laboratory will provide data dehverables consistent vvith that requhed by the CLP SOW for organics SAMLCWOA (Rev. 10/92), CLP SOW ILM03.0 (May 1993), and CLP SOW OLMOl.9 QiUy 1993). Laboratories performing analysis of non-CLP target parameters vdll provide raw data deliverables appropriate to the methcd-specUic SOPs. The deliverables vdll include, but not be limited to, the following, where appropriate: QC summary packages Sample data package Standards data package Initial and continuing calibration raw data Raw QC data \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302095 Section C7.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 9 of 9 • Blank data • matrix spike data • Additional performance criteria specUic to analytical methods (e.g., pesticide evaluation standards individual standards and quantitation standards) In addition, the following information vviU be included vdth the data dehverables, where appropriate: Case narrative Chain of custody or simUar documentation Copies of sample tracking records Analysis logbook pages . • Instrument logbook pages Bench sheets Instrument readout records Computer printouts Chromatographic charts Raw data summaries Correspondence or memoranda All raw sample data including sample preparation logs, mstfument logs, data system printouts,. chromatograms and spectia necessary to vaUdate the data according to Region II SOPs. Pyridine data will be printed on modified CLP forms. i ' '- \WORK\24231 \02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding L a w s o n Associates 302096 Section C8.0 Revision 1 August 5,1994 Page 1 of 3 CS.O PERFORMANCE AND SYSTEMS AUDITS Field and laboratory audits are used to quantitatively evaluate the accuracy of the total measurement system. These audits will also verifv- that sampling and analysis activities are performed in accordance vdth the procedures established in the SAP and this Q/y'P. HLA's QA Manager vdll monitor and audit the performance of the field and laboratory activities. Information produced or obtained during the course of this investigation is subject to audit. As such, the hiformation must be reliable, gathered vdth appropriate attention to detaU and maintained vdth integrity. The documentation may take any of several forms, including a field notebook, photographs, computer tape or a sample identification tag. C8.1 Field Audits The HLA QA Manager or designated representative vviU audit field activities to evaluate sample identUication, sample control, chain-of-custody procedures, field documentation sampling operations, handling and packaging procedures. Persons conducting the audits in addition to the QA Manager will be senior technical reviewers who are fanhhar vdth the technical and procedural requhements of field sampling. The field audits wUl not be announced to the field team before they occur. If problems are encountered during the audits, the frequency of the audits wUl be increased. The audits vdll include performance audits for each measurement parameter, including performance audits for aU measurement systems. Follow-up audits wiU be conducted to cortect deficiencies and to verify that QA procedures are maintained throughout the project. FoUovdng the audit, preliminary results vdU be reviewed vdth the person in charge of the sampling. The field audit wiU provide information to aUovv ".-- examination of the follovdng field documents: sample labels, chain-of-custody records and field logbooks. In addition,.external field audits may be conducted by USEPA Region II. C8.1.1 Sample Labels The auditor will examine a sielected number of sarriple labels for completeness and accuracy and wiU determine whether the information identified in Section C3.1.2.1 of this QAPP is included on the label. The auditor will also determine whether the sampling methods used were as described in the USEPA- approved SAP. 8.1.2 Chain-of-Custody Records The auditor will select a predetermined number of the chain-of-custody records to be audited in the field. The records will be reviewed to determine whether (1) the station number, station description, date and time correspond to the sam.ple label, (2) the parameters to be analyzed have been properly identified and (3) custody transfers have been documented and the date and time of transfer have been recorded. The auditor wUl also determine whether samples have been kept in custody at all times and have been pro[H;rly and securely stored. C8.1.3 - Field Logbooks Field logbooks will be reviewed during the field audit to determine whether each is signed and whether entries are dated. During field activities, notebooks vdll be kept in the possession of the \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302097 Section Ca.O Revision 1 -J..,. August 5, 1994 >}iflia^ p^gg2of3 sampling team lender. The project number, site name, date of receipt and name of the person using the book will be recorded on each page. In situ measurements and field observations v\ill be recorded in the notebooks with pertinent information necessary to explain and reconstiuct sampling operations. Each page vdll be dated and signed by the individuals making entries on that page. The Site Manager and the field team on duty vdll be responsible for ensuring that the notebooks are avaUable during monitoring activities and that they are safely stored at the end of each day's sampUng activities and after the final day of field activities to maintain security. Any lost, damaged or voided notebooks vdll be reported to the Site Manager. m Notebook entries must be legible, vwitten in ink and contain accurate and inclusive documentation of project activities. Language shoiUd be factual, objective and free of speculation and inappropriate terminology. Entries made by individuals other than the person to whom the notebook was assigned must be signed and dated by the individual making the entry. Photographs may be taken and must also be contioUed. The auditor will review the field notebook to determine whether the photographs are properly documented. When sUdes or photographs are taken that show sampling sites or provide other documentation, they .vdll.be numbered to correspond to the notebook entries. The name of the photographer, date, time, site location and site description vviU be entered sequentially in the notebook as photographs are taken. The Site Manager's logbook wiU document the transfer of notebooks to the individuals who have been \P' designated to perform specUic field activities. Pertinent information will be recorded in these logbooks, from the time each individual is assigned to the project untU the project is completed. The auditor' vdlireview field notebooks for adherence to these procedures. C8.1.4 S a m p l i n g O p e r a t i o n s The auditor will review sampling operations, to determine whether they are performed as stated in the SAP or as dhected by the Site Manager. The auditor vdU determine that the proper number of samples were collected at the assigned locations and that the samples were placed in proper containers and properly preserved. The auditor wiU also determine whether the requhed field measurements and QA checks have been performed and documented. C8.2 L a b o r a t o r y Audits Laboratory audits may be performed by USEPA Region II (external audits) or HLA (internal audi'ls) at their discretion. Laboratory audits are performed to verUy continmty of personnel, instrumentation and QC requirements. A laboratory audit typically consist of random data audits andt review of continuous trend analysis of laboratory QC data. The internal audits of the subcontiactor laboratory v\iU be conducted by the HLA QA Manager or designated representative. The laboratory systerii audits vdll include the examination of laboratory documentation on sample receipt, sample log-in, sample storage, chain-of-custody procedures, sample preparation, snmplc analysis and instrument operating records. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 3 02 098 / ^ ^ . Section CS.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 3 of 3 As part of the laboratory audit procedures, provisions may be made to provide USEPA or other regulatory agencies split or duplicate samples collected by HLA field representatives upon request by USEPA. USEl'.A will provide HLA. vdth such requests at least 3 work days in advance of the day that the samples arc lo be collected. Procedures for collecting split or duplicate samples are set forth in the SAP. C8.3 Document Control The document conlrol audit vdll consist of checking each document for accountabUity. Documents used for field activities vdll be checked against the list of field documents issued to the Site Manager or designated representative. Written explanations v\iU be provided for any imaccoimted documents. The documents will be examined to determine whether requhed items such as signatures, dates and project codes are included. The auditor v\iU examine contioUed documents and vdll evaluate v%^ether they have been handled and stored in the proper manner. After a project has been completed, the individual'files will be either assembled, organized and securely stored or returned to the cUenl. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302099 .^0S^^. Section C9.0 Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 1 of 1 C9.0 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND SCHEDULES Preventive maintenance will be performed on both field equipment and laboratory instruments. C9.1 Field Equipment The field equipment includes thermometers, pH meters, conductivity meters, water level meters, pumps and ah sampling equipment. Specific preventative maintenance procedures are those recommended by the manufacturer. Field instruments vdll be checked before they are brought to the site. These instruments wUl be checked and calibrated daUy before use. Cahbration checks wUl be performed regularly and wiU be documented in the field logbooks. Critical spare parts such as tape, pH probes, electiodes and batteries -wnll be kept onsite to minimize instrument downtime. Backup instiuments and equipment should be avaUable onsite or vdthin one- day shipment to avoid delays in the field schedule. Each piece of equipment used for field activities rvdU be maintained to specifications recommended by the manufacturer. The Site Manager vvUl be responsible for performing routine maintenance and vdll have tools and spare parts avaUable to conduct routine maintenance. Repahs that cannot be ',' / performed by the Site Manager v\iU be performed by a person certified or trained to repah the instrument. Procedures set forth in the QAPP for maintaining instruments are consistent vdth manufacturers' operations manuals. 'Instnunents vdU be calibrated to proper specifications foUowing' maintenance to ensure proper completion of the maintenance procedure. • / • A record qf maintenance, including a description of specUic activities performed, vdllbe made in the field logbook. Data recorded in the logbook wUl be simUar to the data recorded for cahbration. If the equipment or instrument cannot be maintained to the manufacturer's spechications or if it cannot be properly calibrated, it vdU be retimned to the manufacturer or other repah facUity for proper maintenance and repah. When il is returned from the manufacturer, the insfrument wiU be checked for compliance to project specifications before being returned to routine field use. C9.2 Laboratory Instruments As part of theh QA/QC program, a routine preventative maintenance program will be conducted by the laboratory to minimize the occurrence of instrument faUure and other system malfunctions. Laboratory instruments will be maintained tn accordance vdth manufacturer's spechications and the requirements of the specUic method employed. This maintenance is performed on a regular, scheduled basis and is documented in the laboratory instrument service logbook for each instiument. Emergency repair or scheduled manufacturer's maintenance is provided under a repah and maintenance contract with factory representatives. \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV-1 Harding Lawson Associates 302100 Section ClO.O Revision 1 August 5, 1994 Page 1 of 4 ClO.O QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES FOR DATA ASSESSMENT This section summarizes QA/QC procedures for assessing the quality of the field and chemical data generated and the format for presenting the results of the QA/QC evaluations in the appropriate progress reports. C10.1 Procedures for Assessing Field Data Precision and Accuracy The precision and accuracy of the field data measurements will be assessed by the HLA QA Manager or designated representative. The field measm-ements vdll be reviewed for compliance vdth the QC criteria outlined in the SAP. The precision of the field measurements vdll be assessed by checking the results of duplicate instrument readings for a single sample. Field measurement accuracy vdll be assessed by reviewing daUy instrument cahbrations, calibration checks and blank sample analyses. Field measurement completeness v\iU be calculated as follows: L C(%) = JV_ X 100% T wh C V T ere: Completeness of field rneasurements in percent Amount of vaUd data obtained Amount of valid data exnected to be obtained under normal conditions -<.-^iy C10,2 Procedures for Assessing Laboratory Data Precision, Accuracy, . Completeness, Representativeness and Comparability Chemical data wUl be assessed for precision, accuracy and completeness for both the laboratory analytical program and field sample coUection activities. The primary goal of the program is to ensure that the data generated are consistent vdth the DQOs presented in Section C2.0. To meet this goal, a combination of quantitative procedures and quahtative evaluations vdll be used to check the data quality. However, the quantitative procedure results vdll not be used to eliminate data from the database. A quantitative assessment of precision, accuracy and completeness along with a quahtative assessment of representativeness vsiU be documented in progress reports. The goals of this assessment will be (1) to establish site-specific PARCC parameters, (2) to use these parameters to develop a database with known limitations of data usabUity and (3) to evaluate these Ihnitations in achieving the program-intended data uses. The Q/VQC assessment program wiU evaluate data on the basis of the types of project and laboratory QC check samples described in Section Cl.O. External QC samples used to quantitatively and qualita- tively evaluate the accuracy of liquid sample analyses vdll riot be applied, to evaluate the accuracy of soU samples because of the inherent dUferences in the sampling and analytical protocols. Because lhe QA/QC samples are generated,for analysis both in the field and internally by the laboratories, a system of cross-checking has been est'abhshed that provides independent evaluations of the chemical data on project and laboratory levels. This system of cross-checking is described under \WORK\24231\02\QAPP.RV.1 Harding Lawson Associates 302101 Section ClO.O Revision 1 AugusI 5, 1994 Faee 2 of 4 validation procedures in Section C/.l of this document. Completeness vdll be assessed before preparing each appropriate report. The {)roc(;dures for evaluating both the project and laboratory Q/VQC data are the same and are presented below for QA/QC duplicate (co-located or replicate), blank and matrix spike samples. ClO.2.1 Precision Evaluation Precision for sample data vdll be calculated by evaluating data from duphcate and mafrix spUdM(ls t m i i l h i »t 20a£/l. IB: i4l i d i n h t i Ti{ lla^t coldfii ttprtjsal m l j i t s S?liS0cC,5J,S,5,I mi i. xiyii 18.27! 0.4538 107S 302114 (i ^ ^"^ Appendic CB Resumes of Key QuaUty Assurance/Quahty Contiol Personnel ./.- ^m^ 302115 'Z^^^.(SriS J a m e s L. Collins Staff Geologist Mr. Collins has four years experience in supervising field activities, such as monitoring weU and soU boring instaUation; soU, groimdwater, surface water, sediment and waste classUication sample collection; and UST and soU excavation/rembval, as part of CERCLA (Superfund) remedial investigations/feasibUity studies (RI/FS), ECRA. comphance projects and envhonmental site assessments. He has served in the capacity of staff geologist in soUs and groundwater investigations and envhonmental site assessments. He has experience in sample coUection from a wide variety of media, including soU, groundwater, surface water and sediment, and has supervised drUling, excavation and down-hole geophysics operations. He has completed and/or assisted other HLA professionals in performing additional activities related to RI/FS, ECRA Compliance projects and envhonmental site assessments including report preparation, delineation of soU and groundwater contamination, evaluation of groundwater flow dhection, permeabiUty testing, regulatory file reviews, aerial photo surveys, site walk throughs, and drainage system evaluations. Education B.S., Geology, LaSaUe University, 1981 Training Health and Safety draining: Hazaidous Waste Operations, OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 Delineation of Wetiands Short Course: Rutgers University Employment History 1990 - Present: Harding La\N'son Associates 1981- 1990: Non-envhonmental Employer Representative Projects Envhonmental Audits Phase I Envhonmental Site Assessments - Project manager for numerous ESAs of commercial and industrial properties ranging from vacant lots to complex multi-site industrial facUities. Projects addressed issues such as underground storage tanks (USTs), hazardous waste generation, storage and disposal, RCRA and New Jersey ECRA compliance issues, asbestos, lead-based paint, and development of unit costs for envhonmental UabUities. Clients: banks, attorneys, property developers, manufacturino and industrial facUities. 10-06-93/17 3 0 2 1 1 6 iis=^^ James L. Collins - Page 2 Phase II and III Envhonmental Site Assessments - Project manager for a wide variety of projects including design and implementation of various investigation and remediation programs, negotiation vidth and preparation of submittals to regulatory agencies, and acquisition of negative declarations. Field activities included supervision of monitoring well installations; soU, groundwater, and hazardous waste sampling; test pits and soU removal programs; and UST closures. Cable Manufacturer, Passaic, New Jersey - Supervised facUity decommissioning and decontamination activities and assisted in implementation of an investigation to evaluate the extent of soU and groundwater contamination by petroleum products and metals. Work included supervision of remedial subcontractors, soU and groundwater samphng, stream sediment sampling, delineation of light, non-aqueous phase liquids (LNAPL) and utilization of dye tracers to investigate discharge points of facUity drainage structures. Remedial Investigations/Feasibility Studies/Remedial Actions CERCLA (Superfund) Sites - Responsible for implementing several phases of soU and groundwater contamination studies at sites contaminated wdth volatUe organics, solvents, petroleum products, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), p>esticides, and heavy metals. Supervised and assisted -with the interpretation of downhole geophysical investigations in order to correlate data used for defining complex hthologies within contaminated aquifers. Z Commercial Property, NashvUle, Tennessee - Supervised investigation of methane soU gas survey to evaluate potential impacts to property from neighboring abandoned landfUl. Cbnducted a test pit program to locate and evaluate non-soU fUl materials present on the property. Investigated the property for the absence or presence of wetlands. ..< Memberships PhUadelphia Geological Society 10-06-93/17 302117 John J . Kohler Staff Industrial Hygienist Experience }vh. Kohler has over five years of experience conducting industrial hygiene surveys, health and safety audits, envhomnental site assessments, ah morutoring for ahbome chemicals and dusts, stack testing, and indoor ah quahty surveys. Other experience includes asbestos project management, health and safety officer on hazardous waste sites, and worker exposure monitoring. Mr. Kohler is also responsible for developing hazard commurucation programs; writing preparedness, prevention, and contingency (PPC) plans; preparing health and safety plans; developing operations arid maintenance (O&M) programs for industiial chents; and, preparing final reports. }vtr. Kohler is presently the Designated Health and Safety Officer for HLA's Northeast Regional Offices. Registration and Certification SeU-study program for ABIH certUication in the comprehensive practice of industiial hygiene Health and Safety Training: Hazardous Waste Operations, OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 _' " Asbestos Project Inspector, City of PhUadelphia AHERA Coritiactor/Worker Supervisor i _ . AKERA/Pennsylvania BuUding Inspector and Management Planner New Jersey Certified Asbestos Safety Technician Education B-Al, Geology, Miami University of Ohio, 1987 Representative Projects Two chemical waste Superfund sites in southern New Jersey - Health and Safety Officer and Industrial Hygienist during site restoration and various driUing, water sampling, and soU sampling activities. ResponsibUities included writing health and safety plans, overseeing HLA personnel and subcontractor personnel in health and safety matters, ahmonitoring to determine the; presence of VpCs, and personal ah monitoring to determine worker exposures. Precious metal recycling facUity, San Jose, California - Conducted industiial hyg|iene surveys and lead exposure monitoring. Responsible for extensive field operations on a quarterly basis, data collection and technical analysis, recommendation of options for remedial actions and engineering controls, and preparation of final reports. Petroleum refmery. Rodeo, CalUomia - Extensive personal and , envhonmental monitoring for various hydrocarbons and solvents at this Northern California oU refinery. Other responsibUities included technical and data evaluation, client negotiations, and preparing final reports. Harding Lawson Associates -3-26-93/17 3 02118 John J. Kohler • Page 2 Asbestos buUding inspection and management planning for schools in the PhUadelphia, Pennsylvania and Patterson, New Jersey Archdiocese - Team leader during AHERA inspection and sampling for asbestos in various school buUdings throughout ten counties in New Jersey and Pennsylvarua. Prepared asbestos management plans to assist local education authorities in properly handling concerns associated with asbestos present in theh buUdings. Several projects for the San Francisco Department of PubUc Health - Project oversight during asbestos abatement. Managed subcontiactor for the chent during aU phases of asbestos abatement to ensure that stiingent requhements of the QA program and all associated regulations were met. Conducted an ah monitoring program to ensure that work practices and engineering contiols were adequate. Harding Lawson Associates 3-26-93/17 302119 Experience B Brian D. LaFlamme Associate Geochemlst Nh. LaFlamme has six years of experience in geochemistry, including managing chemical data for several Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) and Comprehensive Envhonmental Response, Compensation and LiabUity Act (CERCLA) investigations, interpreting isotopic data for the delineation of hydrogeologic units, and designing analytical programs for remedial investigations (RIs). Mr. LaFlamme is experienced in the interpretaUbn of radionuclide data with respect to the mobUity of radio- nuchdes in the envhonment, and the data vaUdation thereof. Ivh. LaFlamme is experienced in designing and writing quahty assurance project plans (QAPPs) and sampling plans for a variety of projects. Mr. LaFlamme has interacted with several regiUatory agencies (including EPA) during evaluation of best avaUable technologies for various media. He has also managed quarterly sampling of residential water-supply wells and the generation of a chemical evaluation and hydrogeological investiga- tion reports. Mr. LaFlamme has assisted in evaluating emerging and innovative technologies to assess theh potential use for either bench- or pUot- scale testing. He is experienced in the analysis of radionuchdes tn water samples and the analysis of metals by atomic absorption spectro- scopy and colorimetiy. Mr. ^aFlamme has three years of experience in computer modeling and has vin'itten and modified software to interface microsystems with data acquisition units. He has managed complex sampUng programs that requhed selection of appropriate analytical methods and the design, preparation, and utUization of various laboratory instrumentation. ...-.-/- Training Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) and EPA 40-hour safety training course The Use of the .U.S. Army Toxic and Hazardous Materials Agency (USATHAMA) Installation Restoration Data Management System (IRDMS), seminar, Aberdeen, Maryland, AprU 1989 Analytical Laboratory Services: Solving the Mysteries, seminar, Chicago, Illinois, May 1989 Fundamentals, Applications, and Instrumentation of Gas Chromatography, seminar, Perkin-Elmer, March 1990 Physical/Chemical Treatment of Hazardous Waste, seminar by EPA, AprU 1990 2nd Forum on Innovative Hazardous Waste Treatment Technologies: Domestic and International, seminar by EPA, May 1990 Advanced RCRA Seminar, Monterey, CalUornia, May 1991 RCRA Seminar, Denver, Colorado, September 1992 Education ^<.-i--rSS^ M.S., Chemical Oceanography, University of Washington, SeatUe, 1985 B.S., Geology and Chemistry, Bridgewater State College, Bridgewater, Massachusetts, 1982 Harding Lawson Associates 10-07-92/10 302120 Brian D. LaFlamme • Page 2 Representative Projects Evaluation of Technologies Lowry LandfiU, Arapahoe County, Colorado - Interface with engineers on evaluation of technologies to treat radionuclides in waste-pit Uquid and groimdwater. Support for treatabUity studies. Client: The Lowry Coalition Industiial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Illinois - Evaluation of best avaUable technologies for contaminated soU/sludge material during EE/CA and RAAE reports. Interaction with EPA during revisions of reports. Client: Acme Solvents TechrUcal Committee Rocky Mountain Arsenal (RMA), Denver, Colorado - Assisted in evaluating emerging and innovative technologies to assess theh potential use for either bench- or pUot-scale tests. Recommended technologies on the basis of guidelines established to evaluate treatment potential, merit, cost, and performance. Managed the generation of supporting documents for the demonstration of selected technologies. Documents include Technical Plan, Quality Control Plan, Health and Safety Plan, and Data Management Plan. Client: U.S. Department of the Army (Army) Mercury cell room, Longview, Washington - Evaluated technologies and commercial products to stabUize free mercury. Work was conducted in support of cleanup activities'in a mercury cell room used as part of a chloralkah process in the treatment of wood. Client: CorUidential Comprehensive Environmental Response; Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) Investigations Industrial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Illinois - Managed the development of a quality assurance project plan (QAPP) and a samphng plan (SP) for activities to be conducted under the remedial design/remedial action (RD/RA) phase. Client: Acme RD/RA Group Industiial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Illinois - Managed the residential water-supply wells sampling program that included quarterly monitoring, preparing reports for EPA and interacting with residents. Client: Acme Solvents Technical Committee Lndustiial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Illinois - Managed the revision of the EE/CA report to incorporate EPA comments. The EE/CA report included the evaluation of removal altematives for contaminated soU and debris and costing of alternatives -with the Cost of Remedial Action (CORA) model. Client: Acme Solvents Technical Committee ) • - . Industrial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Illinois - Managed the revision of the Remedial Action Altematives Evaluation (RAAE) report to incorporate EPA comments. The RAAE report included the evaluation of remedial alt-ernatives for contaminated soil, bedrock, and groundwater. Client: Acme Solvents Technical Comnultee Harding Lawson Associates 1007-92/10 302121 1 Brian D. LaFlamme - Page 3 Industrial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Ulinois - Managed the generation of a report that included cherrUcal data assessment and hydrogeologic investigation. Client: Acme Solvents Technical Committee Industrial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, lUinois - Managed the chemical data for the supplemental RI of a National Priorities List (NPL) site. Management activities included orgarUzing data coUected from four dUferent sources. Completed respective sections of the report for review by the chent and the reguJatory agency. Client: Acme Solvents Technical Committee Lowry Landfill, Arapahoe County, Colorado - Evaluated the nature and extent of contamination of radionuclides in groundwater and waste-pit hqmd (source medium). Assessed potential contribution of radionuclides from anthropogenic sources. Coordinated closely vdth analytical laboratory in fthe development of a preparatory step for the analyses of complex matrices. Client: The Lowry Coalition Lo^vTy LandfUl, Arapahoe County, Colorado - Managed chemistiy elements in support of an RI. ResponsibUities included data vahdation of organics, metals, and radionuclides, database management, development of analytical programs, management of subcontractor laboratories, and evaluation of nature and extent of contamination. CUent: The Lowry Coahtion \ . RMA, Denver, Colorado - Managed the chernical data assessment for the annual surface-water monitoring report and generated appropriate sections of the report. CUent: Army, c/o R.L. Stollar & Associates, Inc. R}vIA, Denver, Colorado - Managed the inorganic data assessment for the annual groundwater monitoring report and generated appropriate sections of the report. Client: Army, c/o R.L. Stollar & Associates, Inc. RMA, Denver, Colorado - Assisted in writing sections of the annual report for a groundwater monitoring project. Performed extensive computer work involving generating contaminant plume maps and manipiUating data for interpretive effort. Performed the quality assurance/quahty contiol of the inorganic data. Client: Army, c/o R.L. Stollar & Associates, Inc. RMA, Denver, Colorado - Data manager for an Rl/feasibUity study (FS) project involving data tracking from collection to report writing. Processed laboratory data through the USATHAMA IRDMS program- Chent: Army Marshall/Boulder LandfUl, Boulder, Colorado - Interacted with the laboratory to design an analytical program utUizing appropriate analytical methods for identUying volatile and semivolatUe organic compounds, organochlorine, pesticides, polychloride biphenyls (PCBs), chlorinated herbicides, and inorganic parameters at a landfUl site. CUents: City of BoiUder and LandfUl, Inc. * K & P * « ^ Harding Lawson Associates 10-07-92/ia k k _ 3 02122 Brian D. LaFIammo - Page 4 (•1\lZ: RNL\, Denver, Colorado - Interpreted isotopic data collected from ground- water wells and wrote assessment reports on.the results, including recommendations for future work. Client: Army, c/o R.L. StoUar & Associates, Inc. Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Investigations Materials handling facUity, Denver, Colorado - Wrote the Corrective Measures Study Work Plan for activities to be conducted as part of corrective actions. Client: Confidential Site Assessment Lyon, France - Provided technical guidance and oversight during the investigation phase of a site assessment project that involved the collection of soU samples at two manufacturing facUities. Client: Confidential Hazardous materials site assessment, Colorado - Provided oversight and technical assistance during the remediation phase of this site assessment project that involved underground storage tank (UST) systems. Also, generated reports for the client and the regulatory agency. Chent: Confidential Agency Interaction Industrial solvents reclaiming site, Winnebago County, Illinois - Assisted in\ negotiations with EPA for a remedial design/reniedial action scope of work. ResponsibUities included low-temperature thermal stiipping, soU/bedrock vapor extraction, multi-media cap, and groundwater pump and tieat. ' Chent: Acme Solvents Technical Committee Previous Employment Under a grant from the National Science Foundation, managed a sampling program to study sediments and interstitial water in the Mariana basin of the west PacUic Ocean. Project involved research scientists hom five universities (including two intemational participants) in a multidisciplinary study of the Mariana Mounds. Ocean bottom sediment and interstitial water samples were taken and bathymetry and heat-flow data were coUected. As project manager in a study funded by the National Science Foimdation and Sea Grant, participated in a research project investigating thermal output and seismic variabUity of oceanic hydrothermal vents off the coast of Washington. In conjunction Vkdth pUots of the ALVIN submersible research vessel, two equipment manufacturers, and several research scientists, coordinated weight- and size-restricted design and construction of a remote camera system to be deployed at a depth of 2200 meters. B Harding Lawson Associates . _ 1007-92/10 302123 Brian D. LaFlamme - Page 5 fc:ta.«j> For the Office of Naval Research, designed and constructed a prototype incubating oven for culturing microbes sampled from hydrothermal vents. Design requhed development of software to interface a Hewlett-Packard microcomputer with a data acquisition unit for morutoring thermocouples and maintaining oven temperature. tn graduate research funded by the National Science Foundation, studied an alkaline lake (Soap Lake) in eastern Washington. Designed a field and laboratory program to investigate variations in concentiations of radioisotopes in the oxic and anoxic zones of the lake. Analytical results of laboratory adsorption experiments were modeled using a mineral equi- librium FORTRAN program, modified to include adsorption reactions, to support the theory of carbonate complexes increasing the mobihty (solubiUty) bf various radiobotopes. Memberships American Geophysical Uruon Geochemical Society Hazardous Materials Control Resources Institute Publications / / 1985. The influences of carbonate complexes on thorium adsorption. EOS (Transactions, /Americem Geophysiccd Union), vol. 66, p. 1325 (v^dth J. W. Murray). Presented at the American Geophysical Union Conference, New Orleans, January 1986. 1987. Sohd/solution interaction: The effect of carbonate alkalinity on ' •, adsorbed thorium. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, vol. 51, pp. 243-250 (with J. W. Murray). Harding l.awson Associates 10-07-92/10 302124 i0t Experience E d w a r d A. N e m e c e k , R.G., C.P.G. Principal Hydrogeologist \ h . Nemecek has 25 years of techrucal, admirustrative and management experience in both the private and public sectors including over 12 years of CERCLA work at more than 15 NPL or proposed NPL sites. His RCRA experience includes consent order facihty closures and RFI activities. Mr. Nemecek's recent experience encompasses multidiscipltnary remedial investigation conceptuaUzation, design and management and consultation on groundwater remedial design/remedial action projects. He has also provided technical advice and consultation to legal counsel and several PRP committees; expert witness services and techiucal preparations for cost recovery, toxic tort, miUtiple PRP and insurance coverage Utigation; and technical advice regarding state and federal regulatory agency consent order negotiations and adversarial and public hearing preparation. Additional recent experience includes development and implementation of solute tiansport groundwater models; several dozen complex leaking undergroimd storage tank evaluations; and advice to major financial institutions regarding envhonmentaUy sensitive real estate tiansactions. till. Nemecek also serves as Quality Assurance Manager for HLA's Northeast Region. i^Kss Registration and Certification Registered Geologist - Arizona 1986," No. 19197 Certified Professional Geologist - American Institute of Professional Geologists 1986, No. 6980 Training U.S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Division Training Center: water use seminar; advanced groundwater course; analytical methods to determine aquUer properties and to predict aquifer response Harding Lawson Associates' RCRA Training Program OSHA and EPA forty-hour safety training and supervisory courses Education B.S., Geology, Arizona State University, 1971 Groimdwater Hydrology Course work. University of Arizona Representative Projects Hazardous Waste Sites CERCLA site; remedial investigation/feasibUity study for PRP Techrucal Committee. Client: Kane and Lombard Techiucal Committee, Baltimore. B^ Project consultant RCRA site; RCRA facUity hivestigation; VOC/DNAPL in fractured bedrock; dissolved VOC groundwater plume. Chent: Confidential, Pennsylvania. Project consultant; dissolved VOC groundwater plume; VOC/DNAPL interspersed with LNAPL problems in complex fractured bedrock envhonment. Client: Confidential, Pennsylvania. ^'gj^jjp Harding Lawson Associates 7-08-93/1701 302125 Edward A. Nemecek • Page : \ ^ ^ Dhected investigation of closed specialty steel mUl to decommission and dispose of potentially hazardous wastes in compliance %yith RCRA for potential site sale. Client: Confidential, Pennsylvania. 1 Project consultant and expert witness; complex landfUl groundwater VOC contamination investigation; state Superfund oversight; miUtimillion dollar CERCLA cost recovery Utigation against former trustee. Client: City of Phoenix, Law firms: Squhe, Sanders, Dempsey; Landels, Ripley, Diamond. Project manager for a major chernical distribution company involved in a multiple PRP state Superfund groundwater VOC contamination problem over a 35-square-mUe area; conformance wdth NCP to preserve CERCLA Utigation rights. Chent: Confidential. Negotiated with EPA, conceptualized and developed work plans for all phases of NPL site soU and groundwater pesticide contamination study; managed several phases of field work at complex multi-aquifer site. Client: Latham and Watkins, Montrose Chemical Company, Cahfomia. Dhected hydrogeologic investigation of heavy metal, hydrocarbon, and volatiles contamination of soU and groundwater at 22 sites within facUity; provided consultation regarding potential NPL listing; coordinated project, made technical presentations regarding,annual work effort. Supervised monitoring/drUling program for approximately 200 on-site and off-site * weUs. CUent: U.S. Ah Force/General Dyrianucs, Fort Worth, Texas. ivfanaged all phases of two separate bulk pesticide facUity soUs/groundwater contamination studies; multiple regulatory agency and insmance company negotiations. Provided advice to counsel re: proposed NTL listings, insurance litigation, criminal indictments by Grand Jury. Chent: Latham and Watkins; CorUidential Client, Califomia. Wood tieatment facUity; plarming and supervision of 14 aquUer tests with multiple observation wells for a potential EPA Superfund site; soU and groimdwater contamination, heavy metals. Client: Marley Cooling Tower Company, CalUomia. CERCLA landfiU; coordinated comprehensive technical review of Draft Remedial Investigation report for largest generator by volume. Provided detaUed comments to counsel, regulatory agencies, and chent. Client: Montiose Chemical Company, Stringfellow Site, CalUomia. Heavy metals contamination; developed stiategy with counsel, negotiated technical provisions of Consent Order under State Superfund; designed and implemented remedial investigation. Client: Confidential. Expert Consultation and Advice Technical advisor to major responsible parly on Stringfellow Technical Comnaittee. Harding Lawson Associates 7-08-93/i70i 302126 Edward A. Nemecek • Page 3 / . Provided expert advice for law firms on behalf of several mutual clients with hazardous waste problems; negotiated with state and Federal regiUatory agencies. CUents: Latham and Watkins; Squhe, Sanders, Dempsey; Stieich, Lang; Snell and Wilmer; SUls, Cummis. Assisted legal counsel, negotiated technical appendix of Consent Order for CERCLA Enforcement Action, CalUomia. Client: Montiose Chemical Corporation, Califomia. Preparation for toxic tort defense; Hughes Ahcraft Company/Tucson Airport Authority NPL site. Client: Law firm of Latham and Watkins. Independent expert witness for plaintiffs in successful $45 mUlion CERCLA cost recovery Utigation. Expert testimony in pubUc hearing regarding creation of 600-square-mUe irrigation nonexpansion area. Expert testimony in complex surface water/groundwater interaction hearing. Provided technical testimony at legislative committee hearings. Provided expert testimony regarding well construction problems. Pro\dded expert testimony at series of 14 statewide hearings regarding definition of legaUy defensible pumpage zones. Acted as technical liaison with state regulatory agency staff; technical requhements and strategies for adversarial hearings; provision of expert testimony. Client: State of Arizona Developed and initiated state envhonmental compliance and monitoring program. Client: State of Arizona. Digital Modeling Dhected development of 3-D solute transport digital groundwater model of 115 square mUe area; analysis of miUtiple PRP contamination scenarios over 50-year time frame in complex, highly-stressed hydrogeologic envhonment. CUent: Confidential. Large, multi-aquUer TCE plume; dhected development of solute tiansport digital groundwater model; model used in cost recovery apportionment by EPA for remediation of 6- mUe-long plume; Tucson Airport Authority/Hughes Ahcraft Company NPL site. Assisted in development of digital groundwater model of 2,500-square-mUe aquifer; transient calibration; independent transient verUication; Salt River Valley, Arizona. • ^ - ^ P ^ Harding Lawson Associates " 7-08-93/i70i 302127 ' Edward A. Nemecek • Page 4 5,000 gpm groundwater removal, tieatment, and reinjection system; supervised digital model activities for obtaining poor water quahty withdrawal permit; reclamation weU field. Client: U.S. Ah Force/Hughes Aircraft Company. Directed development of hydrauhc digital groundwater model; 1800-square-mUe aqiufer; Upper Santa Cruz Basin, Arizona. Revised and recaUbrated multi-aquifer groundwater flow model in a complex hydrogeologic envhonment. CUent: State of Washington. Hydrauhc modeling of several water supply problems. Miscellaneous Technical Leaking underground storage tanks; project consultant on several dozen leaking underground storage tank projects; major soU and groundwater contamination problems including both free phase and dissolved constituents. Clients: ARCO, Unocal, Chevron, Texaco, Exxon, City of Phoenix, Arizona Public Service. Prepared Annual Groundwater Moiutoring Report under State regulatory program for Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station, Arizona 1987 - 1991. Planned, supervised, analyzed 175 aquUer tests vdthin a 2,500-square-mUe aquifer. ' ^ Conducted multiple aquUer tests for municipal well field. Investigated, performed aquifer tests and prepared reports for complex groundwater/surface water interference problems, Washington. Agency oversight representative, dewatering project. Trident submarine base, Washington. Investigated salt water intrusion problem, Washington. Performed reconnaissance geologic mapping. Southem Apache County, Arizona. Memberships Association of Groundwater Scientists and Engineers National Water Well Association American Institute of Professional Geologists (AIPG) SaainF'.iia'i? Harding Lawson Associates 7-08-93/1701 302128 Bharat Patel, P.G. Associate Hydrogeologist Experience Over the past 12 years Mr. Patel has managed hydrogeologic, soUs, and geophysical investigations, and designed remedial actions, at hundreds of contaminated sites throughout the United States, India, and Puerto Rico. At landfUls, landfarms, lagoons, underground storage tanks (USTs), aboveground storage tanks, buried drums, wetiands, septic systems, sole-source aquifers, and assorted manufacturing plants, Mr. Patel has successfuUy investigated and remediated hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), solvents, paints, inks, specialty chemicals, and other hazardous wastes. He has experience simultaneously managing miUti-miUion-doUar cleanups at multiple sites under miUtiple jurisdictions. Mr. Patel has negotiated on behalf of clients with sites regulated by the Comprehensive Envhonmental Response, Compensation, Cleanup and Liabihty Act (CERCLA), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the Envhonmental Cleanup ResponsibUity Act (ECR.'*i), and other laws. He has managed compliance with ECRA regulations, assisted with RCRA Part B permit applications, developed closure and post-closure plans, contingency plans, and groundwater monitoring systems. Under contiact to U.S. Envhonmental Protection Agency, Mr. Patel has evaluated appUcations for RCRA Part B permits and assessed the potential identification of sites on the National Priority .List. Registration and Certification Geologist-Arkansas 1987, No. 203, Florida 1988, No. 819 " ' Geologist - American Institute of CertUied Professional Geologists 1989, No. 7680 Training OSHA and EPA 40-hour safety training course Eight-hour hazardous materials supervisory course and refresher 40-hour hazardous field training course. Phoenix Safety Association Five-day seminar: Design Fundamentals for Site Characterizations and Remediations, Association of Groundwater Scientists and Engineers Two-day seminar:' Critical Issues in Underground Storage Tank Management, National Water Well Association Five-day seminar: Aquifer Analyses, Association of Groundwater Scientists & Engineers Education M.S., Geology, Rutgers University, 1983. M.S., Geology, Maharaja Sayajhao University, Baroda, India, 1979 B.S., Geology, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad, India, 1977 Representative Projects B Polyurethane foam manufacturing plant. East Rutherford, New Jersey - Managed the investigation of and a feasibUity study for the remediation of a five-acre site regulated by New Jersey's Envhonmental Cleanup and ResponsibUity Act (ECRA). Client: General Foam Corporation Harding Lawson Associates 3-10-91/1701 302129 Bharat Patel • Page 2 '!J. Dura-Bond recycled waste foam plant in Newark, New Jersey - Managed successfxU remedial investigation at this ECRA site, including a soU-gas survey, and a feasibUity study at a site with volatUe organic compound (VOC) and trichloroethylene (TCE) contamination in the soU and groundwater. Designed and implemented a soU remediation program and provided expert testimony resulting in a settlement in favor of the client. CUent: General Fpam Corporation Developed and unimproved property, Hopewell Township, Warren Township, Bernards Township, New Jersey - Managed detaUed environmental assessments of three sites: detennined the extent of the sites' envhonmental UabiUties, performed phase II investigations of two of the sites where a substantial amount of waste was discovered, and instaUed potable wells. CUent: Confidential multinational communications company T\vo Superfund sites. Rocky HUl, New Jersey - Conducted hydrogeologic investigation in fractured shale on a groundwater divide within the area of influence of pubhc water supply well field, which are subject to EPA Superfund investigations. Work included installation of five 50-foot wells, the instaUation of soU borings, and a geophysical investigation to locate source of groundwater contamination. Successfully delineated the responsibUities of PRPs other than the client and fought against more restrictive regulatory designation. Client: Confidential Picture frame manufacturer, Howell Township,.New Jersey - Managed the remedial investigation and remedial action at this ECRA site v.ith more thsn 50 drums containing chenucals, paints, inks, and specialty chemicals, contaminated soUs, and septic material. Hydrogeologic investigation"" included installation of monitoring wells in the Khkwood-Cohansey Sand Formation, a designated sole aquifer that supplies drinking water to southem New Jersey. Client: Fhst Fidelity Bank Mattiess manufacturer. Linden, New Jersey - Designed and managed remedial hivestigation and remedial action at this ECRA site with hydrocarbon contamination. Installed shallow monitoring wells in shale formation to evaluate the effects of leaky USTs on groundwater quality and conducted a short- duration aquUer pump test, supervised soU boring program. Designed a soUs excavation program and developed a pump and tieat remedial system utUizing activated carbon fUters. Client: Shnmons ^^tSiii^Si Uncontiolled landfill, Edison, New Jersey - Managed a shallow soU boring program and a geophysical investigation lo locate buried drums, coordinated an extensive trenching program prior to removal of more than 5,000 cubic yards of contaminated soUs and waste paint, supervised technical team and excavation contractor onsite, coordinated tiansportation and disposal of waste material, and worked closely with EPA personnel. Conducted fingerprinting investigation which identUied responsible party for paint disposal. Client: Confidential Harding Lawson Associates , 3-io-9i/i70i '_ 302130 Bharat Patel • Page 3 High-temperature brick manufacturer, Woodbridge, New Jersey - At this ECRA site, conducted a hydrogeologic hivestigation, risk assessment, and remediation plan. Determined the extent of groundwater contamination originating from a 30,000-gallon above-ground fuel tank and five underground storage tanks (USTs) containing gasoline and petioleum products. Designed and installed a system to morutor a groundwater regime that was influenced by tidal effects. Implemented soU remediation program approved by the New Jersey Department of Envhonmental Protection (NJDEP). Client: A. P. Green Refectories 4L.-^ - • • r ^ ^ ^ Paint research and development center, Newark, New Jersey - At this ECRA site, managed a hydrogeologic investigation and designed a cleanup plan approved by the NJDEP. Determined the extent of groundwater conlaminatidn originating from 11 USTs containing solvents, waste oU, and fuel oUs. InstaUed onsile and offsite monitoring weUs, evaluated field and analytical data, developed a groundwater cleanup plan, and instaUed a dual pump recovery well/interceptor trench system. Worked closely with city, state, and federal envhonmental protection and pubhc health and safety officials. CUent: John R. Anrdtage & Co. Sprinkler system parts manufacturer. Linden, New Jersey - Conducted a soUs and hydrogeologic investigation and designed a remedial measure at this ECRA facUity, which operated three hazardous material drum storage areas and a 10,000-gallon UST. Discovered and removed five additional USTs, installed weUs to measure groundwater quahty, and successfuUy determined the extent of the client's'responsibUity for contamination '< despite the site's location in a highly industrialized area •where a number of neighboring faciUties use simUar maierials. Designed cleanup of site, inside and outside the buUding, including removal of floor and remediation of sub-floor. Consulted with client and NJDEP to aUow the chent, now bankrupt, to sell the property to finance the remediation. Ghent: AHC Manufacturing Corporation Electric switch manufacturer, Parsippany, New Jersey - Managed hydrogeologic investigation to determine effects of retention pond operation on the groundwater quality at this ECRA site, installed weUs, delineated extent of contamination, supervised removal of USTs and contaminated soU, installed interim producl recovery system, and prepared a closure plan. Ghent: Confidential Large-diameter concrete pipe manufacturing plant, Wharton, New Jersey - At this 36-acre ECRA site across a river from a Superfund site and surrounded by numerous potential sources of contamination, managed a hydrogeologic investigation of two contaminant plumes and prepared a final remediation plan. Designed and oversaw the instaUation of 25 weUs thai monitored the impact on groundwater quality from process waler discharged from a retention lagoon, outside painting operation, surface spUl areas, and 10 USTs. Cbnducted hydrogeologic investigation v/hich identified an offsite contaminant source for a groundwater plmne covering over 5-acres of the site. Designed and supervised site characterization and remediation program, which involved removal of the USTs and 8,000 cubic yards of contaminated soils from two drum storage areas, USTs, and spiU areas. Client: Gifford-HUl American .:c-/-'^:\ 'iitii¥ Experience Jason M. Schindler Senior Geologist }vh. Schindler has seven years of experience managing soU and groundwater investigation projects involving state and federal compliance activities, envhonmental sile assessments, and underground storage tank investigations and closures. He is responsible for developing technical scopes of work and budgets; ensuring that technical, quahty contiol, budgeting and scheduling objectives are mel; and supervising preparation of technical reports and proposals. His experience also includes design and implementation of various hivestigation and remediation programs, preparation and review of submittals to regulatory agencies, assistance in emergency response activities, and negotiations with regulatory agencies, as weU as estimating potential remedial costs to assist chents in business decision making. In addition, Mr. Schindler is experienced in a wide variety of field activities including supervision of moiutoring weU instaUations and soU gas surveys; groundwater, soU, and hazardous waste sampling; aquUer testing; supervision of soU borings, test pits and soU removal programs; and numerous storage tank closures in accordance with current federal and state programs. Registration and Certification Training Certified to practice Subsurface Evaluations in New Jersey, No. 0002005 OSHA and USEPA forty-hour safety training course - ,. ---' OSHA eight-hour supervisor training course Engineering Geology course, Drexel University, PhUadelphia, Pennsylvania, 1987 National Ground Water Association Applied Hydrogeology course Education B~A., Geology, University of Pennsylvania, PhUadelphia, 1985 Representative Projects Groundwater Investigation Precision Equipment Manufacturer, PhUadelphia, Pennsylvania - Project manager for soU and groundwater investigation to assess impacts to site contaminated by solvents, PCBs and petroleum hydrocarbons from surface spUls and leaking storage tanks. Investigation includes identification of potential source areas and investigation of soU and groundwater impacts including vapor, dissolved, and light and heavy non-aqueous phase contamination. The scope of the project includes a soU gas survey, soU and groundwater sampling and interim recovery of light, non-aqueous phase hquids. Harding Lawson Associates 5-4-93/17 302133 J a s o n M. Schindler • Page 2 Environmental Site Inspection Former Turbine and Heal Transfer Apparatus Manufacturing and Testing FaciUty, Lester, Pennsylvania - Project manager for hivestigation of potential areas of envhonmental concern and regulatory compUance. Areas of concern include a landfUl, numerous underground and aboveground storage tanks, and hazardous and non-hazardous waste storage areas. The hivestigation includes surveys using ground penetrating radar and magnetometers, and soU boring, test pit, and monitoring well instaUation and sampUng. Reniedial Investigation Abandoned Site, Edison, New Jersey - Project manager for investigation of site that had been used for Ulegal dumping of liquid wastes including PCB oUs. Study involved soU sampling lo determine the extent of PCBs, instaUation of monitoring wells and collection and analysis of groundwater and surface water samples. Landfill Closure Investigation ManiUacturer of Asbestos Products, Manheim, Pennsylvania - Project manager for investigation of landfUl during closure under RCRA. The landfill was located in a flood plain and contained phenohc resins, asbestos and other wastes. Study involved installation and sampling of soU borings and monitoring wells and aquifer testing to determine the '> volume of the landfill, the nature and extent of groundwater /^^->,. contamination, and groundwater movement through and around the landfUl. ..-,..,- Environmental Site Assessment/Soil and Groundwater Investigation / ' Polypropylene Manufacturer, West Deptford, New Jersey - Project manager for comprehensive site investigation during property tiansfer. The study involved identUication of more than 30 areas of potential emironmental concern, soU sampling, installation and sampling of monitoring wells and aquifer testing. Underground Storage Tanks Underground Storage Tank Investigations and Closures in Nev.' Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland and Vhginia - Managed investigations of more than 60 service stations and commercial facUities with leaking underground fuel storage tanks. Projects included initial response to and characterization of releases, management and evaluation of scU gas surveys, installation and sampling of soU borings and monitoring wells, delineation of extent of impact, aquUer testing, conceptual design of remediation programs including groundwater and hydrocarbon recovery and tieatment and soU vapor extraction systems. B Harding Lawson Associates _ " 5-4-93/17 302134 ; J a s o n M. Schindler • Page 3 / ^ Environmental Site Assessment/Soil Investigation Furniture Assembly Plant, Fort Washington, Pennsylvania - Managing site investigation to identify and assess potential issues of envhonmental concern as part of property transaction. Work includes sou sampling program and background investigation. Environmental Site Assessment/Soil a n d Groundwater Investigation Former Folding Box Company FaciUty, Canton, Pennsylvania - Managed site investigation of soU and groimdwater impacts resulting from facUity operations. Scope of work included soU boring program, monitoring weU instaUation, and soU, groundwater and waste sampling. Soil Investigation Precision Metal Grinding Plant, Pennsauken, New Jersey - Managing site investigation to evaluate residual contamination from former ash pUes. Oil Spill Cleanup New Jersey and Vhginia - Managed cleanup and post-cleanup sampling of two residences foUowing home heating oU spUls. Underground Storage T a n k s US Ah Force Base, Maryland - Provided oversight during integrity testing of numerous underground fuel storage tanks; Underground Storage Tank Investigation a n d Remediation Mercer County Airport, New Jersey - Project geologist during investigation and recovery of jet fuel leak from underground storage tank- Project included installation of an interceptor trench to recover separate-phase petioleum and installation and sampling of monitorhig weUs to assess the extent of impact. Meml>erships National Ground Water Association, Association of Ground Water Scientists and Engineers Harding Lawson Associates 5-4-93/17 302135 .y^ftif. Appendix CC Corrective Action Form 302136